Spreadsheet: 27f5fcac-36e9-467b-a860-b82f661b3161
Sheet: Sheet1

qty. | isbn | cluster | authoreditor1_lastname | originators | title | subtitle | series_title | volume_number | edition_number | copyright_year | number_of_arabic_pages | term_cover_type | term_medium | bibliographic_information | springer_reference | price_usd_status | price_usd | term_main_discipline | subject1 | [NAME] | bic_code1 | subject2 | term_subject2 | bic_code2 | term_bookstore | term_product_category | term_publisher_name | delivery_status_ny | pub_date_planned | pub_date_actual_1st_rel_ny | distribution_information | table_of_contents_short | info_text | usp_editorial | term_publication_class | discount_group_ny | ebook_info_no_e_rights | ebook_package | term_ebook_package
 | 978-94-007-7505-3 | Earth Sciences | [NAME] | [NAME] | Data-Driven Modeling: Using MATLAB® in Water Resources and Environmental Engineering |  | Water Science and Technology Library | 67 | 1 | 2014 | 248 | Hard cover | Book | XIV, 248 p. 122 illus., 79 illus. in color. | 0 | final | 99 | Earth Sciences | SCG19005 | Hydrogeology | RBK | SC211000 | Hydrology/Water Resources | RBK | Earth Sciences | Graduate/advanced undergraduate textbook | Springer Netherlands | In production | 2013-11-30 00:00:00 |  |  | Preface.- 1. Introduction.- 2. Basic Statistics.- 3. Regression Based Models.- 4. Time Series Modeling.- 5. [NAME] Networks.- 6. Support Vector Machines.- 7. [NAME] Models.- 8. Hybrid Models and Multi Model Data Fusion.- Appendix.- Index. | “Data-Driven Modeling: Using MATLAB® in Water Resources and Environmental Engineering” provides a systematic account of major concepts and methodologies for data-driven models and presents a unified framework that makes the subject more accessible to and applicable for researchers and practitioners. It integrates important theories and applications of data-driven models and uses them to deal with a wide range of problems in the field of water resources and environmental engineering such as hydrological forecasting, flood analysis, water quality monitoring, regionalizing climatic data, and general function approximation.  The book presents the statistical-based models including basic statistical analysis, nonparametric and logistic regression methods, time series analysis and modeling, and support vector machines. It also deals with the analysis and modeling based on artificial intelligence techniques including static and dynamic neural networks, statistical neural networks, fuzzy inference systems, and fuzzy regression. The book also discusses hybrid models as well as multi-model data fusion to wrap up the covered models and techniques.    The source files of relatively simple and advanced programs demonstrating how to use the models are presented together with practical advice on how to best apply them. The programs, which have been developed using the MATLAB® unified platform, can be found on extras.springer.com.  The main audience of this book includes graduate students in water resources engineering, environmental engineering, agricultural engineering, and natural resources engineering. This book may be adapted for use as a senior undergraduate and graduate textbook by focusing on selected topics. Alternatively, it may also be used as a valuable resource book for practicing engineers, consulting engineers, scientists and others involved in water resources and environmental engineering. | <p>Designed as a textbook<br><br>Over fourty source codes applied to be developed with MATLAB are provided<br><br>Additional illustrative examples treating common problems in water resources and environmental engineering are presented<br><br>Seven “real world case study examples” are included</p> | Students | Professional Books (2) | 0 | EBOP11646 | Earth and Environmental Science
 | 978-3-642-11498-4 | Earth Sciences | [NAME] | [NAME] | Desertification: Causes, Impacts & Consequences |  | Earth System Science Series |  | 1 | 2014 |  | Hard cover | Book | Approx. 600 p. 65 illus., 45 illus. in color. | 0 | approx. | 279 | Earth Sciences | SCG36000 | Atmospheric Sciences | RB | SCU28000 | Soil Science & Conservation | RBGB | Earth Sciences | Monograph | Springer [NAME] | Planned | 2013-11-01 00:00:00 |  |  | Part 1: Foreword’ from roy behnke , series editor - the great sahelian desertification boondoggle series introduction.- Part 2: Social and political consequences of the sahelian droughts.- Part 3: Scientific causes of the sahelian droughts.- Part 4: A global assessement of desertification.- Part 5: The capacity to adapt.- Part 6: Lessons learnt. | Amongst the first in the new Springer-Praxis Earth System Science Series ‘Desertification: The Interplay of Science, Politics and Public Opinion’ describes how the process of desertification, a man-induced process that leads to soil nutrient depletion and reduction of biological productivity has heavily affected Sahelian droughts. The team of global experts takes our current understanding of desertification to a far broader level covering wider environmental science and public policy issues. This innovative new book attempts to distinguish between desertification hysteria and the considerable real threat that the process poses to many semi-arid landscapes and to those who inhabit them with particular focus on current scientific understandings of the mechanisms that drive desertification and reviews of the regional, continental and world-wide evidence for desertification.  The book is structured into six core parts. The first part by [NAME] sets the scene and explains the event and related problems. The team explains how spheres and events interact and the related problems. Part 2 by Camilla Toulmin examines the evolution in thinking & ideas about desertification, the confrontation of new data & field experience with policy and legal frameworks set within the context of rising concerns about climate change. Part 3, written by [NAME] explores the scientific causes of desertification. He explores sea surface temperatures, albido and climate forecasts for the [NAME] and the significant impact of climate change on desertification. Part 4 discusses regional and international implications, with [NAME] revealing the extent and causes of desertification in drylands outside the Sahel. In particular he explores desertification in the Mediterranean, sub-Saharan Africa, the former Soviet Union, China, Australia and the US, and there‘s a further section on global databases on desertification. [NAME] delivers a fresh review of drought adaptation and shows how it will be conducted in order to separate the myths from reality, identifying both the scope and the limitations of adaptive capacity in managing the economic and environmental impacts of drought. In the final section of the book, [NAME] reveals some key lessons and helps us make sense of the history of Sahelian desertification, desertification science and policy making, and how to avoid future mistakes and the challenges that lie ahead. | <p>One of the first books in the new Springer-Praxis Earth System Science Series<br></p><p>Written by a global team of experts with up-to-date knowledge of desertification<br></p><p>Makes good use of colour images for scientific interpretation<br></p><p>Unrivalled in approach, this book delivers broad coverage of the topic and tackles possible influences, causes and consequences</p> | Science | Professional Books (2) | 0 | EBOP11646 | Earth and Environmental Science
 | 978-81-322-1565-3 | Earth Sciences | Bhandari | Rajendra [NAME] | Disaster Education and Management | A Joyride for Students, Teachers and Disaster Managers |  |  | 1 | 2014 | 355 | Hard cover | Book | XXVIII, 355 p. 301 illus. | 0 | final | 179 | Earth Sciences | SCG32000 | Natural Hazards | RNR | SCO27000 | Science Education | JNU | Earth Sciences | Monograph | Springer India | In production | 2013-10-31 00:00:00 |  |  | Disaster Education-the Silver Bullet.- Disaster Terminology.- The world of Hazards and Disasters.- From Belief to the Basics of Disasters.- The New Awakening.- Prediction and Forecasting of Natural Disasters.- Lessons in Disaster Management.- Guide to Safety.- Annexure 1: Know about Some Major Disasters.- Annexure 2: References for Popular and Advanced reading.- They lived safely thereafter. | The book is expressly written for the young minds because they are our best hope for a safer tomorrow. The book is profusely illustrated, as it offers a joyride to the world of the whole range of hazards through simplified teaching-learning process, with less of teaching and more of learning. This is because most readers would love to learn without actually being taught. The book is designed to take advantage of distilled wisdom of centuries to inspire and enlighten the common man to turn them into prime movers of safer societies. Senior citizens, community leaders, self-trained disaster managers, social workers, media personnel, bureaucrats and those averse to the very thought of reading will also find the book useful as it is illustrative and inviting. | <p>Provides a well-illustrated framework of the holistic understanding of our Planet and the ‘System Earth’ with its risks</p><p>Discusses natural hazards with simple illustrations to educate common people</p><p>Helps in spreading disaster education and bringing the behavioural change needed for developing disaster resilient communities</p> | Students | Professional Books (2) | 0 | EBOP11646 | Earth and Environmental Science
 | 978-3-540-88390-6 | Earth Sciences | [NAME] | [NAME] | Tree-ring Analysis of Environmental Change | Principles and Applications of Dendrochronology | Springer Praxis Books |  | 1 | 2013 | 300 | Hard cover | Book | 300p. 70 illus., 50 illus. in color. | 0 | approx. | 139 | Earth Sciences | SCG35010 | Biogeosciences | RGM | SCL22008 | Forestry | TVR | Earth Sciences | Monograph | Springer [NAME] | Planned | 2013-11-01 00:00:00 |  | Worldwide | Foreword.- I. Principles.- 1.Wood Anatomy.- 2. Crossdating.- 3. Conceptual Models.- 4. Rationale.- II. Methods.- 1. Measurement.- 2. Numerical Analysis.- III. Applications.- 1. Reconstructing climate.- 2. [NAME]. Applications to Forest Dynamics.- 4. Studies of Human History.- Appendices.- Field and Laboratory Forms.- International Tree-Ring Data Bank.- Web Resources. | The work is presented in three parts, Part 1 providing the basis of dendrochronology as a science, introducing the reader to the details of tree and wood anatomy, followed by a brief history of the discipline, emphasising the importance of cross-dating for the development of tree-ring chronologies. This section is completed with a conceptual model of environmental signals that are embedded in wood growth at individual and population level, including a discussion essential for interpretation.  Part 2 focuses on the various tools used for dendrochonological studies of environmental change, specified with measurements, including width, density and composition of tree-rings. This is followed by a description of analytical methods in the spatial domain which can be applied to tree-ring networks. Finally, there will be a summary of multivariate techniques used for reconstructing environment changes.  The third and final part of the book will detail the four major applications of dendrochronology, including reconstruction of climatic factors that are reflected in wood increment from year to year, dating of abrupt events that leave permanent scars in the wood, dating of archaeological materials, both directly and indirectly, and finally the calibration of the radio-carbon timescale over the last 10,000 years. Case studies and an extensive bibliography are provided, as well as an assessment of where the areas of greatest potential research lie in the future. | <p>The first book on current research of tree-ring analysis in 30-40 years</p><p>Explains how evidence for climate change in previous millennia has been gathered from tree-ring records on all inhabited continents</p><p>Statistical methods of analysis explain how dendrochronological records provide explanation of environmental change</p><p>Provides case studies showing how to apply models with the minimum amount of mathematical notation</p> | Science | Professional Books (2) | 1
 | 978-3-642-34131-1 | Earth Sciences | Bjorlykke | [NAME] | Petroleum Geoscience | From Sedimentary Environments to Rock Physics |  |  | 2 | 2014 | 650 | Hard cover | Book | 650 p. 340 illus., 260 illus. in color. | 0 | approx. | 129 | Earth Sciences | SCG17002 | Geology | RBG |  |  |  | Earth Sciences | Graduate/advanced undergraduate textbook | Springer [NAME] | Planned | 2013-11-16 00:00:00 |  |  |  | Petroleum geoscience comprises those geoscientific disciplines which are of greatest significance for the exploration and recovery of oil and gas. These include petroleum geology, of which sedimentary geology is the main foundation along with the contextual and modifying principles of regional, tectonic and structural geology. Additionally, biostratigraphy and micropalaeontology, organic geochemistry, and geophysical exploration and production techniques are all important tools for petroleum geoscientists in the 21st century. Now in its second edition, new chapters have been added and others expanded on geophysical methods in general and electromagnetic exploration methods in particular, as well as reservoir modelling and production, unconventional resources and practical petroluem exploration.   This comprehensive textbook present an overview of petroleum geoscience for geologists destined for the petroleum industry. It should also be useful for students interested in environmental geology, engineering geology and other aspects of sedimentary geology | Provides the state-of-the-art knowledge required by geoscientists seeking a career in the petroleum industry <br><br>Produced by authors with long years of experince in the industry <br><br>A valuable primer for tackling much more specialized, in-depth information and issues that confront graduate students and professionals <br><br>New chapters added and others expanded on geophysical methods in general and electromagnetic exploration methods in particular, as well as reservoir modelling and production, unconventional resources and practical petroluem exploration<br> | Science | Professional Books (2) | 0 | EBOP11646 | Earth and Environmental Science
 | 978-3-319-01260-5 | Earth Sciences | Box | [NAME]; Kazue Fujiwara | Warm-temperate Deciduous Forests around the Northern Hemisphere |  | Geobotany Studies |  | 1 | 2014 | 354 | Hard cover | Book | XIV, 354 p. 59 illus., 34 illus. in color. | 0 | final | 129 | Earth Sciences | SCG35010 | Biogeosciences | RGM | [NAME] | Physical Geography | RGB | Earth Sciences | Monograph | Springer International Publishing | In production | 2013-09-30 00:00:00 |  |  | Introduction.- Warm-temperate Deciduous Forests: Concepts and Global Overview.- Character of Warm-temperate Forests in Asia.- Chorology and Phytosociology of Quercus petraea in Trentino-Alto Adige.- Warm-temperate Deciduous Forests of Eastern North America.- Quantitative Delimitation of Warm-temperate Deciduous Forest Areas. | Warm-temperate deciduous forests are 'southern', mainly oak-dominated deciduous forests, as found over the warmer southern parts of the temperate deciduous forest regions of East Asia, Europe and eastern North America. Climatic analysis has shown that these forests extend from typical temperate climates to well into the warm-temperate zone, in areas where winters are a bit too cold for the ‘zonal’ evergreen broad-leaved forests normally expected in that climatic zone. This book is the first to recognize and describe these southern deciduous forests as an alternative to the evergreen forests of the warm-temperate zone. This warm-temperate zone will become more important under global warming, since it represents the contested transition between deciduous and evergreen forests and between tropical and temperate floristic elements. This book is dedicated to the memory of [NAME], the imaginative Japanese ecologist who first noticed and described this general zonation exception and who proposed the name warm-temperate deciduous forest. | <p>Maximizes reader insights into deciduous (summergreen) forests as a natural forest type for the warm-temperate zone</p><p>Clarifies the differences between Northern Hemisphere deciduous forests and those in other large regions such as East Asia, southern Europe and eastern North America</p><p>Provides quantitative systematization and mapping of temperate zonal climates</p> | Science | Professional Books (2) | 0 | EBOP11646 | Earth and Environmental Science
 | 978-3-540-78560-6 | Earth Sciences | Dahlkamp | [NAME] | Uranium Deposits of the World |  |  |  | 1 | 2013 | 2400 |  | eReference work | 2400p. eReference. In 4 volumes, not available separately. | 1 | final | 1350 | Earth Sciences | [NAME] | Mineral Resources | PNV | SCT25040 | Nuclear Engineering | THK | Earth Sciences | Handbook | Springer [NAME] | Planned | 2013-08-31 00:00:00 |  |  |  | Uranium Deposits of the World, in four volumes, comprises an unprecedented compilation of data and overviews of the key uranium regions throughout the globe. It offers not only a complete uranium-resource reference based on the latest research but also access to previously unavailable data. Each country and region receives an analytical overview followed by the detailed geologically- and economically-relevant synopsis of the individual regions and fields, including: location and magnitude of uranium districts and deposits; principal features of uranium districts; and characteristics of selected deposits. The description of districts and deposits includes sections on geology, alteration, mineralogy, shape and dimensions, ore controls or recognition criteria, and metallogenetic aspects. A typological classification of uranium deposits is added to give an overview of principal criteria of deposit types and related nomenclature. The set also provides readers access to the voluminous literature via the comprehensive bibliography of uranium-related publications. Abundantly illustrated with information-laden maps and charts throughout, this reference work is an indispensable tool for geologists, mining companies, government agencies, and those with interest in key natural resources. The four volumes of Uranium Deposits of the World, available as set, cover the world’s populated continents: Asia; Europe; Australia, Oceania, and Africa; and USA, and Latin America. | <p>Timely availability of key information on global availability of a carbon-neutral energy resource<br></p><p>Provides a unique comprehensive overview on data from uranium deposits worldwide especially of Russian and Chinese deposits previously unavailable in English or in the west<br></p><p>The huge amount of text data, figures and maps makes this 4-volume set an indispensable source on uranium research and exploration for all scientists and professionals in this field<br></p><p>Contains the most comprehensive bibliography related to uranium research and uranium mining</p> | Science | Professional Books (2) | 0 | EBOP11646 | Earth and Environmental Science
 | 978-3-540-78556-9 | Earth Sciences | Dahlkamp | [NAME] | Uranium Deposits of the World |  |  |  | 1 | 2013 | 2400 | Hard cover | Book + Online Access | 2400p. [NAME]. In 4 volumes, not available separately. | 1 | final | 1700 | Earth Sciences | [NAME] | Mineral Resources | PNV | SCT25040 | Nuclear Engineering | THK | Earth Sciences | Handbook | Springer [NAME] | Available | 2013-08-31 00:00:00 | 2012-12-19 00:00:00 |  |  | Uranium Deposits of the World, in four volumes, comprises an unprecedented compilation of data and overviews of the key uranium regions throughout the globe. It offers not only a complete uranium-resource reference based on the latest research but also access to previously unavailable data. Each country and region receives an analytical overview followed by the detailed geologically- and economically-relevant synopsis of the individual regions and fields, including: location and magnitude of uranium districts and deposits; principal features of uranium districts; and characteristics of selected deposits. The description of districts and deposits includes sections on geology, alteration, mineralogy, shape and dimensions, ore controls or recognition criteria, and metallogenetic aspects. A typological classification of uranium deposits is added to give an overview of principal criteria of deposit types and related nomenclature. The set also provides readers access to the voluminous literature via the comprehensive bibliography of uranium-related publications. Abundantly illustrated with information-laden maps and charts throughout, this reference work is an indispensable tool for geologists, mining companies, government agencies, and those with interest in key natural resources. The four volumes of Uranium Deposits of the World, available as set, cover the world’s populated continents: Asia; Europe; Australia, Oceania, and Africa; and USA, and Latin America. | <p>Timely availability of key information on global availability of a carbon-neutral energy resource<br></p><p>Provides a unique comprehensive overview on data from uranium deposits worldwide especially of Russian and Chinese deposits previously unavailable in English or in the west<br></p><p>The huge amount of text data, figures and maps makes this 4-volume set an indispensable source on uranium research and exploration for all scientists and professionals in this field<br></p><p>Contains the most comprehensive bibliography related to uranium research and uranium mining</p> | Science | Professional Books (2) | 0 | EBOP11646 | Earth and Environmental Science
 | 978-3-540-78559-0 | Earth Sciences | Dahlkamp | [NAME] | Uranium Deposits of the World |  |  |  | 1 | 2013 | 2400 | Hard cover | Book | 2400p. In 4 volumes, not available separately. | 1 | final | 1350 | Earth Sciences | [NAME] | Mineral Resources | PNV | SCT25040 | Nuclear Engineering | THK | Earth Sciences | Handbook | Springer [NAME] | Planned | 2013-08-31 00:00:00 |  |  |  | Uranium Deposits of the World, in four volumes, comprises an unprecedented compilation of data and overviews of the key uranium regions throughout the globe. It offers not only a complete uranium-resource reference based on the latest research but also access to previously unavailable data. Each country and region receives an analytical overview followed by the detailed geologically- and economically-relevant synopsis of the individual regions and fields, including: location and magnitude of uranium districts and deposits; principal features of uranium districts; and characteristics of selected deposits. The description of districts and deposits includes sections on geology, alteration, mineralogy, shape and dimensions, ore controls or recognition criteria, and metallogenetic aspects. A typological classification of uranium deposits is added to give an overview of principal criteria of deposit types and related nomenclature. The set also provides readers access to the voluminous literature via the comprehensive bibliography of uranium-related publications. Abundantly illustrated with information-laden maps and charts throughout, this reference work is an indispensable tool for geologists, mining companies, government agencies, and those with interest in key natural resources. The four volumes of Uranium Deposits of the World, available as set, cover the world’s populated continents: Asia; Europe; Australia, Oceania, and Africa; and USA, and Latin America. | <p>Timely availability of key information on global availability of a carbon-neutral energy resource<br></p><p>Provides a unique comprehensive overview on data from uranium deposits worldwide especially of Russian and Chinese deposits previously unavailable in English or in the west<br></p><p>The huge amount of text data, figures and maps makes this 4-volume set an indispensable source on uranium research and exploration for all scientists and professionals in this field<br></p><p>Contains the most comprehensive bibliography related to uranium research and uranium mining</p> | Science | Professional Books (2) | 0 | EBOP11646 | Earth and Environmental Science
 | 978-94-007-7614-2 | Earth Sciences | Dilek | [NAME]; Harald Furnes | Evolution of Archean Crust and Early Life |  | Modern Approaches in Solid Earth Sciences | 7 | 1 | 2014 | 541 | Hard cover | Book | I, 541 p. 255 illus., 80 illus. in color. | 0 | final | 129.99 | Earth Sciences | SCG17002 | Geology | RBG | SCG17040 | Structural Geology | RBGD | Earth Sciences | Monograph | Springer Netherlands | In production | 2013-11-30 00:00:00 |  |  | Preface.- Precambrian Greenstone Belts Host Different Ophiolite Types.- The Plume to Plate Transition: [NAME] and Archean Crustal Evolution in the Northern Wyoming Province, U.S.A.- Archaean elements of the basement outliers west of the Scandinavian Caledonides in Northern Norway: architecture, evolution and possible correlation with Fennoscandia.- A review of the geodynamic significance of hornblende-bearing ultramafic rocks in the Mesoarchean Fiskenæsset Complex, SW Greenland.- The Precambrian Geology of the North China Craton: A review and update of the key issues.- How to Make a Continent:  Thirty-five Years of TTG Research Kent.- Recycling of lead at Neoarchean continental margins.- Crustal evolution and deformation in a non-plate-tectonic Archaean Earth: Comparisons with Venus.- Accreted turbidite fans and remnant ocean basins in Phanerozoic orogens: A template for a significant Precambrian crustal growth and recycling process.- Biogenicity of Earth's Earliest Fossils.- In situ morphologic, elemental and isotopic analysis of Archean life.- Archaean soils, lakes and springs: looking for signs of life.- Rare earth elements in stromatolites – Evidence that modern terrestrial stromatolites fractionate rare earth elements during incorporation from ambient waters. | This book presents an integrated approach to the study of the evolution of the Archean lithosphere, biosphere and atmosphere, and as such it is a unique contribution to our understanding of the early Earth and life. The structural and geochemical make-up of both the oceanic and continental crust of the Archean Earth is documented in some case studies of various cratons, and the implications of the Phanerozoic plate and plume tectonic processes for the Archean geology are discussed in several chapters in the book. All chapters are process-oriented and data-rich, and reflect the most recent knowledge and information on the Archean Earth. The interdisciplinary approach of examining the evolution of the Archean crust, oceans, and life that we adopt in this book sets it apart from previous publications on Precambrian geology.The book will be attractive to researchers in academia and in industry, and to senior undergraduate students, graduate students and faculty in earth and natural sciences. | <p>Earth-systems approach (lithosphere-hydrosphere-biosphere-atmosphere) in a truly interdisciplinary fashion to studying the evolution of crust and life in the early Earth</p><p>Process-oriented and data-rich chapters, reflecting the most recent knowledge and information on the Archean Earth</p><p>Attractive to researchers, faculty and students both in the academia and industry (particularly those in the mining, ore deposit and mineralization resource assessment)</p><p>Most recent and state-of-the art collection of data and information on the structure and architecture of Archean crust, its distribution around the world, and the current theories and working hypotheses on the evolution of Archean crust and the Earth</p><p>Strong interest of diverse scientific communities and even of the public in the book topic, regarding the ruling theories and controversies about the evolution of the early Earth and life in deep time</p> | Science | Professional Books (2) | 0 | EBOP11646 | Earth and Environmental Science
 | 978-3-319-01820-1 | Earth Sciences | Drake | [NAME]; [NAME]; [NAME] | New Trends in Earth-Science Outreach and Engagement | The Nature of Communication | Advances in Natural and Technological Hazards Research | 38 | 1 | 2014 | 268 | Hard cover | Book | VII, 268 p. 48 illus., 46 illus. in color. | 0 | final | 129 | Earth Sciences | SCG32000 | Natural Hazards | RNR | SCX28000 | Communication Studies | GTC | Earth Sciences | Monograph | Springer International Publishing | In production | 2013-11-30 00:00:00 |  |  | Preface.- Acknowledgements.- Foreword.- Part I – Framing Climate Change.- 1 Assessing Corporate Influence on Climate Change Dialogue.- 2 Reaching Out Beyond the “Usual Suspects” and Traditional Media.- 3 Investigating the Connections Between Oil and Gas Industry Affiliation and Climate Change Concerns.- Part II – The Role of Science in the Conversation.- 4 Science Communication and the Legal System .- 5 Reduction of Conflicts in Mining Using Good Neighbor Agreements.- 6 Science Communication and Tension Between Evidence-Based and Inclusive Features of Policy Making.- 7 Science Communication and Role of Scientists in Public Discussion.- Part III – Friending Earth via Social Media.- 8 Transmedia Storytelling in Science Communication.- 9 Interpreting Earth Science in a Museum Environment.- 10 Impacts of Geospatial Information for Decision Making.-  Part IV – STEMming the Tide of Science Illiteracy.- 11 Infusing Climate and Energy Literacy Throughout the Curriculum.- 12 Enticing Students to Pursue STEM-related Careers Through Cyber-Driven Learning.- 13 Writing Assignments in Disguise: Lessons Learned Using Video Projects in the Classroom.- Part V – Organization for Resources and Resiliency.- 14 Stakeholder-Driven Research for Climate Adaptation in New York City.- 15 Funding of Geosciences: Coordinating National and International Resources.- 16 A Real-Time Data Product Creation and Distribution System: Bringing Big Data’s Benefit to the Public.- 17 Trusted Sources: The Role Scientific Societies Play in Informing Public. | Perhaps just as perplexing as the biggest issues at the core of Earth science is the nature of communicating about nature itself. New Trends in Earth-Science Outreach and Engagement: The Nature of Communication examines the processes of communication necessary in bridging the chasm between climate change and natural hazard knowledge and public opinion and policy. At this junction of science and society, 17 chapters take a proactive and prescriptive approach to communicating with the public, the media, and policy makers about the importance of Earth science in everyday life.Book chapters come from some 40 authors who are geophysical scientists, social scientists, educators, scholars, and professionals in the field. Bringing diverse perspectives, these authors hail from universities, and research institutes, government agencies, non-profit associations, and corporations. They represent multiple disciplines, including geosciences, education, climate science education, environmental communication, and public policy. They come from across the United States and around the world. Arranged into five sections, the book looks at geosciences communication in terms of:1) Education 2) Risk management 3) Public discourse 4) Engaging the public 5) New media From case studies and best practices to field work and innovations, experts deliver pragmatic solutions and delve into significant theories, including diffusion, argumentation, and constructivism, to name a few. Intended for environmental professionals, researchers, and educators in the geophysical and social sciences, the book emphasizes communication principles and practices within an up-to-the-minute context of new environmental issues, new technologies, and a new focus on resiliency. | <p>Up-to-the-minute context of environmental hazards, new technologies &amp; political landscape</p><p>By geoscientists for geoscientists working with social scientists and communication principles</p><p>Underpinned by key communication theories and interspersed with pragmatic solutions</p><p>Crosses traditional boundaries: international, interdisciplinary, theoretical/applied</p> | Science | Professional Books (2) | 0 | EBOP11646 | Earth and Environmental Science
 | 978-81-322-1568-4 | Earth Sciences | Ghose | [NAME]; [NAME]; . Fareeduddin | A Petrographic Atlas of Ophiolite | An example from the eastern India-Asia collision zone |  |  | 1 | 2014 | 240 | Hard cover | Book | XV, 240 p. 477 illus., 410 illus. in color. | 0 | final | 239 | Earth Sciences | SCG14003 | Geochemistry | RBGK | SCG25005 | Oceanography | RBKC | Earth Sciences | [NAME] | Springer India | In production | 2013-10-31 00:00:00 |  |  | Introduction.- Ophiolite around the Indian Plate Margin.- Geology of the Naga Hills Ophiolite.- Structure and Tectonics of the [NAME] Hills.- Petrography.- Petrogenesis. | The book is a thoughtful discussion with scientists studying convergent plate boundaries such as the well-known, active India-Eurasia collision zone. It provides a comprehensive collection of petrographic images of ophiolitic rocks exhumed from oceanic lithosphere and mantle at the India-Asia plate boundary. Ophiolite is exposed in the northwestern Himalayas, eastern Indian plate margin and Andaman-Nicobar Islands. At the eastern margin, it occurs in a narrow strip comprising mantle [NAME], cummulate peridotite-gabbro-plagiogranite-anorthosite, mafic dyke, volcanics and oceanic sediments. Low temperature/high pressure rocks including blueschists and eclogites were extensively studied recently. Ophiolite derived sediments and podiform chromites will also be discussed to provide complete details. Supplemental maps, geological sections, field sketches and photographs will explain the structure, stratigraphy, ore mineralization, and metamorphic history. | <p>Provides over 200 color microphotographs of petrographic textures in ophiolitic rocks, specially those of high-pressure assemblages</p><p>Ideal for higher study, research, and reference</p><p>Discusses inter-relationships of complete lithological sequence of ophiolite in detail</p><p>Discusses a poorly studied part of the India-Asia collision zone in great detail</p> | Science | Professional Books (2) | 0 | EBOP11646 | Earth and Environmental Science
 | 978-3-319-00115-9 | Earth Sciences | Klapp | [NAME]; [NAME] | Experimental and Computational Fluid Mechanics |  | Environmental Science and Engineering |  | 1 | 2014 | 532 | Hard cover | Book | XXIV, 532 p. 293 illus., 164 illus. in color. | 0 | final | 229 | Earth Sciences | SCG37000 | Environmental Science and Engineering | TQ | SCT15044 | Engineering Fluid Dynamics | TGMF | Earth Sciences | Monograph | Springer International Publishing | In production | 2013-11-30 00:00:00 |  |  |  | This book collects invited lectures and selected contributions presented at the Enzo Levi and XVIII Annual Meeting of the Fluid Dynamic Division of the Mexican Physical Society in 2012. It is intended for fourth-year undergraduate and graduate students, and for scientists in the fields of physics, engineering and chemistry with an interest in Fluid Dynamics from experimental, theoretical and computational points of view. The invited lectures are introductory in nature and avoid the use of complicated mathematics. The other selected contributions are also suitable for fourth-year undergraduate and graduate students. The Fluid Dynamics applications include oceanography, multiphase flows, convection, diffusion, heat transfer, rheology, granular materials, viscous flows, porous media flows and astrophysics. The material presented in the book includes recent advances in experimental and computational fluid dynamics and is well-suited to both teaching and research. |  | Science | Professional Books (2) | 0 | EBOP11646 | Earth and Environmental Science
 | 978-3-540-23209-4 | Earth Sciences | Koeberl | [NAME]; [NAME] | Meteorite Impact Structures | An Introduction to Impact Crater Studies |  |  | 1 | 2014 |  | Hard cover | Book | Approx. 500 p. 290 illus., 8 illus. in color. | 0 | approx. | 119 | Earth Sciences | SCG17002 | Geology | RBG | SCG18009 | Geophysics/Geodesy | PHVG | Earth Sciences | Reference work | Springer [NAME] | Planned | 2013-10-31 00:00:00 |  |  | From the contents: Historical aspects of impact cratering.- General Characteristics of Impact Craters: Morphology and Geophysics.- Formation of Impact Craters.- Recognition of Impact Structures.- Shock Metamorphism.- Distal Ejecta.- Tektites and Impact Glasses.- Meteoritic Components.- Dating of Impact Craters. | This book provides an introduction to the study of impact craters and their structures. It will, thus, place emphasis of the variety of different characteristics associated to impact cratering as observed in the field and in the laboratory. A detailed discussion of how to recognize impact structures is followed by a description of impact-diagnostic mineralogical and geochemical characteristics allowing confirmation of an impact structure. The authors show the environmental effects of impact events as well as possible associations with geological boundaries and provide extensive references. | <P>Includes most recent data through the program IMPACT</P> <P>First mongraph concentrating on the geological aspects of meteorite impacts</P> <P>Provides extensive and most recent literature</P> | Science | Professional Books (2) | 0 | EBOP11646 | Earth and Environmental Science
 | 978-3-642-37984-0 | Earth Sciences | [NAME] | [NAME] | Light [NAME], [NAME]. 9 | Light [NAME] and [NAME] | Springer Praxis Books |  | 1 | 2014 | 600 | Hard cover | Book | 600 p. 175 illus., 50 illus. in color. | 0 | approx. | 179 | Earth Sciences | SCG36000 | Atmospheric Sciences | RB | SCP32000 | Geophysics and Environmental Physics | PHVG | Earth Sciences | Monograph | Springer [NAME] | Planned | 2014-02-06 00:00:00 |  |  | 1. Single light scattering.- 1.2. Scattering of electromagnetic plane waves in radially inhomogeneous media: connections with potential scattering theory.- 2. Radiative transfer and remote sensing.- 2.1. The RAY code for fast and accurate simulation of the vector radiative transfer in atmosphere-land and atmosphere-ocean systems.- 2.2. The general-purpose discrete-ordinate algorithm DISORT for radiative transfer.- 2.3. Genesis and evolution of the use of polarization in remote sensing of atmosphere and ocean.- 2.4. Remote sensing of mixed cloud and aerosol scenes.- 2.5. Evaluations of daily average direct aerosol-induced radiative forcing from field measurements performed during regional experiments.-  3. Mueller matrix and light reflectance measurements.- 3.1 Principles of the [NAME] matrix measurements.- 3.2. Reflectance of various land surface types: bidirectional, spectral, and polarisation properties. | Light [NAME] (vol. 9) is aimed at the description of modern advances in radiative transfer and light scattering. The following topics will be considered: light scattering by atmospheric dust particles and also  by inhomogeneous scatterers, the general - purpose discrete - ordinate algorithm DISORT for radiative transfer, the radiative transfer code RAY based on the adding-doubling solution of the radiative transfer equation, aerosol and cloud  remote sensing, use of polarization in remote sensing, direct aerosol radiative forcing, principles of the [NAME] matrix measurements, light reflectance from  various land surfaces. This volume will be a valuable addition to already published volumes 1-8 of Light [NAME]. | <p>Describes of modern methods of the radiative transfer theory</p><p>Presents recent advances in light scattering (measurements and theory)</p><p>Highlights newest developments in remote sensing of aerosol and cloud properties</p> | Science | Professional Books (2) | 0 | EBOP11646 | Earth and Environmental Science
 | 978-94-007-7268-7 | Earth Sciences | Kontar | [NAME]; [NAME]; [NAME] | [NAME] and Lessons Learned | Environmental and Societal Significance | Advances in Natural and Technological Hazards Research | 35 | 1 | 2014 | 435 | Hard cover | Book | XIV, 435 p. 220 illus., 187 illus. in color. | 0 | approx. | 129 | Earth Sciences | SCG32000 | Natural Hazards | RNR | SCG37000 | Environmental Science and Engineering | TQ | Earth Sciences | Monograph | Springer Netherlands | In production | 2013-10-31 00:00:00 |  |  | Preface.- Foreword.- 1. The Tsunami and Earthquake in Miyagi Prefecture and Sanriku  2011-2012 - An Overview.- 2. Assessment and Modeling of  Dispersal Contamination Incoming with Submarine Groundwater Discharge (SGD) in Tsunami Affected Coastal Areas.- 3. Tsunami Inundation Modeling of the 2011 Tohoku Earthquake Using Three-dimensional Building Data for Sendai, Miyagi Prefecture, Japan.- 4. Numerical Simulation of Coastal Sediment Transport by the 2011 Tohoku-oki Earthquake Tsunami.- 5. NOAA’s Historical Tsunami Event Database, Raw and Processed Water Level Data, and Model Output Relevant to the 11 March 2011 Tohoku, Japan Earthquake and Tsunami.- 6. [NAME] in the Western Pacific Ocean and East China Sea from the Great Earthquakes along the Nankai-Suruga Trough.- 7. Impacts of Tsunami Events on Ecosystem Services Provided by [NAME]-invertebrate Assemblages of Marine Coastal Zones.- 8. Discussion about Tsunami Interaction with Fringing Coral Reef.- 9. Ecological Status of Sandy Beaches After [NAME] – Insights From Meiofauna Investigations After The 2011 Tohoku-Oki Tsunami, Sendai, Japan.- 10. Impact of Tsunami Inundation on Soil Salinisation – Up to one Year after the 2011 Tohoku-Oki Tsunami.- 11. Estimating the 2004 Indian Ocean Tsunami Wave Height and Period from Boulders’ Distribution at [NAME], Thailand.- 12. A Note on Imbricated Granite Boulders on NW Penang Island, Malaysia-Tsunami or Storm Origin?.- 13. Effects of Tsunami Wave Erosion on Natural Landscapes: Examples from the 2011 Tohoku-Oki Tsunami.- 14. Concatenated Hazards: Tsunamis, Climate Change, Tropical Cyclones and Floods.- 15. [NAME] and Industrial Risks: Integrated Probabilistic Framework – Case of Tsunamis Effects.- 16. Destruction Patterns and Mechanisms of Coastal Levees on the Sendai Bay Coast Hit by the 2011 Tsunami.- 17. Damage and Reconstruction after the 2004 Indian Ocean Tsunami and the 2011 Tohoku Tsunami.- 18. [NAME]: A New Concept of Tsunami Vertical Evacuation System.- 19. Identifying Evacuees' Demand of Tsunami Shelters Using Agent Based Simulation.- 20. Multiple Wave Arrivals Contribute to [NAME] and Tsunami Duration on the US West Coast.- 21. Improving Tsunami Resiliency: California's Tsunami Policy Working Group.- 22. Preliminary 2013 Solomon Islands Tsunami Data Report and Historical Retrospective.- 23. 2004 Tsunami in Southern Thailand, Lessons Learned for the Thai Communities.- 24. Understanding [NAME] at the “Last-Mile” in developing an Effective Risk Communication to Reduce People’s Vulnerability in  Context of  Tsunami Early Warning and Evacuation.- 25. The Great East Japan Earthquake and [NAME]: Preliminary Assessment of Carbon Footprint of Housing Reconstruction.- Index | This book is a collective effort by world experts, bringing together assorted contributions presented during the Ocean Science Session OS-017, of the AOGS-AGU Joint Assembly held in Singapore in 2012 (the Asia Tsunami and Great East Japan Earthquake and Tsunami events). The chapters cover assessment, evaluation,  forecast  and lessons learned as well as environmental and societal impacts of the latest tsunamis that occurred in the Indian Ocean in 2004 and the Pacific Ocean in Japan 2011. The book is aimed at experts, scientists and decision makers seeking recent updated information, knowledge and experiences to better understand, quantify, forecast and protect coastal water resources,  ecosystems, communities and human settlements which are often  affected by tsunamis. | <p>Updated information about latest tsunamis in the Indian and Pacific Ocean </p><p>Covers various tsunami events as well as impacts and lessons learned <br>Overview of specific geographical areas heavily impacted by tsunamis</p> | Science | Professional Books (2) | 0 | EBOP11646 | Earth and Environmental Science
 | 978-3-642-41244-8 | Earth Sciences | [NAME] | [NAME]; [NAME] | Geodesy | Introduction to Geodetic Datum and Geodetic Systems |  |  | 1 | 2014 | 300 | Hard cover | Book | 300 p. 140 illus. | 0 | approx. | 139 | Earth Sciences | SCG18009 | Geophysics/Geodesy | PHVG | SCJ13000 | Geographical Information Systems/Cartography | [NAME] | Earth Sciences | Monograph | Springer [NAME] | Planned | 2013-12-09 00:00:00 |  |  | Introduction.- Geodetic Data Collection Techniques.- Geodetic datum and Geodetic Control Network.- [NAME] and Height System.- [NAME] and Geodetic Coordinate System.- Gauss and UTM Conformal Projection and Plane Rectangular Coordinate System.- Establishment of Geodetic Coordinate System. | Geodetic datum (including coordinate datum, height datum, depth datum, gravimetry datum) and geodetic systems (including geodetic coordinate system, plane coordinate system, height system, gravimetry system) are the common foundations for every aspect of geomatics. This course book focuses on geodetic datum and geodetic systems, and describes the basic theories, techniques, methods of geodesy. The main themes include: the various techniques of geodetic data acquisition, geodetic datum and geodetic control networks, geoid and height systems, reference ellipsoid and geodetic coordinate systems, [NAME] projection and [NAME] plan coordinates and the establishment of geodetic coordinate systems. The framework of this book is based on several decades of lecture noted and the contents are developed systematically for a complete introduction to the geodetic foundations of geomatics. | <p>Many special areas of geodesy are summarized by the well-known experts</p><p>Presents geodetic datum and geodetic systems as the common foundations of geomatics</p><p>Suitable as a basis for courses in geodesy and geomatics</p> | Students | Professional Books (2) | 0 | EBOP11646 | Earth and Environmental Science
 | 978-94-007-7719-4 | Earth Sciences | Mohanty | [NAME]; [NAME]; [NAME]; [NAME]; [NAME] | Monitoring and Prediction of Tropical Cyclones in the Indian Ocean and Climate Change |  |  |  | 1 | 2014 | 400 | Hard cover | Book | 400 p. 202 illus., 104 illus. in color. With Jointly published with Capital Publishing Company, New Delhi, India. | 0 | approx. | 169 | Earth Sciences | SCG25005 | Oceanography | RBKC | SC312000 | Meteorology | RBF | Earth Sciences | Monograph | Springer Netherlands | Planned | 2013-10-15 00:00:00 |  | Distribution rights for SAARC countries: Capital Publishing Company, New Delhi, India | Construction and Quality of Best Tracks Parameters for Study of Climate change Impact on Tropical Cyclones over the North Indian Ocean during Satellite Era.-  “Climate Change and southern Hemisphere Tropical Cyclones” International Initiative – Progress since the First International conference on Indian Ocean Tropical Cyclones and Climate Change.- Climate Change in Tropical Cyclones and Monsoon Depressions of North Indian Ocean.- Mechanism of the Indian Ocean Tropical Cyclone Frequency Changes due to Global Warming.- Recent Research at GDFL on Surface Temperature Trends and Simulations of Tropical Cyclone Activity in the Indian Ocean Region.- Future Changes in Tropical Cyclone Activity in the North Indian Ocean Projected by the New High-Resolution MRI-AGCM.- Tropical Cyclone Activity over the Indian Ocean in the Warmer Climate.- An Analysis of Environmental Dynamical Control of Tropical Cyclone Intensity over the Bay of Bengal during 1981–2010.- Analysis of Cyclone Tracks of North Indian Ocean Using Cluster Analysis.- Characteristics of Cyclogenesis over the Indian Ocean during 1891–2011 with Special Emphasis on Bay of Bengal vis-à-vis Arabian Sea.- Extended Prediction of North Indian Ocean Tropical Cyclones Using the ECMWF Variable Ensemble Prediction System.- Prospects for Improving the Operational Seasonal Prediction of Tropical Cyclone Activity in the Southern Hemisphere.- Extended Range Tropical Cyclone Predictions for East Coast of India.- Status and Plans for Operational Tropical cyclone Forecasting and Warning Systems in the North Indian Ocean Region.- Advancing Tropical Cyclone Forecasts Using Aircraft Observations.- Estimation of Centre and Intensity of Tropical Cyclones over the North Indian Ocean Using Microwave Imageries.- Multi-model Ensemble Based Extended Range Forecast of Tropical Cyclogenesis over the North Indian Ocean.- Improvement in Track and Intensity Prediction of Indian Seas Tropical Cyclones with Vortex Assimilation.- NWP Forecast Guidance during Phet at Oman Meteorological  Service.- Impact of Variational data Assimilation for simulating Tropical Cyclones over Bay of Bengal Using WRF-ARW.- Improved Track and Intensity Predictions Using Cyclone Bogusing and Regional Assimilation.- Role of Surface Roughness Length on Simulation of Cyclone Aila.- Simulation of Cyclone ‘Aila-2009’ by Using WRF-ARW Model and Numerical Storm Surge Model.- Mesoscale Modelling for Tropical Cyclone Forecasting over the North Indian Ocean.- Real-Time Prediction of the Tropical Cyclogenesis Location over Bay of Bengal Using Global Forecast System (GFS).- Sensitivity of Mesoscale Simulation of Aila Cyclone to the Parameterization of Physical Processes Using WRF Model.- Assimilation of Doppler Weather Radar Data in WRF Model for Numerical Simulation of Structure of Cyclone Aila (2009) of the Bay of Bengal at the Time of Landfall.- Simulation of Pre-Monsoon Cyclones of Two Contrasting  Monsoon Years Using Mesoscale Model WRF (ARW).- Role of Sea Surface Temperature in Simulation of Arabian Sea Cyclone.- Storm Surge Inundation in South Asia under Climate Change Scenarios.- Inundation Risk Assessment for Nagapatinam coast, [NAME], Southeast Coast of India.- Understanding the Properties of Cyclonic Storm ‘Aila’ Using NWP Technique.- Impact of Radiance Data Assimilation on Simulation of Tropical Cyclone Thane Using WRF-3DVAR Modelling System.- Retrieval of Atmospheric Temperature Profiles from AMSU-A Measurement Using Artificial Neural Network and Its Applications for Estimating Tropical Cyclone Intensity for ‘Gonu’ and ‘Nargis’.- Characteristic Features of Heavy Rainfall over Gujarat and Rajasthan States of India due to Very Severe Cyclonic Storm Phet over the Arabian Sea (31 May to 07 June 2010). | This book deals with recent advances in our understanding and prediction of tropical cyclogenesis, intensification and movement as well as landfall processes like heavy rainfall, gale wind and storm surge based on the latest observational and numerical weather prediction (NWP) modeling platforms. It also includes tropical cyclone (TC) management issues like early warning systems, recent high impact TC events, disaster preparedness, assessment of risk and vulnerability including construction, archiving and retrieval of the best tracking and historical data sets, policy decision etc., in view of recent findings on climate change aspects and their impact on TC activity. The chapters are authored by leading experts, both from research and operational environments.This book is relevant to cyclone forecasters and researchers, managers, policy makers, graduate and undergraduate students. It intends to stimulate thinking and hence further research in the field of TCs and climate change, especially over the Indian Ocean region and provides high-quality reference materials for all the users mentioned above for the management of TCs over this region. | <p>Book deals with latest state of art tools and technology for cyclone monitoring and prediction</p><p>Latest advances in numerical weather prediction modelling for cyclone prediction in all space and time scales</p><p>Provides latest trends in cyclone and climate change research and future scope</p><p>Deals with impact of climate change on tropical cyclone activity </p><p>Also deals with mitigation measures for tropical cyclone management</p> | Science | Professional Books (2) | 0 | EBOP11646 | Earth and Environmental Science
 | 978-3-319-00088-6 | Earth Sciences | Mukherjee | Soumyajit Mukherjee | Atlas of Shear Zone Structures in [NAME]-scale |  | Springer Geology |  | 1 | 2014 | 200 | Hard cover | Book | 200 p. | 0 | approx. | 139 | Earth Sciences | SCG17040 | Structural Geology | RBGD | SCG17060 | Mineralogy | PNV | Earth Sciences | [NAME] | Springer International Publishing | In production | 2013-11-30 00:00:00 |  |  | S-C shear fabric as ductile shear sense indicators.- Sheared clasts.- Folds in shear zones.- Brittle shear sense indicators.- Boudins in shear [NAME] in shear zones. | Study of structures associated with shear zones is a crucial aspect to understand the deformation mechanism associated with such zones. Shear zones have been emphasized since it will lead to many latest applied studies such as radioactive waste disposal, groundwater flow etc. For the sake of brevity, research papers cannot show all possible variation in structures found in shear zones. The proposed book aims to present some of these structures in great details with attractive colour photographs. Each photograph will have a comprehensive caption. | <p>200 full-colour photos clearly exemplify all classes of shear zones</p><p>Detailed captions accompany each photo and emphasize fundamental characteristics</p><p>Comprises a core reference book for students as well as researchers and practitioners</p> | Science | Professional Books (2) | 0 | EBOP11646 | Earth and Environmental Science
 | 978-3-540-29817-5 | Earth Sciences | Porter | [NAME]; [NAME]; [NAME] | Geohazard Risk Management for Linear Facilities |  | Springer Praxis Books |  | 1 | 2014 | 310 | Hard cover | Book | 310p. 30 illus., 20 illus. in color. | 0 | approx. | 139 | Earth Sciences | [NAME] | Geotechnical Engineering & Applied Earth Sciences | RBGL | SCG17010 | Economic Geology | RBGL | Earth Sciences | Monograph | Springer [NAME] | Planned | 2013-11-01 00:00:00 |  |  | Geohazards.- Risk Assessment and Risk Management.- Unified Framework for Geohazard Risk Management.- [NAME] and Frequency Estimates.- Pipelines.- Railways.- Public and Industrial Roads.- Electrical and Communication Transmission Facilities.- GIS and WEB Applications for Risk Management.- Future Challenges. | There are several boks on geohazards such as landslides, floods and earthquakes, but there is no book that provides a unified framework for geohazard risk management along linear facilities, such as roads, railways, pipelines, electrical transmission lines and telecommunication cables. This book will describe how geohazards commonly cause different types of linear activities to fail to perform their intended function. Risk control techniques for each type of geohazard can vary amongst the different types of linear facility. This book will describe the common techniques used, highlighting those that tend to be most cost-effective for each hazard and facility type. | <p>Worldwide, linear facilities extend over millions of kilometers and traverse geologically diverse terrain, subject to a wide range of geohazards</p><p>This book outlines a unified geohazard risk management framework</p><p>Invaluable in its utilisation of quantitative risk assessment techniques to assist owners, operators, regulators, consultants and insurers to improve the safety and reliability of linear facilites in a proactive and cost effective manner</p> | Science | Professional Books (2) | 0 | EBOP11646 | Earth and Environmental Science
 | 978-3-642-38799-9 | Earth Sciences | Sen | [NAME] | Petrology | Principles and Practice |  |  | 1 | 2014 | 549 | Hard cover | Book | XIII, 549 p. 377 illus., 102 illus. in color. | 0 | approx. | 109 | Earth Sciences | SCG17002 | Geology | RBG | SCG17060 | Mineralogy | PNV | Earth Sciences | Undergraduate textbook | Springer [NAME] | In production | 2013-09-30 00:00:00 |  |  | Rock-forming Minerals.- Introduction to Igneous Rocks.- Phase relations in simple systems: Key to magma generation, crystallization, and mixing.- Phase equilibrium in ternary systems.- Magma formation and segregation.- Igneous Rock Series: Basalt Magma Evolution.- Origin of Basaltic magmas.- Basaltic Magmatism at major tectonic environments.- Intermediate and Felsic Magmas and their tectonic association.- Alkaline, Ultra-alkaline, [NAME], and Carbonatite Magmas.- Komatiites, Anorthosites, and Earth’s Early Crust building.- Sediments.- Sedimentary rocks.- Metamorphism & Metamorphic Rocks.- The Deep Earth: Mantle and Core. | This undergraduate textbook on the key subject of geology closely follows the core curriculum adopted by most universities throughout the world and is a must for every geology student. It covers all aspects of petrology, including not only the principles of petrology but also applications to the origin, composition, and field relationships of rocks. Although petrology is commonly taught in the junior year, this book is a useful resource for graduate students as well. | <p>Incorporates the latest research on petrology</p><p>Principles are emphasized and clarified with examples</p><p>Includes advanced study boxes that target specific case studies</p><p>Gives students a taste of performing calculations at an appropriate level to discover the origin of rocks</p> | Students | Professional Books (2) | 0 | EBOP11646 | Earth and Environmental Science
 | 978-3-642-12075-6 | Earth Sciences | Sharma | [NAME]; [NAME]; [NAME] | Dynamics of Deformable Bodies | An approximate approach, with applications to solar system bodies | Advances in Geophysical and Environmental Mechanics and Mathematics |  | 1 | 2014 |  | Hard cover | Book | Approx. 300 p. 100 illus., 40 illus. in color. | 0 | approx. | 199 | Earth Sciences | [NAME] | Planetology | PGS | SCG18009 | Geophysics/Geodesy | PHVG | Earth Sciences | Monograph | Springer [NAME] | Planned | 2013-10-13 00:00:00 |  |  | Dynamics.- Bodies in Space.- Celestial mechanics. | This book employs an approximate approach that can be systematically improved to investigate the statics and dynamics of deformable solid bodies. We apply these methods to investigate various phenomena encountered in planetary science that include disruptions during planetary fly-bys, equilibrium shapes, and nutational damping. With several space missions underway, and more being planned, interest in our immediate neighbourhood is growing. We feel that our flexible procedure may help gain valuable insight into the mechanics of solar system bodies, while at the same time complementing numerical investigations. The technique itself is built upon the virial method employed advantageously by Chandrasekhar (1969) for studying the equilibrium shapes of spinning fluid objects. However, we modify Chandrasekhar’s approach to study more complex dynamical situations and include objects of different rheologies, e.g., granular aggregates. The book itself requires basic familiarity with celestial mechanics and solid mechanics, though it is to a great extent self-contained. | <p>Unique treatise on statics and dynamics of deformable solid bodes In depth investigation of phenomena</p><p> Flexible approach provides valuable insights</p> | Science | Professional Books (2) | 0 | EBOP11646 | Earth and Environmental Science
 | 978-94-007-6903-8 | Earth Sciences | Shen | [NAME]; [NAME]; [NAME] | Modelling Rock Fracturing Processes | A Fracture Mechanics Approach Using FRACOD |  |  | 1 | 2014 | 169 | Hard cover | Book | XV, 169 p. 98 illus., 60 illus. in color. | 0 | final | 89.99 | Earth Sciences | [NAME] | Geotechnical Engineering & Applied Earth Sciences | RBGL | SCT23020 | Geoengineering, Foundations, Hydraulics | RBP | Earth Sciences | Graduate/advanced undergraduate textbook | Springer Netherlands | In production | 2013-10-31 00:00:00 |  |  | Foreword.- Preface.- Acknowledgements.- 1. Introduction.-2. Introduction to Rock Fracture Mechanics.- 3. Numerical Method.- 4. Iteration Process in FRACOD.- 5. [NAME] Dependency.- 6. Simulation of Multiple Region System.- 7. Solving Gravitational Problems.- 8. [NAME] Function.- 9. Thermo-Mechanical Coupling.- 10. Hydro-Mechanical Coupling.- 11. Anisotropic Rock Strength Function.- 12. [NAME] for FRACOD Modelling.- 13. FRACOD Verification Tests.- 14. Application Case Studies.- Index. | This text book provides the theoretical background of rock fracture mechanics and displacement discontinuity methods used for the modelling of geomechanical problems. The computer program FRACOD is used to analyse the fracture problems, assessing fracture initiation and propagation in tension ([NAME] I), shear (Mode II) and mixed mode I and II of solid intact or jointed geomaterials. The book also presents the fundamentals of thermo-mechanical coupling and hydro-mechanical coupling. Formulations of multiple regional mechanical, thermal and hydraulic functions, which allow analyses of fracture mechanics problems for structures made of brittle, rock-like materials, are provided. In addition, instructive examples of code verification and applications are presented.  Additional material: The 2-D version of the FRACOD program, a manual on the program and a wealth of verification examples of classical problems in physics, mechanics and hydromechanics are available at http://extras.springer.com. A large number of applications related to civil, mining, petroleum and environmental engineering are also included.  - The first textbook available on modelling of rock fracture propagation- Introduces readers to the fundamentals of rock fracturing- Uses a modern style of teaching with theory, mathematical modelling and applications in one package- The basic version of the FRACOD software, manual, verification examples and applications are available as additional material- The FRACOD program and manual enable the readers to solve fracture propagation problems on their own ---------------------------Ki-Bok Min, Department of Energy Resources Engineering,College of Engineering, Seoul National University,  Korea “Challenging rock engineering applications require extreme conditions of stress, temperature and hydraulic pressure resulting in rock fracturing to a various extent. The FRACOD is one of few computer codes available in engineering rock mechanics that can simulate the initiation and propagation of fractures often interacting with natural fractures. Its capability has been significantly enhanced to include the hydraulic and thermal fracturing with concerted interaction from multi-national research and industry partners. My experience with the FRACOD is very positive and I am certain that its already-excellent track record will expand further in the future.' | <p>The first textbook available on rock fracture modeling</p><p>Introduces readers to the fundamentals of rock fracturing </p><p>Uses a modern style of teaching with theory, mathematical modelling and applications in one package</p><p>The basic version of the FRACOD computer program, manual, verification examples and applications are available as additional material</p><p>The FRACOD program and manual enable the readers to solve fracture propagation problems on their own</p> | Students | Professional Books (2) | 0 | EBOP11646 | Earth and Environmental Science
 | 978-3-319-00190-6 | Earth Sciences | Sigalotti | [NAME]; [NAME]; [NAME] | Computational and Experimental [NAME] with Applications to Physics, Engineering and the Environment |  | Environmental Science and Engineering |  | 1 | 2014 | 593 | Hard cover | Book | XXV, 593 p. 195 illus., 109 illus. in color. | 0 | final | 179 | Earth Sciences | SCG37000 | Environmental Science and Engineering | TQ | SCP32000 | Geophysics and Environmental Physics | PHVG | Earth Sciences | Monograph | Springer International Publishing | In production | 2013-10-31 00:00:00 |  |  | Environmental Fluid Mechanics: Applications to Weather Forecast and Climate Change.- Turbulent Diffusion of Heat at High Rayleigh Numbers.- Numerical Simulation of Sliding Drops on an Inclined Solid Surface.- Fluids in Cosmology.- Fluid Mechanics and Systems Biology for Understanding the Cosmic Distribution of Life: A Review.- The Impact of Computational Fluid Mechanics on Cancer Research.- Growth of Bubbles in Reservoirs and its Consequences on the Foam Formation.- Theoretical Physics of Granular Fluids and Solids. | The book presents a collection of selected papers from the I Workshop of the Venezuelan Society of Fluid Mechanics held on Margarita Island, Venezuela from November 4 to 9, 2012. Written by experts in their respective fields, the contributions are organized into five parts: - Part I Invited Lectures, consisting of full-length technical papers on both computational and experimental fluid mechanics covering a wide range of topics from drops to multiphase and granular flows to astrophysical flows, - Part II Drops, Particles and Waves - Part III Multiphase and Multicomponent Flows - Part IV Atmospheric and Granular Flows - and Part V Turbulent and Astrophysical Flows. The book is intended for upper-level undergraduate and graduate students as well as for physicists, chemists and engineers teaching and working in the field of fluid mechanics and its applications. The contributions are the result of recent advances in theoretical and experimental research in fluid mechanics, encompassing both fundamentals as well as applications to fluid engineering design, including pipelines, turbines, flow separators, hydraulic systems and biological fluid elements, and to granular, environmental and astrophysical flows. | <p>Recent advances in various areas of fundamental and applied fluid mechanics are collected in papers written in a clear and concise manner and avoiding cumbersome mathematical calculation                                 </p><p>Most technical papers correspond to pioneering experimental and theoretical research in physics, fluid engineering and astrophysics with fundamental and technological implications</p><p>The book is suitable for upper-level undergraduate and graduate students as well as for scientists and engineers teaching and pursuing research in the field of fluid mechanics</p> | Science | Professional Books (2) | 0 | EBOP11646 | Earth and Environmental Science
 | 978-94-007-7620-3 | Earth Sciences | Soloviev | [NAME]; [NAME] | The Near-Surface Layer of the Ocean | Structure, Dynamics and Applications | Atmospheric and Oceanographic Sciences Library | 48 | 2 | 2014 | 469 | Hard cover | Book | I, 469 p. 259 illus., 69 illus. in color. | 0 | final | 179 | Earth Sciences | SCG25005 | Oceanography | RBKC | SCG36000 | Atmospheric Sciences | RB | Earth Sciences | Monograph | Springer Netherlands | In production | 2013-11-30 00:00:00 |  |  | Introduction.- Sea Surface Microlayer.- Near-Surface Turbulence.- Fine Structure and Microstructure.- Spatially Varying and Coherent Structures.- High Wind Speed Regime.- Applications. | The rationale for publishing a second edition of this monograph is that this area of research continues to show remarkable advancement. The new generation of synthetic aperture radar satellites has provided unprecedented spatial resolution of sea surface features. In addition, satellites to measure sea surface salinity have been launched. Computational fluid dynamics models open new opportunities in understanding the processes in the near-surface layer of the ocean and their visibility from space. Passive acoustic methods for monitoring short surface waves have significantly progressed. Of importance for climate research, processes in the near-surface layer of the ocean contribute to errors in satellite estimates of sea surface temperature trends. Due to growing applications of near-surface science, it is anticipated that more students will be trained in this area of research. Therefore this second edition of the monograph is closer to a textbook format. | Updating the previous edition of the book due to remarkable results from synthetic aperture radar satellites, from satellites which measure sea surface salinity, and computational fluid dynamic models open new opportunities in understanding the processes in the near-surface layer of the ocean <br>Monitoring short surface waves has significantly progressed due to passive acoustic methods<br>Gives a comprehensive account of the structures and dynamics of the near-surface layer of the ocean <br>Clarifies theoretical concepts that are developed from fundamental physics and thermodynamics <br>Shows results of major air-sea interaction experiments (including those obtained with the participation of the authors), included in the analysis <br>Includes an overview of the results for important oceanographic applications such as remote sensing, climate, hurricane physics, oil spills, marine biology, optics and acoustics | Science | Professional Books (2) | 0 | EBOP11646 | Earth and Environmental Science
 | 978-3-540-28612-7 | Earth Sciences | Stüwe | [NAME]; [NAME] | Exercises in Earth Science | Quantitative Problems and Solutions |  |  | 1 | 2014 |  | Hard cover | Book | Approx. 300 p. | 0 | approx. | 49.95 | Earth Sciences | SCG17002 | Geology | RBG | SCG17030 | Quantitative Geology | RBG | Earth Sciences | Graduate/advanced undergraduate textbook | Springer [NAME] | Planned | 2013-10-30 00:00:00 |  |  |  | This book will address students from a wide range of sub-disciplines within the Earth Sciences. The book will be made up of about 100 worked problems with their answers. Focus on the book will lie in geodynamics including problems from structural geology, geophysics and metamorphic petrology. However, there will be also problems from other sub-disciplines such as palaeontology and cartography. | <p>Collection of quantitative exercises and solutions</p><p>About 100 worked problems</p><p>Examples cover the whole field of Geosciences</p> | Students | Professional Books (2) | 0 | EBOP11646 | Earth and Environmental Science
 | 978-3-319-01688-7 | Earth Sciences | Sundaresan | [NAME]; K M Santosh; [NAME]; [NAME]; [NAME] | Geospatial Technologies and Climate Change |  | Geotechnologies and the Environment | 10 | 1 | 2014 | 288 | Hard cover | Book | X, 288 p. 97 illus., 89 illus. in color. | 0 | final | 129 | Earth Sciences | SCG35000 | Earth System Sciences | RB | SC311000 | Climatology | RBF | Earth Sciences | Monograph | Springer International Publishing | In production | 2013-10-31 00:00:00 |  |  | Geospatial Technologies as Impact Assessment Tools in Scoping and Monitoring the Impact of Climate Change.- Climate change around the world: Australia, the Netherlands and India.- Dust storms over Indo-Gangetic basin and their impact on Regional climate, precipitation, Himalayan snow/glaciers and Ocean-Ecology supplement.- Impact of Climate Change on Coral Reefs.- Landslide disaster management.- Studies on mangrove Regeneration in tsunami affected area of port blair, south Andaman using in situ and remote sensing techniques.- Phyto and Zooplankton community assemblages of Car Nicobar Islands, Andaman Sea, India and its Significance with Climatic Change.- Application of GIS and [NAME] in Landslide Hazard Zonation.- Geospatial Technologies as Decision Support Tools in Planning for Adaptation and Mitigation.- Swarm Planning for Climate Change: How Transformations can be Achieved.- Maps, Knowledge, Resilience: Application of ArcGIS in building small island’s resilience to Climate Change.- Evaluation of remote-sensing-based potential fishing zones (PFZs) advisories along Mumbai coast.- Application of geo-spatial technologies in Coastal Vulnerability studies due to Sea Level  Rise (SLR) along the select regions of Indian coast.- Geospatial Technologies: Exploring their Technical Potential in Climate Change Research.- Generation of Morphometric Information Using Satellite Images Satellite Geoid/Gravity for Offshore Exploration.- Modelling of climate and climate projection: A data intensive paradigm.- DGPS Principles, Errors and Achievable Accuracies.- Fundamentals of Geographical Information System (GIS), Map Sources and Digital Map Preparation.- Generation of Morphometric Information Using Satellite Images.- Fundamentals of Remotesensing. | Geospatial Technologies and Climate Change describes various approaches from different countries on how to use geospatial technologies to help solving climate change issues. It also details how different geospatial technologies (remote sensing, Geographical Information System…) can be used to help with climate monitoring and modeling, how to work with them and what to be careful about. This book is written by scientific experts from four different continents. Written in a comprehensive and complete way, this book is essential reading material for graduate and undergraduate students interested in these techniques and in climate change. | <p>Describes the basics of geospatial technologies, along with climate change applications</p><p>Presents important concepts on spatial planning of adaptive and resilient nature</p><p>Provides unique information for researchers on DGPS Principles, Errors and Achievable Accuracies</p><p>Written by key scientists from four continents - America (USA), Europe (UK), Australia and Asia (India) </p> | Science | Professional Books (2) | 0 | EBOP11646 | Earth and Environmental Science
 | 978-1-4614-5787-9 | Earth Sciences | [NAME] | [NAME] | Geological CO2 Storage Characterization | The Key to Deploying Clean Fossil Energy Technology | Springer Environmental Science and Engineering |  | 1 | 2014 | 304 | Hard cover | Book | X, 304 p. 221 illus., 136 illus. in color. | 0 | approx. | 179 | Earth Sciences | SCG37000 | Environmental Science and Engineering | TQ | [NAME] | Geotechnical Engineering & Applied Earth Sciences | RBGL | Earth Sciences | Monograph | Springer New York | Planned | 2014-02-20 00:00:00 |  |  | Geological Observations Supporting Dynamic Climatic Changes.-The Story of the Wyoming Carbon Underground Storage Project (WY-CUSP), and the Regional Inventory and Prioritization of Potential CO2 Storage Reservoirs in Wyoming.-Legal Framework: Carbon Storage Regulations and Access for the Wyoming Carbon Underground Storage Project (WY-CUSP) .-A Strategy for Designing an Optimal Characterization Study of the Premier Carbon Capture, Utilization and Storage Site in Wyoming.-Regional Geologic History, CO2 Source Inventory, and Groundwater Risk Assessment of a Potential CO2 Sequestration Site on the Rock Springs Uplift in Southwest Wyoming.-Detailed Geologic Characterization of Core and Well Data from the [NAME] and [NAME] and Associated Seals at a Potential CO2 Sequestration Site in Southwest Wyoming: Defining the Lithologic, Geochemical, Diagenetic, and Burial Histories Relative to Successful CO2 Storage.-Utility of 3-D Seismic Attribute Analysis and VSP for Assessing Potential Carbon Sequestration Targets on the Rock Springs Uplift, Southwest Wyoming.-Reservoir Fluid Characterization of the Weber Sandstone and Madison Limestone on the Rock Springs Uplift in Southwest Wyoming.-Predicting Permeability in the Targeted Geological CO2 Storage Reservoirs on the Rock Springs Uplift, Southwest Wyoming.-Advances in Estimating the Geologic CO2 Storage Capacity of the Madison Limestone and Weber Sandstone in the Rock Springs Uplift by Utilizing Detailed 3-D Reservoir Characterization and Geologic Uncertainty Reduction.-Displaced Fluid Management —the Key to Commercial-Scale Geologic CO2 Storage.-The Carbon Management Institute’s Integrated CO2 Storage/EOR Strategy: the Advantages of Deploying Innovative, Multiple-resource Development Strategies Designed to Foster Sustainability of Energy and Environmental Resources.-A Feasibility Study of the Integration of Geologic CO2 Storage with Enhanced Oil Recovery (CO2 Flooding) in the Ordos Basin, China.-Summary of the WY-CUSP Characterization Program. | This book investigates geological CO2 storage and its role in greenhouse gas emissions reduction, enhanced oil recovery, and environmentally responsible use of fossil fuels. Written for energy/environmental regulators at every level of government (federal, state, etc.), scientists/academics, representatives from the power and fossil energy sectors, NGOs, and other interested parties, this book uses the characterization of the Rock Springs Uplift site in Wyoming as an integrated case study to illustrate the application of geological CO2 storage science, principles, and theory in a real-world scenario. | <p>Illustrates how current scientific principles, research tools, and technology can be integrated and applied to a specific site to evaluate its potential for commercial CO2 storage</p><p>Provides a useful road map for the implementation of carbon capture and storage (CCS) on a large scale</p><p>Moving beyond previous disparate theoretical studies, this book presents a complete picture – from start to finish – of the process necessary to identify, characterize, and confirm the validity of a potential geological carbon storage site</p> | Science | Professional Books (2) | 0 | EBOP40367 | Energy
 | 978-3-319-01278-0 | Earth Sciences | Walczowsk | [NAME] | Atlantic Water in the Nordic Seas | Properties, Variability, Climatic Importance | GeoPlanet: Earth and Planetary Sciences |  | 1 | 2014 | 174 | Hard cover | Book | XVI, 174 p. 96 illus., 72 illus. in color. | 0 | final | 129 | Earth Sciences | SCG25005 | Oceanography | RBKC | SC313000 | Climate Change Impacts | RN | Earth Sciences | Monograph | Springer International Publishing | In production | 2013-09-30 00:00:00 |  |  | Introduction.- The Nordic Seas.- Methodology of measurements and data analysis.- Properties of the Atlantic Water in 2000-2007.- Structure and variability of the Atlantic Water on the transects.- Dynamics of the West Spitsbergen Current. | The book presents a wide description of hydrographic conditions in the studied area of the Norwegian and [NAME]. Variability of the Atlantic Water properties have been presented on the basis of time series obtained from oceanographic measurements performed each summer from 2000 to 2007 by the Institute of Oceanology Polish Academy of Sciences. The warming observed in that period has been described in detail as well as cooling of the Atlantic Water flowing towards the Fram Strait in 2007. Furthermore, concepts regarding multi-branch structure of the West Spitsbergen Current have been presented, types of flows in individual branches as well as variability of the flows. Description of the structure, transports and variability of the sea currents is based mostly on hydrographic measurements and baroclinic calculations. The results confirm a leading role of the ocean in climate shaping and acknowledges the importance of the Thermohaline Circulation for the climate. | <p>The issue of climate change in the Arctic raised in the book is very important and actual</p><p>The book presents the results of the development of a unique set of observational data</p><p>The book is written in an accessible way and can be useful for a wide range of Arctic researchers</p><p>The analysis and interpretation of the data is preceded by an introduction with a description of studied area of the Nordic Seas and processes taking place there</p> | Science | Professional Books (2) | 0 | EBOP11646 | Earth and Environmental Science
 | 978-94-007-7629-6 | Earth Sciences | Wang | [NAME]; [NAME]; [NAME] | The Large Dam Dilemma | An Exploration of the Impacts of Hydro Projects on People and the Environment in China |  |  | 1 | 2014 | 110 | Soft cover | Book | X, 110 p. 19 illus., 18 illus. in color. | 0 | final | 54.99 | Earth Sciences | SCG37000 | Environmental Science and Engineering | TQ | SCL19031 | Biodiversity | RNCB | Earth Sciences | Brief | Springer Netherlands | In production | 2013-11-30 00:00:00 |  |  | Chapter 1 A Global Review of Large Dam Construction.- Chapter 2 Large Dams in China: An Overview of History, Distribution, and Case Studies.- Chapter 3 Environmental Impacts of Dams in China: Focusing on Biological Diversity and Ecological Integrity.- Chapter 4 Socioeconomic Impacts of Dams in China: Focusing on Relocated People.- Chapter 5 Conclusions.- The Future of Large Dams in China.- Acknowledgements. | Large dam construction has significant environmental and social impacts at different scales. As the largest developing country in the world, China has built about half of the world’s large dams, and more are expected to be built over the next two decades to meet the country’s rapidly growing demand for energy. This book summarizes and updates information about the history, distribution, functions, and impacts of large dams, both globally and at China’s national level. It then addresses the environmental and social-economic impacts of large dams in China with particular emphasis on the impacts of large dams on relocated people and associated compensation policies. Lastly, it introduces an integrated ecological and socio-economic study conducted in areas affected by dams along the Upper Mekong River, China. This book has the following three goals.The first goal is to summarize and update information on large dams globally and at China’s national level (Ch. 2). We examine large dam problems from different perspectives, ranging from their spatial and temporal distributions and their environmental and social impacts, to discussions and debates centered on them. We also incorporate the results of an empirical investigation of the environmental and socio-economic impacts of large dams on the Upper Mekong River, China, and draw conclusions out of the analysis (Chs.3 & 4).Our second goal is to provide an analysis framework to help understand the environmental and social-economic impacts of dam construction and the resulting environmental degradations and social inequities at different scales (Chs.3 & 4), as well as to offer recommendations for mitigating these impacts within China’s socio-political context (Ch. 5). The significant environmental effects resulting from dam construction include damage to ecological integrity and loss of biological diversity. The most significant social consequences brought by dam projects are their negative impacts on relocated people. Our analysis framework provides approaches to help comprehensively understand these impacts.Our third goal is to provide clues and suggestions for further studies of large dam problems both globally and in China (Ch. 5). The construction of large dams is proceeding rapidly in different parts of the world despite the heated debates on whether they should be built at all. The decision-making process related to building large dams involves considerations of economic viability, environmental sustainability, and social equity. Therefore, interdisciplinary collaborations are required in large dam research and development projects in order to reconcile the interests of different stakeholders and avoid harming ecosystems, biodiversity, and human welfare. Overall, we hope our book facilitates future examinations of large dams by providing summaries of existing data and research related to large dams, and offering a framework for better understanding and analyzing their environmental and social impacts. | <p>Summarizes information about the history, distribution and functions of large dams, both globally and at China’s national level </p><p>Provides environmental and socio-economic impacts of large dams and the resulting social inequities at different scales </p><p>Provides results of an integrated ecological and socio-economic study conducted in areas affected by dams along the Upper Mekong River, China</p> | Science | Professional Books (2) | 0 | EBOP11646 | Earth and Environmental Science
 | 978-3-642-23107-0 | Earth Sciences | Zhong | [NAME]; [NAME] | [NAME] of Sedimentary Structures |  |  |  | 1 | 2014 | 550 | Hard cover | Book | 550 p. 200 illus. in color. | 0 | approx. | 219 | Earth Sciences | [NAME] | Sedimentology | RBGB | SCU28000 | Soil Science & Conservation | RBGB | Earth Sciences | Monograph | Springer [NAME] | Planned | 2013-10-30 00:00:00 |  |  |  | The contents of the book would include, among others of a more general and introductory nature, chapters dealing [NAME] bedding structures; within-layer and layer-surface structures; biological structures, chemical structures; ice-induced structures; wind- induced structures; earthquake-induced structures. Most other books available cover the wider field of sedimentary rocks and petrography and will have a chapter on some of the common sedimentary structures. A book on the sedimentary structures in modern sediments and in sedimentary rocks of the oil-bearing basins throughout China is new and unique. | <p>Many colour photos (many not seen,or illustrated previously)</p><p>Comprehensive reference</p><p>Detailed description of each structure</p> | Science | Professional Books (2) | 0 | EBOP11646 | Earth and Environmental Science
 | 978-94-007-7410-0 | Environment | [NAME] | [NAME]; [NAME]; [NAME]; [NAME]; [NAME]; [NAME] | Sabkha Ecosystems: Volume IV: Cash Crop Halophyte and Biodiversity Conservation |  | Tasks for Vegetation Science | 47 | 1 | 2014 |  | Hard cover | Book | Approx. 300 p. 75 illus. | 0 | final | 189 | Environment | SCU00009 | Environment, general | RN | SCL00004 | Life Sciences, general | PSA | Environment | Contributed volume | Springer Netherlands | In production | 2013-12-02 00:00:00 |  |  | List of Authors.- Preface.- Foreword.- Acknowledgements.- Introduction.- 1. Economic sustainability for halophyte cash farms in urban environments.- 2. Spatial distribution of soil salinity and its management options in the Northern Emirates, UAE.- 3. Gypsum crystals formation and habits, [NAME] sabkha, Qatar.- 4. Distribution, ecology and ecophysiology of mangroves in Pakistan.- 5. Halophytes for the production of liquid biofuels.- 6. Feasibility of halophyte domestication for high-salinity agriculture.- 7. The gypsum dunes of Cuatrociénegas Valley, Mexico – A secondary [NAME] ecosystem with gypsophytes.- 8. Effects of seed storage on germination of desert halophytes with transient seed bank.- 9. Halophytes of southwest Asia.- 10. From halophyte research to halophytes farming.- 11. Interactive effect of salinity and drought on the germination of dimorphic seeds of Suaeda salsa.- 12. [NAME] (Kochia scoparia (L.) Schrad) unwanted or wanted plant for forage production in harsh environments.- 13. Importance of the diversity in between halophytes to agriculture and land management in arid and semiarid countries.- 14. Is soil heterogeneity the major factor influencing vegetation zonation at Karachi coast?.- 15. Research and development with seawater and halophytic plants for sustainable saline agro systems in the Arabian Gulf.- 16. Salinity tolerant turfgrasses for biosaline urban landscape agriculture.- 17. Ecology, distribution and ecophysiology of [NAME]. Germination pre-treatments in Haloxylon persicum ([NAME]), an economically important tree of desert ecosystems in western Asia.- 19. Halophytes in the east Mediterranean – their medicinal and other economical values.- 20. Germination and early seedling growth of two salt-tolerant [NAME] species that prevent erosion in Iranian deserts.- 21. Salt marshes and biodiversity.- 22. Distinctive features and role of sulfur-containing compounds in marine plants, seaweeds, seagrasses and halophytes from an evolutionary point of view.- 23. The chemical composition and technological properties of seagrasses – a basis for their use (a review).- 24. Seagrass terraces for food security and carbon sequestration.- 25. Floating mangroves: the solution to reduce atmospheric carbon levels and land-based marine pollution?.- 26. World Halophyte Garden: Economic dividends with global significance.- Index. | Sustainable development is the key for the survival in 21st century. The natural resources are finite and cannot be used with impunity because we are the custodian of these resources and have responsibility to pass these to the next generation. This monumental task requires several major commitments and most important of them is to arrest population explosion which has already reached seven billion. Natural resources like air to breath, food to eat, and water to drink, and fossil fuel to maintain this life style are being overexploited. Unrestrained consuming culture will accelerate undesired situation. This situation will have more dire consequences in resource limited ecosystems like dry lands. Given the severe scarcity of water, ever increasing population and soil salinization out of the box solutions for the provision of food and clean energy is required to spare meager fresh water resources for conventional agriculture. This volume contains a number of articles dealing with halophyte ecology, bio-geography, ecophysiology, hyper-saline soils, biofuels, biosaline agriculture, biosaline landscaping, climate change mitigation, and biodiversity. It also contains the communication of innovative ideas, such as the research into floating mangroves, seagrass terraces, as well as a World Halophyte Garden containing all known salt-tolerant plant species. It is hoped that the information provided will not only advance vegetation science, but that it will truly generate more interdisciplinarity, networking, awareness, and inspire farmers, and agricultural and landscaping stakeholders to seriously engage in halophyte cash crop production in coastal hyper-saline areas. | <p>Salinity is a major hazard for agriculture worldwide. This book provides some new and environment friendly alternatives</p><p>A good resource for teaching and research on biodiversity, conservation and utilization of halophytes</p><p>Those who are interested in commercial utilization of halophytes would find this book very useful</p> | Science | Professional Books (2) | 0 | EBOP11646 | Earth and Environmental Science
 | 978-94-007-7777-4 | Environment | Lambek | Nadia [NAME]; [NAME]; [NAME]; [NAME] | Rethinking Food Systems | Structural Challenges, New Strategies and the Law |  |  | 1 | 2014 | 213 | Hard cover | Book | I, 213 p. | 0 | final | 129 | Environment | SCU34000 | Sustainable Development | RNU | SCR19020 | Human Rights | JPVH | Environment | Contributed volume | Springer Netherlands | In production | 2013-12-31 00:00:00 |  |  | Introduction:In Search of Better Options: Food Sovereignty, the Right to Food and Legal Tools for Transforming Food Systems.- Part I: Institutionalizing New Approaches to Managing Food Systems and Addressing Hunger.- Vía Campesina’s Struggle for the Right to Food Sovereignty: From Above or From Below?.- Opportunities and Challenges for Food Sovereignty Policies in Latin America: The case of Nicaragua.- Implementing the Right to Food in Uganda: Advances, [NAME] and the Way Forward.- Part II: Regulating for Change.- Respecting and Protecting the Right to Food: When States Must Get Out of the Kitchen.- The Regulation of Land Grabs Under International Law .- From Threat to Opportunity? Problems with Codes of Conduct for Land Grabbing.- Part III: Governing for Better Food Systems.- International Economic Law and the Right to Food.- The Right to Food, Farmers' Rights and Intellectual Property Rights: Can Competing Law Be Reconciled?.- The Reform of the Committee on World Food Security: The Quest for Coherence in Global Governance.- Author and Editor Biographies.- Index. | Taking as a starting point that hunger results from social exclusion and distributional inequities and that lasting, sustainable and just solutions are to be found in changing the structures that underlie our food systems, this book examines how law shapes global food systems and their ongoing transformations. Using detailed case studies, historical mapping and legal analysis, the contributors show how various actors (farmers, civil society groups, government officials, international bodies) use or could use different legal tools (legislative, jurisprudential, norm-setting) on various scales (local, national, regional, global) to achieve structural changes in food systems. Section 1, Institutionalizing New Approaches, explores the possibility of institutionalizing social change through two alternative visions for change – the right to food and food sovereignty. Individual chapters discuss [NAME] struggle to implement food sovereignty principles into international trade law, and present case studies on adopting food sovereignty legislation in Nicaragua and right to food legislation in Uganda. The chapters in Section 2, Regulating for Change, explore the extent to which the regulation of actors can or cannot change incentives and produce transformative results in food systems. They look at the role of the state in regulating its own actions as well as the actions of third parties and analyze various means of regulating land grabs. The final section, Governing for Better Food Systems, discusses the fragmentation of international law and the impacts of this fragmentation on the realization of human rights. These chapters trace the underpinnings of the current global food system, explore the challenges of competing regimes of intellectual property, farmers rights and human rights, and suggest new modes of governance for global and local food systems. The stakes for building better food systems are high. Our current path leaves many behind, destroying the environment and entrenching inequality and systemic poverty. While it is commonly understood that legal structures are at the heart of food systems, the legal academy has yet to make a significant contribution to recent discussions on improving food systems - this book aims to fill that gap. | <p>Presents a collection of pieces that analyze how law shapes the structural underpinnings of the global food system and its ongoing transformation</p><p>Provides unique perspectives: contributors include food and food sovereignty activists, legal academics and practitioners, students of sociology, development studies and global affairs, NGO and CSO members and individuals who have worked with various arms of the United Nations</p><p>Numerous case studies document the successes and challenges in using legal tools to improve food systems</p> | Science | Professional Books (2) | 0 | EBOP11646 | Earth and Environmental Science
 | 978-94-007-7337-0 | Environment | Manton | [NAME]; [NAME] | Climate in Asia and the Pacific | Security, Society and Sustainability | Advances in Global Change Research | 56 | 1 | 2014 | 317 | Hard cover | Book | XVIII, 317 p. 45 illus., 41 illus. in color. | 0 | final | 129 | Environment | SCU12007 | Climate Change | RNPG | SCG35000 | Earth System Sciences | RB | Environment | Contributed volume | Springer Netherlands | In production | 2013-09-30 00:00:00 |  |  | Foreword by Helen Clarke.- Foreword by [NAME] Asrar.- [NAME] by [NAME] Hauger.- Preface.- 1. Introduction.- 2. Climate Variability and Change.- 3. Climate and Urbanization.- 4. Climate and Security.- 5. Climate and Society.- 6. Climate and Sustainability.- 7. Future Directions for Climate Research in Asia and the Pacific.- Index. | Commissioned by the Intergovernmental Meeting (IGM) of the Asia-Pacific Network for Global Change Research (APN), this book offers a detailed survey of the current status of climate change and climate variability in the Asia-Pacific region, a thorough and thoughtful assessment of climate and security and clear recommendations on the best paths of climate research in the future. | <p>Offers a broad perspective on the impacts of climate change on society in Asia and the Pacific</p><p>Explores a many-layered mix of science, economics, politics and sociological concerns</p><p>Provides a useful resource for scientists, policy makers and practitioners</p> | Students | Professional Books (2) | 0 | EBOP11646 | Earth and Environmental Science
 | [PHONE]-40-5 | Environment | Muthu | Subramanian Senthilkannan Muthu | Assessment of Carbon Footprint in Different Industrial Sectors, Volume 1 |  | EcoProduction |  | 1 | 2014 | 534 | Hard cover | Book | IX, 534 p. 89 illus., 74 illus. in color. | 0 | final | 129 | Environment | SCU17009 | Environmental Management | RNF | SCW23113 | Production/Logistics/Supply Chain Management | KJMV5 | Environment | Monograph | Springer Singapore | In production | 2013-10-31 00:00:00 |  | Worldwide | Introduction to the eco-design methodology and the role of Product Carbon Footprint.- Carbon footprint estimation of agriculture sector.- Methodology for Determining [NAME] of the Construction Of Residential Buildings.- Carbon Footprint of Food Products.- The carbon footprint of ceramic products.- Carbon footprint of mobile devices: Open questions in carbon footprinting of emerging mobile ICT technologies.- The carbon footprint of pigmeat in Flanders.- Carbon emission and carbon footprint of different industrial spaces in different regions of China.- Ecodesign and Product Carbon Footprint use in the packaging sector.- [NAME] of Crop Production and the [NAME] for GHGs Reduction in Agriculture Sector of China.- Carbon footprint of solid waste sector in Greater Bangalore, India. | Carbon footprint is one of the important environmental impacts, which has received greater attention from the public, government and media. It is one of the important topics of even any government’s agenda as well and every nation is trying its best to reduce its carbon footprint to the maximum possible extent. Every company would like to reduce the carbon footprint of its products and consumers are looking for the products which emit lower carbon emissions in their entire life cycle. Assessment of Carbon footprint for different products, processes and services and also carbon labelling of products have become familiar topics in the recent past in various industrial sectors. Every industry has its unique assessment and modelling techniques, allocation procedures, mitigation methods and labelling strategies for its carbon emissions. With this background, this book has been framed with dedicated chapters on carbon footprint assessment on various industrial sectors. In each chapter, details pertaining to the assessment methodologies of carbon footprint followed in a particular industry, challenges in calculating the carbon footprint, case studies of various products in that particular industry, mitigation measures to be followed to trim down the carbon footprint, recommendations for further research are discussed in detail. This first volume includes the carbon footprint assessment methodology of agricultural sector, telecommunication sector, food sector, ceramic industry, packaging industry, building and construction sector and solid waste sector. | <p>First dedicated book pertaining to carbon labeling and [NAME] of various products </p><p>Highlights PCF from eight different industrial sectors</p><p>Highlights the impacts and mitigation of carbon footprint in different industrial sectors </p><p>Edited and written and by experts in the field of carbon footprint</p> | Professionals | Professional Books (2) | 0 | EBOP11646 | Earth and Environmental Science
 | [PHONE]-19-1 | Environment | Muthu | Subramanian Senthilkannan Muthu; [NAME] | Assessment of Environmental Impact by [NAME] | An Eco-Functional Approach | EcoProduction |  | 1 | 2014 | 161 | Hard cover | Book | XI, 161 p. 35 illus., 16 illus. in color. | 0 | final | 129 | Environment | SCU33000 | Environmental Engineering/Biotechnology | TQ | SCW23113 | Production/Logistics/Supply Chain Management | KJMV5 | Environment | Monograph | Springer Singapore | In production | 2013-09-30 00:00:00 |  |  | Basic introduction to shopping bags and eco-functional assessment of shopping bags.- Manufacturing processes of grocery shopping bags.- Life cycle assessment of grocery shopping bags.- Functionality assessment of shopping bags.- Consumption behaviour of shopping bags in various countries: Consumption and eco-impact.- End-of-life assessment of grocery shopping bags.- Eco-functional assessment of grocery shopping bags.- Conclusions. | This book reviews the manufacturing processes of different shopping  bags used for grocery purposes, life cycle impacts, modelling of life cycle impacts, carbon and eco-footprints in different countries, consumption of shopping bags in different countries, consumer behaviour of shopping bags in various countries and its relation to eco-impact, assessment of functionality of shopping  bags, concept and framework of eco-functional assessment of shopping bags, biodegradation of shopping bags, etc. | <p>First dedicated book pertaining to grocery shopping bags </p><p>Highlights the eco-functional considerations along with the eco-functional framework</p><p>Also highlights consumer behaviour and eco-impacts</p><p>Discusses the functionality aspect of different grocery shopping bags along with their eco-impacts</p><p>First descriptive book to review the manufacturing processes of shopping bags, giving a cross country description of consumption of different shopping bags, and the end-of-life stages of shopping bags</p> | Professionals | Professional Books (2) | 0 | EBOP11646 | Earth and Environmental Science
 | 978-94-007-7589-3 | Environment | [NAME] | [NAME] | Soil Degradation, Conservation and Remediation |  |  |  | 1 | 2014 | 226 | Hard cover | Book | XIV, 226 p. 63 illus., 34 illus. in color. | 0 | final | 129 | Environment | SCU28000 | Soil Science & Conservation | RBGB | SCL11006 | Agriculture | TVB | Environment | Monograph | Springer Netherlands | In production | 2013-10-31 00:00:00 |  |  | Soil Resources and Soil Degradation.- Physical Deterioration of Soil.- Soil Erosion by Water.- Wind Erosion.- Chemical Soil Degradation.- Soil Pollution.- Index. | In view of the grave consequences of soil degradation on ecosystem functions, food security, biodiversity and human health, this book covers the extent, causes, processes and impacts of global soil degradation, and processes for improvement of degraded soils. Soil conservation measures, including soil amendments, decompaction, mulching, cover cropping, crop rotation, green manuring, contour farming, strip cropping, alley cropping, surface roughening, windbreaks, terracing, sloping agricultural land technology (SALT), dune stabilization, etc., are discussed. Particular emphasis is given to soil pollution and the methods of physical, chemical and biological remediation of polluted soils. This book will lead the reader from the basics to a comprehensive understanding of soil degradation, conservation and remediation. | <p>Leads the reader from the basics to a comprehensive understanding of soil degradation, conservation and remediation</p><p>Study questions at the end of each chapter reinforce concepts </p><p>Written in an easy-to-follow, logical style </p><p>Special focus on causes, processes and impacts of soil degradation</p><p>Emphasizes the measures to effect soil conservation and remediation</p> | Science | Professional Books (2) | 0 | EBOP11646 | Earth and Environmental Science
 | 978-94-007-7514-5 | Environment | [NAME] | [NAME]; [NAME]; Toral Patel-Weynand | Climate Change and United States Forests |  | Advances in Global Change Research | 57 | 1 | 2014 | 286 | Hard cover | Book | XX, 286 p. 48 illus., 37 illus. in color. | 0 | final | 129 | Environment | SCU12007 | Climate Change | RNPG | SCL1904X | Ecosystems | PSAF | Environment | Contributed volume | Springer Netherlands | In production | 2013-11-30 00:00:00 |  |  | Part I Seeking the Climate Change Signal.- Chapter 1 Recent Changes in Climate and Forest Ecosystems.- Chapter 2 Projected Changes in Future Climate.- Part II Effects of Climatic Variability and Change.- Chapter 3 Forest Processes.- Chapter 4 Disturbance Regimes and Stressors.- Chapter 5 Climate Change and Forest Values.- Chapter 6 Regional Highlights of Climate Change.- Part III Responding to Climate Change.- Chapter 7 Managing Carbon.- Chapter 8 Adapting to Climate Change.- Chapter 9 Risk Assessment.- Part IV Scientific Issues and Priorities.- Chapter 10 Research and Assessment in the 21st Century.- Index. | This volume offers a scientific assessment of the effects of climatic variability and change on forest resources in the United States. Derived from a report that provides technical input to the 2013 U.S. Global Change Research Program National Climate Assessment, the book serves as a framework for managing U.S. forest resources in the context of climate change. The authors focus on topics having the greatest potential to alter the structure and function of forest ecosystems, and therefore ecosystem services, by the end of the 21st century. Part I provides an environmental context for assessing the effects of climate change on forest resources, summarizing changes in environmental stressors, followed by state-of-science projections for future climatic conditions relevant to forest ecosystems. Part II offers a wide-ranging assessment of vulnerability of forest ecosystems and ecosystem services to climate change. The authors anticipate that altered disturbance regimes and stressors will have the biggest effects on forest ecosystems, causing long-term changes in forest conditions. Part III outlines responses to climate change, summarizing current status and trends in forest carbon, effects of carbon management, and carbon mitigation strategies. Adaptation strategies and a proposed framework for risk assessment, including case studies, provide a structured approach for projecting and responding to future changes in resource conditions and ecosystem services. Part IV describes how sustainable forest management, which guides activities on most public and private lands in the United States, can provide an overarching structure for mitigating and adapting to climate change. | <p>Provides a comprehensive, up-to-date view of climate change effects in U.S. forests</p><p>Easy-to-read and accessible to a broad readership including researchers, natural resource managers and interested members of the public</p><p>More than 1000 references help make this a widely useful source of scientific documentation</p> | Professionals | Professional Books (2) | 0 | EBOP11646 | Earth and Environmental Science
 | 978-94-007-7508-4 | Environment | Rauscher | [NAME]; [NAME] | Sustainable Communities: A Framework for Planning | Case Study of an Australian Outer Sydney Growth Area |  |  | 1 | 2014 | 123 | Hard cover | Book | XX, 123 p. 39 illus., 33 illus. in color. | 0 | final | 129 | Environment | SCU34000 | Sustainable Development | RNU | SCJ15000 | Landscape/Regional and Urban Planning | RP | Environment | Monograph | Springer Netherlands | In production | 2013-10-31 00:00:00 |  |  | Chapter 1: Introduction to sustainability.- 1.1 Abstract.- 1.2 Introducing Sustainability Terms.- Chapter 2: Sustainability and Urban Planning.- 2.1: Abstract.- 2.2: Sustainability and ESD.- 2.3: ESD Related Documents.- 2.3.1 International.- 2.3.2 International Non-government Organisations (NGOs).- 2.3.3 Commonwealth.- 2.3.4 New South Wales.- 2.4: ESD Based Urban Planning Frameworks.- 2.4.1 Land Use Planning.- 2.4.2 Natural Resource Planning.- 2.4.3 Sustainable Urban Planning.- Chapter 3: sustainable communities framework (SCF).- 3.1: Abstract.- 3.2: SCF Structure.- Chapter 4: Data sources and indicators of sustainability.- 4.1: Abstract.- 4.2: Searching data sources.- 4.3: Indicators of Sustainability.- Chapter 5: Examining study area.- 5.1: Abstract.- 5.2: Background to Study Area.- 5.3: Study Area and Planning.- Chapter 6: Applying the framework to the natural environment.- 6.1: Abstract.- 6.2: Step 1 – Review ESD Related Documents.- 6.3: Step 2 – Selecting Indicators of Sustainability.- 6.4: Step 3 – Area Survey.- 6.5 Steps 4 and 5 – Complete Sustainability Score Cards and Sustainability Reports.- 6.6 Aggregating Sustainability Score Cards.- Chapter 7: Applying the framework to the built environment.- 7.1: Abstract.- 7.2: Step 1 – Review ESD Related Documents.- 7.3: Step 2 – Selecting Indicators of Sustainability.- 7.4: Step 3 – Survey Area.- 7.5: Step 4 – Completing a Sustainability Score Card.- 7.6: Step 5 – Adopting Sustainability Report.- 7.7 Aggregating Sustainability Score Cards.- Chapter 8: Future applications of sCF.- 8.1: Abstract.- 8.2: Overview of SCF Applications.- 8.3: Research to Expand SCF applications.- Appendices.- Appendix A: ESD principles built into eco-village design.- Appendix B: Sustainable urban planning web sites.- Glossary.- Index. | This book is in part a response to the attempts of governments to address increasing concerns over such environmental issues as the impact of climate change; carbon emissions; pressures from overpopulation of cities; coal seam gas extraction and depleting natural resources. The authors have developed a Sustainable Communities Framework (SCF) which incorporates social-cultural, environmental and economic sustainability principles in the process of urban planning. The authors propose a five-step SCF built on an application of sustainability tables. The book examines a wide range of urban planning practices utilizing sustainability criteria, outlining both qualitative and quantitative tools. Separate chapters discuss application of the SCF to both the natural environment and the built environment. This framework is applied to a case study of the outer Sydney growth area of Wyong Shire, Central Coast, NSW, Australia. Addressing the question of how best to measure the environment, the authors present a table for selecting indicators of sustainability, and outline sustainability scorecards which use color-coded ratings of green, red and amber to measure indicators of sustainability. The authors show how aggregating these ratings allows the framework to be scaled up for application to larger areas. Finally, the authors show how scorecards can be incorporated in sustainability reports, with actions and monitoring components. The authors also examine urban planning education including land use planning, natural resource planning and sustainable urban planning, focusing on the extent to which schools incorporate principles of sustainability. The authors offer their critique on the movement of planning practices towards a more coordinated and holistic framework, in incorporating sustainability principles. Sustainable Communities: A Framework for Planning concludes by drawing a future scenario on the application of the SCF to incorporate principles of sustainability into urban planning. The authors propose future options for SCF applications, including adopting a systems program; environmental performance monitoring and showing how the framework will accommodate the social-cultural and economic components of sustainability, in addition to the environmental ones as examined in the case study. | <p>Offers the latest interpretation of sustainable urban planning and ecologically sustainable development (ESD)</p><p>Provides planning tools for measuring the sustainability of urban and regional areas</p><p>Demonstrates a hands-on approach for achieving sustainable communities</p> | Science | Professional Books (2) | 0 | EBOP11646 | Earth and Environmental Science
 | 978-3-319-01326-8 | Environment | Whitacre | [NAME] | Reviews of Environmental Contamination and Toxicology, Volume 227 |  | Reviews of Environmental Contamination and Toxicology | 227 | 1 | 2014 | 155 | Hard cover | Book | XI, 155 p. 11 illus. | 0 | final | 129 | Environment | SCU25001 | Ecotoxicology | TQ | SCU17009 | Environmental Management | RNF | Environment | Contributed volume | Springer International Publishing | In production | 2013-10-31 00:00:00 |  |  | Foreword.- Preface.- Occurence, Degredation and Effect of Polymer Based Materials in the Environment.- Effects of Addictive Substances during Pregnancy and Infancy and their Analysis in Biological Materials.- Genetic Structure and Diversity of Animal Populations Exposed to Metal Pollution.- Bioamplification as a Bioaccumulation Mechanism for Persistent Organic Pollutants (POPs) in Wildlife.- Index. | ​Reviews of Environmental Contamination and Toxicology attempts to provide concise, critical reviews of timely advances, philosophy and significant areas of accomplished or needed endeavor in the total field of xenobiotics, in any segment of the environment, as well as toxicological implications.​ | <p>​Provides detailed reviews worldwide to key scientists and science or policy administrators</p><p>Supplies scientific review articles on all aspects of environmental contamination and associated toxicological consequences</p><p>Facilitates the task of accessing and interpreting cogent scientific data within closely related research fields​</p> | Science | Professional Books (2) | 0 | EBOP11646 | Earth and Environmental Science
 | 978-94-007-7322-6 | Environment | Schneier-Madanes | [NAME] | Globalized Water | A Question of Governance |  |  | 1 | 2014 | 310 | Hard cover | Book | X, 310 p. 17 illus., 4 illus. in color. | 0 | final | 179 | Environment | SCU34000 | Sustainable Development | RNU | SCX18000 | Political Science, general | JPA | Environment | Contributed volume | Springer Netherlands | In production | 2013-11-30 00:00:00 |  |  | Introduction.- Part I Water Management Models and Globalization: The “French Model” and Europe.- Patrimonial Economics and Water Management: A French Case.- The Water Framework Directive: A Challenge for French Territorial Management.- Water Globalization: The Strategies of the Two French “Majors”.- Technological Rent: the Key for Water Services Regulation.- Liberalization of Water Services in Europe: The End of the French Water Exception?.- Part II Water Management Models and Globalization: Privatizations and access to water.- From the French Model to a “Globalized Model”.- Privatization: Lessons from Argentina.- Urban Water in the Post-Network Era: Lebanon and the Former East Germany.- Part [NAME], Conflict, and Participation: Sharing the Resource.- France’s Water Policy: The Interest and Limits of River Contracts.- Traditional Water Management in the Mediterranean: Authorized Union Associations in Languedoc-Roussillon.- Dam Projects and Protest: The Exception of Alqueva (Portugal).- Interbasin Water Transfers in Spain: Inter-regional Conflicts and Governance Responses.- Part IV Governance, Conflict, and Participation: Mechanisms of Power.- Politics and Governance in the Water Sector: The Case of Mumbai.- Inequalities and Conflicts: Water in Latin American Cities.- From Private to Public: Challenges in La Paz and El Alto, Bolivia.- Water Governance Tools: The Role of Science and Decision Support Systems in Participatory Management.- Water Security: A Genealogy of Emerging Discourses.- Appendix: Water Urbanisms: A Visual Illustration.- Index. | Globalized Water presents a compilation of voices that forms a unique scientific exploration of contemporary water management models and governance issues. The book describes the water paradox—how a local resource has become a global product—and the implications of this in how we identify challenges and make policy in the water sector.    Over the last 20 years, the foundations of local and national water systems have been rocked by a wave of changes. The authors in this book, experts in a wide range of disciplines, address the resulting debates and issues: water as a commodity and patrimony, technological rent, liberalization and privatization, the continuing evolution of water management and policy at the European level, decision making and stakeholder participation, conflict and consensus, and the inevitable growth of counterpowers at the local and international levels, promoted by the advocates of sustainable development.  The selected case studies are from Europe (primarily France but also Spain, Germany, the United Kingdom, and Portugal), Latin America (Argentina, Bolivia), the United States, Lebanon, and India.   From this diverse collection of comparative perspectives and research methods, Globalized Water seeks to advance interdisciplinary research, contributing to a new and dynamic role for social sciences and governance on water. | <p>Presents a unique scientific exploration of contemporary water management and governance issues</p><p>Offers case studies from France, Spain, Germany, the United Kingdom, Portugal, Argentina, Bolivia, the United States, Lebanon and India</p><p>Contributors include economists, geographers, political scientists, engineers, urban planners, anthropologists, sociologists and hydrologists</p> | Science | Professional Books (2) | 0 | EBOP11646 | Earth and Environmental Science
 | 978-94-007-7249-6 | Environment | Scholz | [NAME]; [NAME]; [NAME]; [NAME]; [NAME] | Sustainable Phosphorus Management | A Global Transdisciplinary Roadmap |  |  | 1 | 2013 | 195 | Hard cover | Book | V, 195 p. 57 illus. | 0 | approx. | 139 | Environment | SCU34000 | Sustainable Development | RNU | SCU28000 | Soil Science & Conservation | RBGB | Environment | Contributed volume | Springer Netherlands | Planned | 2013-12-18 00:00:00 |  |  | 1. Sustainable Phosphorus Management: A Transdisciplinary Challenge.-  2. Exploration: What Reserves and Resources?- 3. Mining and Concentration: What Mining To What Costs And Benefits?- 4. Processing.- 5. Use.- 6. Dissipation And Recycling: What Losses, What Dissipation Impacts, and What Recycling Options?- 7. Trade and Finance as a Cross-Cutting Node. | This book describes a pathway for sustainable phosphorus management via the Global Transdisciplinary Processes for Sustainable Phosphorus Management project (Global TraPs). Global TraPs is a multi-stakeholder forum in which scientists from a variety of disciplines join with key actors in practice to jointly identify critical questions and to articulate what new knowledge, technologies and policy processes are needed to ensure that future phosphorus use is sustainable, improves food security and environmental quality and provides benefits for the poor. The book offers insight into economic scarcity and identifies options to improve efficiency and reduce environmental impacts of anthropogenic phosphorus flows at all stages of the supply and use chain. | <p>Provides a comprehensive, supply-demand chain-based analysis of phosphorus flows, use, trade and finance, developed during a two-year transdisciplinary process </p><p>Describes options for improving phosphorus management in exploration, mining, dissipation and recycling</p><p>Identifies case studies and proposes a research agenda for critical questions of sustainable phosphorus management</p> | Science | Professional Books (2) | 0 | EBOP11646 | Earth and Environmental Science
 | 978-94-007-7419-3 | Environment | [NAME] | [NAME]; [NAME]; [NAME]; [NAME]; [NAME] | United Arab Emirates Keys to Soil Taxonomy |  |  |  | 1 | 2014 | 98 | Hard cover | Book | VII, 98 p. 52 illus. in color. | 0 | final | 129 | Environment | SCU28000 | Soil Science & Conservation | RBGB | SCJ15000 | Landscape/Regional and Urban Planning | RP | Environment | Monograph | Springer Netherlands | In production | 2013-12-31 00:00:00 |  |  | 1 Soil Classification.- 2 The Soils That We Classify.- 3 Horizons, Layers, and Characteristics Diagnostic for the Higher Categories.- 4 Family and Series Differentiae.- 5 Identification of the Taxonomic Class of a Soil.- 6 Laboratory Methods for Classification of United Arab Emirates.- 7 Soil Families and Soil Series of the United Arab Emirates.- Index. | Central to human life and civilization, soils are an integral part of the physical and cultural environment. Although we may take them for granted, the rise and fall of civilizations is closely linked with the use and abuse of soil and water resources. It is therefore important to evaluate soils for their quality and link them to appropriate uses and services. This book provides information on soil classification and shows how to key out taxa relevant to UAE soils. The latest soil inventory of United Arab Emirates reveals that a rather uniform looking desert landscape has, in fact, a diversity of subsurface features. These features confirm the soil diversity in terms of classification, chemistry, physics, mineralogy, fertility, suitability for different uses and vulnerability to land degradation. United Arab Emirates Keys to Soil Taxonomy presents information for keying out the soils of the United Arab Emirates into separate classes and provides a guide to associated laboratory methods. The classification used predominantly is extracted from the 11th edition of the USDA-NRCS Keys to [NAME], and sections relevant to the soils found in the UAE are included here. Primarily, this key is designed to fit the soil system of the United Arab Emirates. Information not found in the USDA key has been added, including criteria and classes for: 1) differentiating anhydritic soils from gypsic soils, 2) identifying “lithic” subgroups for Aquisalids and Haplosalids, 3) identifying “salidic” subgroups within the great groups of Gypsids, Calcids, Psamments, and Orthents, and 4) incorporation of phases for soil taxa. A subsurface diagnostic horizon and mineralogy class (anhydritic), not reported earlier in the world soil literature and, recently found in the UAE, has also been added to the book. The book also offers a mechanism for updating the current soil surveys, and will facilitate the correlation of soils from new surveys in the UAE. Additionally, it will help the international soil science community to converse about UAE soils, and facilitate comparison to soils of other regions. These linkages allow countries with similar mapping and classification procedures and similar soils to transfer agriculture technology without conducting long-term experiments under similar environmental conditions, especially for Gulf Cooperation Council countries (Bahrain, Kuwait, Qatar, Oman, and Saudi Arabia). | <p>Provides a unique key for classifying soils of the United Arab Emirates</p><p>Goes beyond USDA soil classification keys to include specialized criteria for UAE soils</p><p>Includes a mechanism for updating current surveys and correlating information from new surveys</p> | Professionals | Professional Books (2) | 0 | EBOP11646 | Earth and Environmental Science
 | 978-94-007-7783-5 | Environment | [NAME] | [NAME]; [NAME] | The Soils of Bulgaria |  | World Soils Book Series |  | 1 | 2014 | 218 | Hard cover | Book | X, 218 p. 170 illus., 87 illus. in color. | 0 | approx. | 139 | Environment | SCU28000 | Soil Science & Conservation | RBGB | [NAME] | Physical Geography | RGB | Environment | Monograph | Springer Netherlands | Planned | 2013-12-31 00:00:00 |  |  |  | The Soils of Bulgaria offers a comprehensive analysis of the characteristics of soils and concepts on their magnitude. The purpose of the book is to introduce readers to the soil problematic and ecology in Bulgaria. The volume is divided into 3 parts. The first includes historical facts on soil research in Bulgaria, as well as general conditions and factors of soil formation, while the second applies an original pedological approach. The book’s third part focuses on essential information concerning land use/cover in Bulgaria. Each of the 13 chapters deals more specifically with fundamental chemical and physical soil properties, concepts of soil evolution, old and modern processes, geographic distribution, climatic conditions, topography, parent materials, plant associations, morphology, and the relationship with different classification systems. The interactions between soil status and management are also highlighted. The use of the latest, statistically significant data ensures precise conclusions. The book also includes a large number of charts and new illustrations. The Soils of Bulgaria is crucial reading material for anyone interested in soil management and agriculture in Easter Europe, from students to policy makers and is also of particular interest for researchers in the field. | <p>Focuses on the soils of Bulgaria</p><p>Discusses past and present land use in relation to landscape</p><p>Presents case studies, describing soil genesis and management issues</p><p>Contains high quality photographs, graphics and maps</p> | Science | Professional Books (2) | 0 | EBOP11646 | Earth and Environmental Science
 | 978-1-4614-9274-0 | Environment | [NAME] | [NAME]; [NAME] | Sustainable Development of Biofuels in Latin America and the Caribbean |  |  |  | 1 | 2014 | 416 | Hard cover | Book | I, 416 p. 46 illus., 33 illus. in color. | 0 | final | 129 | Environment | SCU34000 | Sustainable Development | RNU | SC111000 | Renewable and Green Energy | THX | Environment | Contributed volume | Springer New York | In production | 2013-11-30 00:00:00 |  |  | Introduction.- International Sustainability Standards and Certification.- Brazil: Ethanol.- Brazil: Biodiesel.- Argentina.- Peru.- Colombia.- Guatemala.- Mexico.- The Carribbean.- Conclusions.- Index. | This book examines recent developments in Latin American biofuel production. Taking “sustainable development” as a central theme, each chapter considers one country in the region and explores how biofuel production is evolving given concerns about food sovereignty, trade and other social issues. Environmental conservation, as well as an increasingly complex and globalized economic structure, Is also taken into account. The contributions to this volume critically explore the ways in which biofuel production in Latin America impact social, economic and environmental systems: the so-called “three pillars of sustainability'. Numerous stakeholders, drawn from government, industry, civil society and academia have attempted to define “Sustainable Development” in the context of biofuel production and to operationalize it through a series of principles, criteria, and highly specific indicators. Nevertheless, it remains a fluid and contested concept with deep political and social ramifications, which each chapter explores in detail. | <p>Explores the ways in which biofuel production in Latin America impacts the three pillars of sustainability </p><p>Examines biofuel production in Brazil, Argentina, Colombia, Mexico, Central America and the Caribbean region</p><p>Most chapters consider one country in a given region and explore how biofuel production is evolving given concerns about various factors</p> | Science | Professional Books (2) | 0 | EBOP11646 | Earth and Environmental Science
 | 978-94-007-7556-5 | Environment | [NAME] | [NAME]; [NAME] | Air Quality Management | Canadian Perspectives on a Global Issue |  |  | 1 | 2014 | 404 | Hard cover | Book | XIII, 404 p. 191 illus., 134 illus. in color. | 0 | final | 229 | Environment | SCU35010 | Atmospheric Protection/Air Quality Control/Air Pollution | RNP | SCG36000 | Atmospheric Sciences | RB | Environment | Contributed volume | Springer Netherlands | In production | 2013-10-31 00:00:00 |  |  | PART I : Air Pollution Science.- PART II: Air Quality Impacts.- PART III: Management of Emissions.- PART IV : Policy and Planning.- PART V: Communicating Air Quality Information.​ | This book provides a wide overview of the issues related to managing of air quality in Canada. Learn about the air issues that have caused impacts to ecosystems or human health and hence been targeted to be managed. Discover how Canada’s national governance involving a federal government along with provincial and territorial governments impacts the air quality management process. Understand how Canadians manage their air quality in context with the USA, their largest and closest neighbour. Benefit from the experience of 43 of Canada’s most experienced air quality management professionals who share their insights into the state of air quality in Canada today, how it is managed, as well as giving a glimpse into the future.​ | <p>Could help in planning an air quality program by showing how such programs have been developed in Canada</p><p>Could provide guidance on developing and improving air quality and environmental management programs</p><p>Provides guidance on the topics and depth of an introductory course on air quality and its management</p><p>Gives an overview of the issues of pollutant emissions, air pollution management and air quality in Canada in an easily readable form</p><p>Includes basic understanding of meteorology, air quality, and health impacts as well as more advanced information on pollutant emissions, dispersal and transport</p><p>Features sufficient detail that can be of use as a training tool for new recruits</p> | Science | Professional Books (2) | 0 | EBOP11646 | Earth and Environmental Science
 | 978-3-319-00671-0 | Environment | [NAME] | [NAME]; [NAME] | Climate Change Vulnerability in Southern African Cities |  | Springer Climate |  | 1 | 2014 | 220 | Hard cover | Book | X, 220 p. 60 illus. | 0 | approx. | 139 | Environment | SCU12007 | Climate Change | RNPG | SC313000 | Climate Change Impacts | RN | Environment | Professional book | Springer International Publishing | Planned | 2013-10-17 00:00:00 |  | Worldwide | From the Contents: Adaptation to Incremental Climate Stress in Urban Regions.- Managing the Risks of Weather Extreme Events in Cities.- A case study.- Climate Change Impact and Institutional Response Capacity.- Climate Change Effect on Seawater Intrusion: Developing Exposure Scenarios for Vulnerability Assessment. | In recent decades, extreme rains and drought have struck urban regions in Africa like never before. Nevertheless, limited information is available on which to base development of early warning systems, identification of high-risk zones, and formulation of local action plans. This book is about how to build the knowledge necessary for planning adaptation to climate change in Sub-Saharan cities. It brings together lessons learned from international development actions conducted by a number of scholars in disciplines ranging from meteorology and hydrogeology to urban planning and environmental management. Selected methods to assess the impacts of extreme weather and ecological stress are presented along with possible approaches to improve the adaptive capacity of Sub-Saharan cities through institutional measures at the local government level. The book is addressed to graduate students, researchers, and practitioners interested in enhancing their knowledge and skills in order to integrate climate change into applied research and development projects in urban Africa. | <p>Offers methods for the spatial analysis of climate change vulnerability in southern African cities </p><p>Presents case studies specific to both extreme weather and ecological stress </p><p>Identifies knowledge frameworks to support decision-making in urban adaptation to climate [NAME] | Science | Professional Books (2) | 0 | EBOP11646 | Earth and Environmental Science
 | 978-1-4614-9220-7 | Environment | Troccoli | [NAME]; Laurent Dubus; [NAME] | [NAME] for Energy |  |  |  | 1 | 2014 | 347 | Hard cover | Book | IX, 347 p. 190 illus., 147 illus. in color. | 0 | approx. | 179 | Environment | SCU12007 | Climate Change | RNPG | SC314000 | Climate Change Management and Policy | RN | Environment | Contributed volume | Springer New York | Planned | 2013-12-30 00:00:00 |  |  | Part I: Why Should the Energy Industry be Concerned About [NAME] Patterns?.- A new era for Energy.- Vulnerability of Energy Systems in a Changing Climate.- Climatic Changes: Looking Back, Looking Forward.- Renewable Energy and Climate Change Mitigation - an Overview of the IPCC Special Report.- Part II: How is the Energy Industry Meteorology-proofing Itself?.- Managing Weather and Climate Risks: a View from the Energy Sector.- Improving Resilience Challenges and Linkages of the Energy Industry in a Changing Climate.- Combining Meteorological and Electrical Engineering Expertise to Solve Energy Management Problems.- Weather and Climate Impacts on Australia's National Electricity Market.- Bioenergy, Weather and Climate Change in Africa: Leading Issues and Policy Options.- Part III: What can Meteorology offer to the Energy Industry?.- Weather and climate information delivery within national and international frameworks.- Meteorology and the energy sector.- Earth observations in support of the Energy sector.- Emerging Meteorological Requirements to Support High Penetrations of Variable Renewable Energy Sources: Solar Energy.- Current status and challenges in wind energy assessment.- Wind Power Forecasting.- Regional Climate Modelling for the Energy Sector.- In Search of the Best Possible Weather Forecast for the Energy Industry.- Part IV: How is the Energy Industry applying State-of-the-Science Meteorology?.- A probabilistic view of weather, climate and the energy industry.- Weather & climate and the power sector: needs, recent developments and challenges.- Unlocking the potential of renewable energy with storage.- Improving NWP Forecasts for the Wind Energy Sector.- Overview On Irradiance And Photovoltaic Power Prediction.- Spatial and temporal variability in the UK wind resource: Scales, controlling factors and implications for wind power output.- Reducing the energy consumption of existing, residential buildings, for climate change and scarce resource scenarios in 2050.- Energy & Meteorology: Partnership for the future.- Index. | It is the purpose of this book to provide the meteorological knowledge and tools to improve the risk management of energy industry decisions, ranging from the long term finance and engineering planning assessments to the short term operational measures for scheduling and maintenance. Most of the chapters in this book are based on presentations given at the inaugural International Conference Energy & Meteorology (ICEM), held in the Gold Coast, Australia, 8-11 November 2011. The main aim of the conference was to strengthen the link between Energy and Meteorology, so as to make meteorological information more relevant to the planning and operations of the energy sector. The ultimate goal would be to make the best use of weather and climate data in order to achieve a more efficient use of energy sources. This book seeks to realise the same objective. | <p>Provides the meteorological knowledge and tools to improve the risk management of energy industry decisions</p><p>Emphasises the role of the energy industry in terms of meteorological requirements</p><p>Most chapters in this book are based on presentations given at the inaugural International Conference Energy &amp; Meteorology (ICEM), held in the Gold Coast, Australia, 8-11 November 2011</p> | Science | Professional Books (2) | 0 | EBOP11646 | Earth and Environmental Science
 | 978-4-431-54528-6 | Environment | Tsukamoto | [NAME]; [NAME] | Eels and Humans |  | Humanity and the Sea |  | 1 | 2014 | 177 | Hard cover | Book | XI, 177 p. 155 illus., 81 illus. in color. | 0 | final | 129 | Environment | [NAME] | Marine & Freshwater Sciences | RBKF | SCL25080 | Fish & Wildlife Biology & Management | RNKH | Environment | Contributed volume | Springer Japan | In production | 2013-10-31 00:00:00 |  |  | 1 [NAME] and people in the United Kingdom.- 2 Eels and people in Ireland: From mythology to international eel stock conservation.- 3 [NAME] in culture, fisheries and science in Denmark.- 4 European eels: Dutch fisheries, culture and eel migration.- 5 Freshwater eels and people in France.- 6 [NAME] and the Japanese: An inseparable, long-standing relationship.- 7 Eels and the Korean people.- 8 Eels in China: Species, fisheries, stock management and culture.- 9 Freshwater eels and humans in Taiwan.- 10 Freshwater eels and people in New Zealand: A love/hate relationship.- 11 The American eel: A fish of mystery and sustenance for humans.- BM Epilogue.- BM Index. | This book explains much of what is known currently about freshwater eels, focusing on social and cultural aspects as well as science. A wealth of eel-related material is presented by scientists from around the world, including information on eel fishing, resources, distribution, aquaculture, economics, cuisine, environment and ecosystems, idioms, arts and crafts, tradition, legends, mythology, archaeology and even memorial services.Eels are important as food for humankind and are an interesting model for scientists studying animal migration and reproductive ecology. Their snake-like morphology differentiates them from most other fish, and their unpredictable behaviour that allows them to move over wet land and climb rocks adjacent to waterfalls attracts attention and evokes curiosity. Eels are therefore considered to be enigmatic creatures or metaphysical entities beyond human intelligence; indeed, they have been deified in parts of the world.In recent decades, however, with global populations of eels in sharp decline, some species face a real threat of extinction, and effective conservation strategies and measures are needed. Comparisons across these issues between various countries provide an image of a long-lasting relationship between eels and humankind, and encourage comprehensive and detailed understanding of eels from the perspectives of social, cultural and natural sciences. By promoting understanding of the close relationship between eels and humans, the broader public is engaged and public awareness of eel importance raised, helping to conserve these unique but endangered fish. | <p>The first book to cover all aspects of eel-related sciences, i.e., cultural, social and natural sciences</p><p>Comparisons of eel-related topics among countries show the historical link between eels and humankind</p><p>The comprehensive understanding of eels developed in the book will lead to enhanced understanding of the need for conservation of endangered eels</p> | Science | Professional Books (2) | 0 | EBOP11646 | Earth and Environmental Science
 | 978-94-007-7632-6 | Environment | Vazquez-Brust | [NAME]; [NAME]; [NAME] | Collaboration for Sustainability and Innovation: A Role For Sustainability Driven by the Global South? | A Cross-Border, Multi-Stakeholder Perspective | Greening of Industry Networks Studies | 3 | 1 | 2014 | 323 | Hard cover | Book | XIV, 323 p. 12 illus., 7 illus. in color. | 0 | final | 129 | Environment | SCU34000 | Sustainable Development | RNU | SCW00008 | Economics/Management Science, general | K | Environment | Contributed volume | Springer Netherlands | In production | 2013-11-30 00:00:00 |  |  | Foreword.- Chapter 1: Collaboration for Sustainability and Innovation in the Global South: A cross-border, multi-stakeholder perspective.- Chapter 2: Challenges of cross-border collaboration: knowledge networks for innovation and sustainability in the Global South.- Chapter 3: The role of expatriates in cross-subsidiary collaboration.- Chapter 4: The roles of first and second tier suppliers in Greening International Supply Chains.- Chapter 5: Cross-Border Innovation in South-North Fair Trade Supply Chains: The opportunities and problems of integrating fair trade governance into northern public procurement.- Chapter 6: Transboundary Conservation through hybrid partnerships: a comparative analysis of forest projects.- Chapter 7: Multi-stakeholder international governance initiatives: Addressing the challenges of ASM sector in Ghana.- Chapter 8: Implementing a Developing Country’s Global Environmental Commitments: Industry Perspectives on Potential Pollution Prevention Programs in Bangladesh.- Chapter 9: Technology Adaptation and Assimilation of Takakura for Promoting Environmental Protection in Surabaya (Indonesia) through City Level Cooperation.- Chapter 10: Collaboration and Partnership in the Context of Indian CSR: The Global Compact Local Network and the I4D Project.- Chapter 11: Innovation, Investment, Enterprise: Generating Sustainable Livelihood at Grassroots through [NAME] 12: Fantasías 2.0: Digital Literacy and Social Inclusion in the South through [NAME] Storytelling.- Chapter 13: Innovative Sustainable Partnership between UNESP and a rural community: the Bamboo Project.- Chapter 14: “The Biofuels Program”:  Decreasing rural poverty and environmental deterioration through cooperative land-use innovation.- Chapter 15: Eco-innovation at the ‘Bottom of the Pyramid’.- Index. | A number of arguments are made by an international group of authors in this though provoking book about an understudied and socially important context. A future in which financial wealth transfers across the North-South divide from richer to poorer countries is far from sufficient for the relief of poverty and the pursuit of sustainability. Caution must be taken when growth is achieved through the liquidation of the natural wealth of poorer nations, in order to maintain a global economic status quo. Neither poverty reduction nor sustainability will ultimately be achieved. The financial collapse and social upheaval that might result will make the most recent economic downturn look trivial by comparison. What is more urgently needed instead, as argued in this book, is collaboration for sustainability and innovation in the global South, especially building on models originally developed in the South that are transferable to the North. In pursuit of a sustainable and more equitable future, the book examines such topics as Cross-Border Innovation in South-North Fair Trade Supply Chains; Potential Pollution Prevention Programs in Bangladesh; Digital Literacy and Social Inclusion in the South through Collective Storytelling and Eco-innovation at the ‘Bottom of the Pyramid’. Many of these stories and have not been told and need greater visibility. The book contributes in a meaningfully to the discussion of how innovation and sustainability science can benefit both sides in South-North innovation collaborations. It provides useful introduction to the topics, as well as valuable critiques and best practices. This back-and-forth flow of ideas and innovation is itself new and promising in the modern pursuit of a fair and sustainable future for all regions of our planet. | <p>Provides tools and models for cross-border collaboration for innovation and sustainability, especially building on models developed in the South that are transferable to the North</p><p>Applies the tools of innovation science to the pursuit of sustainable economics</p><p>Shows how traditional models of exploitation and consumption can be improved for the benefit of all</p> | Science | Professional Books (2) | 0 | EBOP11646 | Earth and Environmental Science
 | 978-3-642-39914-5 | Environment | Zhang | [NAME] | Coastal Saline Soil Rehabilitation and Utilization Based on Forestry Approach in China |  |  |  | 1 | 2014 | 230 | Hard cover | Book | X, 230 p. 31 illus., 26 illus. in color. | 0 | final | 129 | Environment | SCU28000 | Soil Science & Conservation | RBGB | SCL22008 | Forestry | TVR | Environment | Monograph | Springer [NAME] | In production | 2013-09-30 00:00:00 |  |  | Part I Characteristics of Salt-Affected Soil and its Amelioration by Trees.- Concepts Concerned with Salt-Affected Soil.- Part II Principles and Practice of Afforestation in Saline Soil.- Mechanism of salinity tolerance and techniques of trees planting.- Part III Saline Soil Utilization for Biomass Production.- Potential and future prospects of biomass production in saline soils.- Part IV Wetland Degradation and Water Shortage in Yellow River Delta Region.- Causes of Wetland Degradation and Ecological Restoration.- PartV Case Study.- Planting Techniques of Tamarix Chinensis and Its Effect on Saline Soil Remediation.- Cultural Technologies and Salt-resistance of Nitraria sibirica in Coastal Areas with Serious Salt-affected soil. | The most recent advances in research on coastal saline soil rehabilitation and utilization based on forestry approach are discussed. The forestry approach is emphasized rather than physical or engineering measures to ameliorate saline soils, which is significant for coastal environmental improvement and land resources expansion. The monograph is a useful reference  for researchers using techniques of ecology, forestry and agronomy. Prof. [NAME] works at the Institute of Subtropical Forestry, Chinese Academy of Forestry. He has been working on afforestation in saline soils for over 20 years. | <p>First book to discuss coastal saline soil rehabilitation and utilization based on forestry approach in China </p><p>Discusses various topics including wetland degradation, saline soil amelioration, vegetation rebuilding, and biomass production </p><p>Offers tree species selection, site evaluation and tree planting techniques</p> | Science | Professional Books (2) | 0 | EBOP11646 | Earth and Environmental Science
 | 978-94-007-7234-2 | Geography | Brabazon | [NAME] | City Imaging: Regeneration, Renewal and Decay |  | GeoJournal Library | 108 | 1 | 2014 | 267 | Hard cover | Book | VI, 267 p. | 0 | approx. | 129 | Geography | SCJ15000 | Landscape/Regional and Urban Planning | RP | SCK14000 | Cities, Countries, Regions | AMVD | Geography | Contributed volume | Springer Netherlands | In production | 2013-09-30 00:00:00 |  |  | Introduction:  Sliced Cities: Tara Brabazon.- Section One – Disconnection: 1: Glasgow the brand:  Whose story is it anyway?: Mhairi Lennon.- 2: My state had a mining boom and all I got was this lousy train-line: Leanne McRae.- 3: Swan Valley Sideways:  Economic development through taste and tourism in Western Australia: Tara Brabazon.- 4: The Atrium:  a convergence of education, leisure and consumption: [NAME] Hagan.- 5: Culture of car parks or car parking cultures?: Zuzana Blazeckova.- 6: [NAME]:  Dog Excrement in Brighton and Hove public areas: Ana Kvalheim.- 7: Hacking the City:  Disability and access in cities made of software: [NAME] and [NAME] Kent.- 8: Security and the City:  The CHOGM Lockdown: Leanne McRae.- 9: Luanda:  Running on the wrong track towards global acceptance: [NAME] Fado: Faracy Grouse.- Section Two – Intervention: 10: When Bohemia becomes a business:  [NAME], Columbus Avenue and the future of San Francisco: Tara Brabazon.- 11: Working the crowds:  street performances in public spaces: [NAME] Carlin.- 12: Third tier rave towns:  The orbit in Morley: Nick Dunn.- 13: Beats by the Bay:  Sixties San Francisco music and the development of a Contemporary Tourism Industry: Nadine Caouette.- 14: [NAME]?  Cities, music and distinctiveness: [NAME] Edwards.- 15: [NAME]:  A Second Tier City for Religious Tourism: [NAME] 16: Unseen Napa: QR codes as virtual portals: [NAME] Winter.- 17: Osaka in and out of the Nation:  Neoliberal Spatial Gestures for the Globally Competitive City-Region: Joel Matthews.- 18: Brand Wellington:  When city imaging is GLAM’ed: Tara Brabazon.- Conclusion:  Imaging injustice: [NAME]. | This book examines the paradoxes, challenges, potential and problems of urban living.  It understands cities as they are, rather than as they may be marketed or branded. All cities have much in common, yet the differences are important.  They form the basis of both imaginative policy development and productive experiences of urban life.The phrase ‘city imaging’ is often used in public discourse, but rarely defined.   It refers to the ways that particular cities are branded and marketed. It is based on the assumption that urban representations can be transformed to develop tourism and attract businesses and in-demand workers to one city in preference to another. However, such a strategy is imprecise. History, subjectivity, bias and prejudice are difficult to temper to the needs of either economic development or social justice.   The taste, smell, sounds and architecture of a place all combine to construct the image of a city. For researchers, policy makers, activists and citizens, the challenge is to use or transform this image. The objective of this book is to help the reader define, understand and apply this process.  After a war on terror, a credit crunch and a recession, cities still do matter. Even as the de-territorialization of the worldwide web enables the free flow of money, music and ideas across national borders, cities remain important. City Imaging: Regeneration, Renewal, Decay surveys the iconography of urbanity and explores what happens when branding is emphasized over living. | <p>Builds new models for social and economic development after the global economic crisis</p><p>Combines ‘bottom up’ community activism and ‘top down’ governmental policy interventions</p><p>International focus with specific attention on global, second tier and third tier cities </p><p>Activates the next stage of the creative industries, arching beyond [NAME] 'The Rise of the Creative Class, Who’s Your City and The Great Reset'</p><p>Combines Urban Studies, Postcolonial Studies, Tourism Studies, Communication, Cultural Studies and Media Studies and Urban and Regional Development</p><p> | Science | Professional Books (2) | 0 | EBOP11648 | Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
 | 978-3-319-01660-3 | Geography | [NAME] | [NAME] | Labor in a Globalizing City | Economic Restructuring in São Paulo, Brazil | Urban and Landscape Perspectives | 16 | 1 | 2014 | 362 | Hard cover | Book | XVI, 362 p. | 0 | final | 129 | Geography | SCJ12000 | Economic Geography | RGCM | SCW23180 | Emerging Markets/Globalization | KJSM | Geography | Monograph | Springer International Publishing | In production | 2013-10-31 00:00:00 |  |  | Introduction.- The Spectrum of Voices in the São Paulo Economy.- Six Industrial Case Studies: Internal and External Flexibilization and Technological Change.- The History, Politics, and Economies of Three Communities and their Inhabitants.- Outsourcing Production and Commerce: A Close Examination of Unregistered Salaried Workers, Sweatshop Workers, Homeworkers and Ambulant Vendors for Firms.- The Increasingly Precarious Nature of Self-Employment.- “Destiny is not set in stone”: Social Actors, Cooperatives, and Local Coalition-Building.- Conclusion. | The extraordinary stories of low-income women living in São Paulo, industrial case studies and the details of three squatter settlements, and communities in the periphery researched in [NAME] book, Labor in a Globalizing City, allow us to better understand the period of economic transformation in São Paulo from 1996 to 2003.  [NAME]’s in-depth ethnographic research over a period of 17 years include interviews with a variety of social actors ranging from favela inhabitants to Wall Street bankers. [NAME] examines the paradox of a globalizing city with highly developed financial, service, and industrial sectors, but at the same time a growing sector of microenterprises, degraded labor, considerable unemployment, unprecedented inequality, and precarious infrastructure in its low-income communities. The author argues that informalization and low-income women’s labor are an integral part of the global economy.  Other countries are continuing to use the same kind of neo-liberal economic model even though once again with the latest global financial crisis, it has proven to be detrimental to many workers. | <p>The book challenges several of the on-going theories and received notions about industrial restructuring, globalization and labor</p><p>Other similar books do not have a focus on the impact of economic globalization on labor</p><p>The book provides a unique, in-depth look at the city of São Paulo and its workers and inhabitants</p> | Science | Professional Books (2) | 0 | EBOP11647 | Engineering
 | 978-3-319-00202-6 | Geography | Burghardt | [NAME]; Cécile Duchêne; [NAME] | Abstracting Geographic Information in a Data Rich World | Methodologies and Applications of Map Generalisation | Lecture Notes in Geoinformation and Cartography |  | 1 | 2014 | 450 | Hard cover | Book | 450 p. | 0 | approx. | 179 | Geography | SCJ13000 | Geographical Information Systems/Cartography | [NAME] |  |  |  | Geography | Monograph | Springer International Publishing | Planned | 2013-12-17 00:00:00 |  |  | Changing contexts and new challenges.- Modelling user requirements.- Modelling geographic relationships in automated environments.- Data structures and continuous generalisation.- Integrating Multi source data and user generated content.- Generalisation operators.- Process modelling, web services and geoprocessing.- Object and field generalisation.- Evaluation and usability of map generalisation outputs.- Generalisation in the context of schematic maps / maps on mobile devices.- Generalisation in practice. | Research in the field of automated generalisation has faced new challenges in recent years as a result of technological developments in web-based processing, new visualisation paradigms and access to very large volumes of multi-source data generated by sensors and humans. In these contexts, map generalisation needs to underpin ‘on-demand mapping’, a form of mapping that responds to individual user requirements in the thematic selection and visualisation of geographic information. It is this new impetus that drives the research of the ICA Commission on Generalisation and Multiple Representation (for example through its annual workshops, biannual tutorials and publications in international journals). This book has a coherent structure, each chapter focusing on core concepts and tasks in the map generalisation towards on-demand mapping. Each chapter presents a state-of-the-art review, together with case studies that illustrate the application of pertinent generalisation methodologies. The book addresses issues from data gathering to multi scaled outputs. Thus there are chapters devoted to defining user requirements in handling specifications, and in the application and evaluation of map generalisation algorithms. It explores the application of generalisation methodologies in the context of growing volumes of data and the increasing popularity of user generated content. | <p>Delivers an extensive compendium of current research and development work in the field of automated generalisation </p><p>Employs a sequence of core chapters to  match the different phases of the teneralisation process </p><p>Offers a chapter on the practical usage of automated generalisation with commercial production systems and open-source systems</p> | Science | Professional Books (2) | 0 | EBOP11646 | Earth and Environmental Science
 | 978-3-642-25046-0 | Geography | Hanes | [NAME] | Biophysical Applications of Satellite Remote Sensing |  | Springer Remote Sensing/Photogrammetry |  | 1 | 2014 | 250 | Hard cover | Book | 280 p. 80 illus. in color. | 0 | approx. | 139 | Geography | SCJ18000 | Remote Sensing/Photogrammetry | [NAME] | SCP27008 | Biophysics and Biological Physics | PHVN | Earth Sciences | Monograph | Springer [NAME] | Planned | 2014-03-30 00:00:00 |  |  | An introduction to measuring biophysical activity using satellite remote sensing.- History of the biophysical applications of satellite remote sensing.- Indices of vegetation activity.- Leaf area and the fraction of photosynthetically active radiation absorbed by vegetation.- Vegetation phenology of the land surface.- Land cover change.- Terrestrial gross and net primary production.- Atmosphere-biosphere exchange of carbon dioxide.- Chlorophyll content in the oceans.- Oceanic net primary production. | A variety of biophysical applications (e.g. leaf area index and evapotranspiration) have been derived from using remote sensing methods, as for example from NASA’s MODIS sensors and other satellite platforms. In Biophysical Applications of Satellite Remote Sensing the authors thoroughly describe the major applications of satellite remote sensing for studying earth's biophysical phenomena. Starting with an introductory and historical overview of the biophysical applications of satellite remote sensing the book provides a comprehensive background and reference base for researchers and newcomers to the field. The focus of the book lies on the broad palette of specific applications (metrics) of biophysical activity derived using satellite remote sensing. Each type of application is described and its use discussed in detail; this includes the theoretical background and methodology, validation efforts by using in-situ observations, and major scientific findings associated with each application. With its in-depth discussions of satellite-derived biophysical metrics with an emphasis on theory, methodology, validation, major findings, and directions of future research, this book provides an excellent resource for remote sensing specialists, ecologists, geographers, biologists, climatologists, and environmental scientists. | Gives a basic introductory and historical overviews of biophysical applications in satellite remote sensing   <br><br>Includes a comprehensive synthesis of the major biophysical applications of satellite remote sensing   <br><br>Provides in-depth discussions of satellite-derived biophysical metrics with an emphasis on theory, methodology, validation, major findings, and directions of future research | Science | Professional Books (2) | 0 | EBOP11646 | Earth and Environmental Science
 | 978-94-007-7481-0 | Geography | [NAME] | [NAME]; [NAME]; [NAME] | GNSS Remote Sensing | Theory, Methods and Applications | [NAME] and Digital Image Processing | 19 | 1 | 2014 | 272 | Hard cover | Book | XVI, 272 p. 102 illus., 56 illus. in color. | 0 | final | 179 | Geography | SCJ18000 | Remote Sensing/Photogrammetry | [NAME] | SCG18009 | Geophysics/Geodesy | PHVG | Earth Sciences | Monograph | Springer Netherlands | In production | 2013-10-31 00:00:00 |  |  | Introduction to GNSS.- Atmospheric delays and [NAME]-based GNSS Atmospheric Sensing.- Space-borne GNSS Atmospheric Sensing.- [NAME] Reflectometry.- GNSS Ocean Remote Sensing.- GNSS Hydrology Sensing.- GNSS Cryosphere Sensing. | The versatile and available GNSS signals can detect the Earth’s surface environments as a new, highly precise, continuous, all-weather and near-real-time remote sensing tool. This book presents the theory and methods of GNSS remote sensing as well as its applications in the atmosphere, oceans, land and hydrology. Ground-based atmospheric sensing, space-borne atmospheric sensing, reflectometry, ocean remote sensing, hydrology sensing as well as cryosphere sensing with the GNSS will be discussed per chapter in the book. | Contains detailed theory and study cases to help the reader put the material into practice<br>Contains a special chapter on next generation GNSS-RS, which is are seen as the future in GNSS<br>Describes new potentials as well as advantages that complement existing techniques | Science | Professional Books (2) | 0 | EBOP11646 | Earth and Environmental Science
 | 978-1-4614-8671-8 | Geography | Major | Fouad Major | [NAME] Evolution of Modern Navigation | The Rise of Quantum Techniques |  |  | 1 | 2014 | 426 | Hard cover | Book | XI, 426 p. 169 illus., 2 illus. in color. | 0 | final | 179 | Geography | SCJ13000 | Geographical Information Systems/Cartography | [NAME] | SCJ18000 | Remote Sensing/Photogrammetry | [NAME] | Geography | Monograph | Springer New York | In production | 2013-10-31 00:00:00 |  |  | 1. Navigation in Nature.- 2. The Early Navigators.- 3. [NAME] to Astronomy.- 4. Modern Astronomy.- 5. Navigation at Sea.- 6. The Longitude Problem.- 7. The Quartz Revolution.- 8. Classical [NAME] Standards.- 9. Atomic and Molecular Oscillators.- 10. Field Confinement of Ions.- 11. Optical Frequency Oscillators: Lasers.- 12. The Gyrocompass.- 13. Radio Navigation.- 14. Satellite Navigation: GPS Space Segment.- 15. Satellite Navigation: GPS Control Segment.- 16. Satellite Navigation: GPS User Segment.- 17. Space Navigation.- 18. The Future of Navigation. | [NAME] Evolution of Modern Navigation presents an intelligent and intelligible account of the essential principles underlying the design of satellite navigational systems—with introductory chapters placing them in context with the early development of navigational methods. The material is organized roughly as follows: the first third of the book deals with navigation in the natural world, the early history of navigation, navigating by the stars, precise mechanical chronometers for the determination of longitude at sea, and the development of precise quartz controlled clocks. Then, the reader is introduced to quantum ideas as a lead in to a discussion of microwave and optical interactions with atoms, atomic clocks, laser gyrocompasses, and time based navigation. The final third of the book deals with satellite-based systems, including orbit theory, early satellite navigation systems, and a detailed treatment of the Global Positioning System (GPS). Intended for non-specialists with some knowledge of physics or engineering at the college level, this book covers in an intuitive manner a broad range of topics relevant to the evolution of surface and space navigation, with minimum mathematical formalism. | <p>Provides a broad range of topics relevant to navigation and geographic position-finding, in an intuitive manner with minimum mathematical formalism</p><p>Presents the progress of navigation throughout history, which enhances the understanding of the main technical challenges to be solved going forward</p><p>Inclusive of extensive GPS technology coverage including receivers and applications</p> | Science | Professional Books (2) | 0 | EBOP11646 | Earth and Environmental Science
 | 978-4-431-54549-1 | Geography | Matsui | [NAME] | Geography of Religion in Japan | Religious Space, Landscape, and Behavior | International Perspectives in Geography | 2 | 1 | 2014 | 200 | Hard cover | Book | XII, 200 p. 95 illus., 36 illus. in color. | 0 | final | 129 | Geography | SCJ00000 | Geography (general) | RG | SCX22100 | Culture - Religion | [NAME] | Geography | Monograph | Springer Japan | In production | 2013-10-31 00:00:00 |  |  | Recent Trends in the Geography of Religion in Japan.- Religious Tradition in Japan.- [NAME] of Japanese Religion.- Sacred Places, Pilgrimage and Tourism.- Conclusions. | This book discusses modern aspects of Japanese religion in terms of cultural geography. To understand the function of religion, it is essential to examine it in the context of local societies. One of the distinguishing characteristics of Japanese religion is its diversity; indeed, it is often remarked that “Japan is a museum of religions.” In this work, the author clarifies some geographical aspects of the complex situation of Japanese religion. Chapter 1 discusses the trend of geographical studies of religion in Japan, of which four types can be identified. Chapter 2 focuses on certain characteristics of Japanese religious traditions by discussing tree worship and the landscape of sacred places. Chapter 3 clarifies regional divisions in the catchment areas of Japanese Shintoism by analyzing the distribution of certain types of believers. The author discusses two case studies: the Kasama Inari Shrine and the Kanamura Shrine. Chapter 4 discusses some modern aspects of sacred places and tourism through two case studies. The first part of the chapter focuses on changes in the types of businesses at the Omotesando of the Naritasan Shinshoji-Monzenmachi, and the following sections examine the revitalization of the local community through the promotion of religious tourism. | <p>Is the only book in English that discusses Japanese religion in terms of geography</p><p><p>Written by is one of the famous cultural geographers in Japan </p><p>Presents aspects of geography as well as religious studies</p><p><p>Examines the newest dimensions of Japanese religion</p><p> | Science | Professional Books (2) | 0 | EBOP11646 | Earth and Environmental Science
 | 978-3-319-00992-6 | Geography | Schönherr | [NAME]; [NAME] | Mapping Spatial Relations, their Perceptions and Dynamics | The City Today and in the Past | Lecture Notes in Geoinformation and Cartography |  | 1 | 2014 | 220 | Hard cover | Book | 220 p. | 0 | approx. | 139 | Geography | SCJ13000 | Geographical Information Systems/Cartography | [NAME] |  |  |  | Geography | Monograph | Springer International Publishing | Planned | 2013-12-17 00:00:00 |  |  | Maps and Technology.- [NAME] and Barcelona – two Case-Studies.- Mapping Humanities.- Comment. | This book is the product of an eponymous workshop, which took place in Erfurt in May, 2012, and which has since then been supplemented with four further contributions. The topics  focus on the potential mapping of perceived urban space and spatial hierarchies as a consequence of social usage (undertaken by a variety of active participants) together with spatio-temporal changes as a result of factors such as demographic urban growth and decline. Historians, cartographers and geographers are brought together to present and discuss different models, ideas and new methods of spatial analysis and modes of representing changes in perceptions. The two main subjects are: the epistemology of spatial change and the question of (historical) media and adequate presentation. This work represents a first step toward the development of a new model for mapping urban changes and spatial relations concerning the past, present and future. | <p>Interdisciplinary approaches of historians working with charts, cartographers, geographers and computer scientists</p><p>Presentation of different methods of collecting urban historical data and the cartographic analysis of such data</p><p>Stimulates future cooperation between the above mentioned disciplines</p> | Science | Professional Books (2) | 0 | EBOP11646 | Earth and Environmental Science
 | 978-94-007-7201-4 | Geography | Sonak | [NAME] | Khazan Ecosystems of Goa | Building on Indigenous Solutions to Cope with Global Environmental Change | Advances in Asian Human-Environmental Research |  | 1 | 2014 | 137 | Hard cover | Book | XII, 137 p. 15 illus. in color. | 0 | final | 129 | Geography | [NAME] | Physical Geography | RGB | SCG35020 | Coastal Sciences | RGBP | Geography | Monograph | Springer Netherlands | In production | 2013-10-31 00:00:00 |  |  | Indigenous traditional knowledge and Global Environmental Change.- An introduction to [NAME] and Khazan ecosystems.- Traditional ecological knowledge and environmental sustainability in Khazan.- Management of khazan ecosystems: contested environments, competing interests and changing institutions.- Erosion of indigenous resource base: causes and challenges.- A framework for ecosystem performance, ecological vulnerability, ecosystem valuation and local livelihoods using Khazan example.- Building on indigenous resource management systems: key to finding solutions. | This book elaborates on the Khazan ecosystems of Goa, India. Khazans are human-managed ecosystems, which are reclaimed from coastal wetlands, salt marshes and mangrove areas, where tidal influence is regulated through a highly structured system of dykes, canals, furrows, and sluice gates using resources that are amply available locally. Khazan ecosystems are marvels of tribal engineering. They are a simple architectural design, which operate at a very low running cost using tidal, hydro, and solar energy. The design contributes to a highly complex but eco-friendly ecosystem integrating agriculture, aquaculture and salt panning. .  Khazan ecosystems have been functional for the last 3500 years. The history of Khazans is very ancient and can be traced to the transition from food gathering to food growing, which has been regarded as the biggest step in the history of human civilization. Khazan ecosystems thus have a high historical and world heritage value. They are also repositories of global biodiversity, with unique flora suitable to their unique and highly variable environment. They are endemic and heritage ecosystems of [NAME] and ultimately reservoirs of history and heritage.Using the example of the Khazan lands, the book analyzes and comments on traditional ecological knowledge and indigenous technology. It presents the evolution of Khazan management institutions over a period of more than three thousand years, as well as factors that have contributed to its decline in recent years.  It develops a conceptual framework for ecosystem performance and suggests strategies for conservation of Khazans as well as strategies to build on these indigenous adaptation mechanisms to cope with the global  environmental change. | The book is a review of the unique Khazan ecosystem and traditional ecological knowledge involved therein <br><br>The book describes the indigenous engineering structures, which date back to the pre-Christian era and are still operational <br><br>The book provides a long historical perspective of the Khazan ecosystem to help understand current ecological problems and challenges <br><br>The book contains unique photographs of the Khazan ecosystem and its various components and use of simple non-technical language for easy understanding of a wider target audience | Science | Professional Books (2) | 0 | EBOP11646 | Earth and Environmental Science
 | 978-3-642-41026-0 | Life Sciences | Aftab | [NAME]; [NAME]; [NAME]; [NAME] | Artemisia annua - Pharmacology and Biotechnology |  |  |  | 1 | 2013 | 373 | Hard cover | Book | VII, 373 p. 50 illus., 21 illus. in color. | 0 | final | 189 | Life Sciences | SCL24060 | Plant Breeding/Biotechnology | PSTL | SCB21007 | Pharmacology/Toxicology | MMG | Life Sciences | Contributed volume | Springer [NAME] | In production | 2013-10-31 00:00:00 |  |  | How a herbal drug application interrelates with its therapeutic effects: reflections on qinghao青蒿 (Artemisia annua, [NAME]) in the Chinese materia medica.- Ethno-pharmacology of Artemisia annua: A review.- Artemisia annua: a miraculous herb to cure malaria.- The whole-plant approach to therapeutic use of Artemisia annua L. (Asteraceae).- Pharmacological potentials of artemisinin and related sesquiterpene lactones: recent advances and trends.- Taxonomic implications of Artemisia annua L. (Asteraceae).- Trichomes in  Artemisia annua: initiation, development, maturation and the possibility to influence these factors.- Potential methods to improve the efficiency of artemisinin extraction from Artemisia annua.- Extraction, purification and quantification of artemisinin and its analogs from Artemisia annua L.- Effect of mineral nutrition, growth regulators and environmental stresses on biomass production and artemisinin concentration of Artemisia annua.- Recent Advances to Enhance Yield of Artemisinin - A Novel Antimalarial Compound, in Artemisia annua L. Plants.- Artemisinin in cancer therapy.- Recent Developments in Controlling [NAME], [NAME], [NAME] and Plant Pathogens of Agricultural and Medical Importance by Artemisia annua [NAME] (Asteraceae).- Reverse pharmacology and drug discovery: Artemisia annua and its anti-HIV activity. | Artemisinin, a sesquiterpene lactone originally extracted from the medicinal plant Artemisia annua L., is an effective antimalarial agent, particularly for multi-drug resistant and cerebral malaria. However, the concentration of artemisinin in the plant is very low. Because the chemical synthesis of artemisinin is complicated and not economically feasible in view of the poor yield of the drug, the intact plant remains the only viable source of artemisinin production. Therefore, it is necessary to increase the concentration of artemisinin in A. annua to reduce the cost of artemisinin based antimalarial drugs. Plant scientists have focused their efforts on A. annua for a higher artemisinin crop yield. With the present volume, we are bringing together the research which is being done on this plant throughout the world and future possibilities for scientists and researchers who want to work on it. | <p>The only book that focuses on the medicinal plant <i>Artemisia annua</i></p><p><p>Highlights the use of artemisinin as an antimalarial drug</p><p><p>Written by respected international experts</p><p> | Science | Professional Books (2) | 0 | EBOP11642 | Biomedical and Life Sciences
 | 978-1-4614-8829-3 | Life Sciences | [NAME] | [NAME]; [NAME]; [NAME]; Lam-Son Phan Tran | Improvement of Crops in the Era of Climatic Changes | Volume 1 |  |  | 1 | 2014 | 418 | Hard cover | Book | X, 418 p. 30 illus., 19 illus. in color. | 0 | final | 209 | Life Sciences | SCL24000 | Plant Sciences | PST | SCL24043 | Plant Physiology | PSTD | Life Sciences | Contributed volume | Springer New York | In production | 2013-11-30 00:00:00 |  |  | Citrus Rootstocks for Improving the Horticultural Performance and Physiological Responses under Constraining Environments.- Role of Silicon in Enrichment of Plant Nutrients and Protection from Biotic and Abiotic Stresses.- Transgenic Approaches for Phytoextraction of Heavy Metals.- Using an Allometric Model for the Accumulation of Mineral Nutrients in Crops Under Saline-Water Stress: A Field Experience in Fertigation.- Control of Biotic and Abiotic Stresses in Cultivated Plants by the Use of Biostimulant Microorganisms.- Cyclic Nucleotides and Nucleotide Cyclases in Plants under Stress.- Breeding and Transgenic Approaches for Development of Abiotic Stress Tolerance in Rice.- Mineral Bioavailability Through Mutation Breeding In Pulse Crops: A Review.- Abiotic Stress and Control of Yield in Cereals.- Improvement of Crop Production under Saline Stress by a Bio-Hydraulic Approach.- Induced Mutagenesis for the Improvement of Pulse Crops with Special Reference to Mungbean-A Review Update.- Crop Improvement through Tissue Culture.- Agricultural Pollution: An Emerging Issue. | Current trends in population growth hint that global food production is unlikely to gratify future demands under predicted climate change scenarios unless the rates of crop improvement are accelerated. Crop production faces numerous challenges, due to changing environmental conditions and evolving needs for new plant-derived materials. These challenges come at a time when the plant sciences are witnessing remarkable progress in understanding fundamental processes of plant growth and development. Drought, heat, cold and salinity are among the major abiotic stresses that often cause a series of morphological, physiological, biochemical and molecular alterations which adversely affect plant growth, development and productivity, consequently posing a serious challenge for sustainable food production in large parts of the world, particularly in emerging countries. This emphasizes the urgency of finding better ways to translate new advances in plant science into concrete successes in agricultural production. To overcome the pessimistic influence of abiotic stresses and to maintain the food security in the face of these challenges, new, improved and tolerant crop varieties, contemporary breeding techniques, and cavernous understanding of the mechanisms that counteract detrimental climate changes are indubitably needed to sustain the requisite food supply. In this context, Improvement of Crops in the Era of Climatic Changes, Volume 1 provides a state-of-the-art guide to recent developments that aid in the understanding of plant responses to abiotic stresses and lead to new horizons vis-à-vis prime strategies for translating current research into applied solutions to create strong yields and overall crop improvement under such unfavourable environments.Written by a diverse group of internationally famed scholars, Improvement of Crops in the Era of Climatic Changes, Volume 1 is a brief yet all-inclusive resource that is immensely advantageous for researchers, students, environmentalists, soil scientists, professionals, and many others in the quest of advancement in this flourishing field of research. | <p>Written by a diverse group of internationally known scholars</p><p>Presents strategies for translating current research into applied solutions</p><p>Illuminates various aspects of plant responses in molecular and biochemical ways to create strong yields and overall crop improvement<br></p> | Science | Professional Books (2) | 0 | EBOP11642 | Biomedical and Life Sciences
 | 978-1-4614-8823-1 | Life Sciences | [NAME] | [NAME]; [NAME]; [NAME]; Lam-Son Phan Tran | Improvement of Crops in the Era of Climatic Changes | Volume 2 |  |  | 1 | 2014 | 300 | Hard cover | Book | 300 p. | 0 | approx. | 209 | Life Sciences | SCL24000 | Plant Sciences | PST | SCL24043 | Plant Physiology | PSTD | Life Sciences | Contributed volume | Springer New York | Planned | 2013-12-31 00:00:00 |  |  | ​ Improving nutrient deficiency tolerance in rice.- Ozone stress in Plants: Present scenario and future prospects.- Stomatal responses to drought [NAME] and heavy metal [NAME] and abiotic stress.- Molecular breeding for improving abiotic stress tolerance in rice.- Soil pollutants: effects and approaches to detoxification including Phytoremediation.- Recent advances in rapid and sensitive screening for abiotic stress tolerance.- Drought tolerance in plants: [NAME] and Molecular Approach.- Induced Mutations for the Improvement of Pulse Crops with Special Reference to Mungbean-A Review.- Agricultural pollution.- Alleviation of Abiotic Stress in Plants by Microbial Endophytes. | Nearly 70% of people suffering from hunger live in rural areas, therefore the most relevant work in plant science is on increasing agricultural productivity. This is a key factor in reducing the number of those suffering from hunger. This challenge comes at a time when the plant sciences are witnessing remarkable progress in understanding fundamental processes of plant growth and development. However, at the same time the growth rate of global crops is declining quickly. This emphasizes the urgency of finding better ways to translate the new advances in plant science into concrete successes in agricultural production. A fairly big gap exists among scientists between fundamental theory and applied results. Improvement of Crops in the Era of Climatic Change, Volume 2 stresses the many existing opportunities that can be applied through conventional breeding, without touching upon the latest discoveries such as the power of genomics to applied breeding in plant biology. Plant scholars have identified genes controlling different aspects of plant growth and development, but many challenges still exist in creating an infrastructure, access to bioinformatics, and good crop results, which clearly require input from the scientific community. The world-leading contributors of this book demonstrate better strategies and suggest high priorities for future plant research. The chapters of the book also elucidate strategies for translating current research into applied solutions. Improvement of Crops in the Era of Climatic Change, Volume 2 presents the adaptation of plants under a changing climatic environment and illuminates the various aspects of plant responses in molecular and biochemical ways to create strong yields and overall crop improvement. | <p>Written by a diverse group of internationally known scholars</p><p>Presents strategies for translating current research into applied solutions</p><p>Illuminates various aspects of plant responses in molecular and biochemical ways to create strong yields and overall crop improvement</p> | Science | Professional Books (2) | 0 | EBOP11642 | Biomedical and Life Sciences
 | 978-1-4614-8590-2 | Life Sciences | [NAME] | [NAME]; [NAME] | Physiological Mechanisms and Adaptation Strategies in Plants Under Changing Environment | Volume 1 |  |  | 1 | 2013 | 608 | Hard cover | Book | X, 608 p. 68 illus., 42 illus. in color. | 0 | final | 209 | Life Sciences | SCL24000 | Plant Sciences | PST | SCL24043 | Plant Physiology | PSTD | Life Sciences | Contributed volume | Springer New York | In production | 2013-10-31 00:00:00 |  | Worldwide | Mechanisms and Adaptation of Plants to Environmental Stresses: A Case of Woody Species.- Drought Tolerance: Roles of Organic Osmolytes, Growth Regulators and Mineral Nutrients.- Influencing the Product Quality by Applying Drought Stress during the Cultivation of Medicinal Plants.- Water Scarcity and Water Stress in Agriculture.- Biotechnology for Drought and Salinity Tolerance of Crops.- Effect of Salinity on Plants and the Role of Arbuscular [NAME] and Plant Growth Promoting Rhizobacteria in Alleviation of Salt Stress.- Cash Crop Halophytes-The Ecologically and Economically Sustainable Use of Naturally Salt Resistant Plants in the Context of Global Changes.- Effect of Heat Stress on Growth and Crop Yield of Wheat (Triticum aestivum).- Low Temperature Stress in Plants: An Overview of Roles of Cryoprotectants in Defense.- Lignins and Abiotic Stress: An Overview.- Humic Substances and Plant Defense Metabolism.- Mitochondrial Respiration: Involvement of the Alternative Respiratory Pathway and Residual Respiration in Abiotic Stress Responses. | The global population is growing at an alarming rate and is anticipated to reach about 9.6 billion by the end of 2050.  Addressing the problem of food scarcity for budding population vis-à-vis environmental changes is the main challenge plant biologists face in the contemporary era. Plant growth and productivity are scarce in many areas of the world due to a wide range of environmental stresses. The productive land is dwindling progressively by various natural and anthropogenic means that lead to enormous crop losses worldwide. Plants often experience these stresses and have the ability to withstand them. However, when the stress exceeds the normal tolerance level, plants accumulate organic osmolytes, osmoprotectants, cryoprotectants and antioxidant enzymes, which helps them tolerate these stresses and assist in their acclimatization towards the particular ambiance needed for maintaining their growth and development. Physiological Mechanisms and Adaptation Strategies in Plants Under Changing Environment, Volume 1 discuss drought and temperature stresses and their mitigation through different means. This volume illuminates how plants  that are bombarded by diverse and changing environmental stimuli, undergo appropriate physiological alterations that enable their survival. The information covered in the book is also useful in building apposite strategies to counter abiotic and biotic stresses in plants. Written by a diverse group of internationally renowned scholars, Physiological Mechanisms and Adaptation Strategies in Plants Under Changing Environment, Volume 1 is a concise yet comprehensive resource that will be beneficial for the researchers, students, environmentalists and soil scientists of this field. | <p>Written by a diverse group of internationally known scholars</p><p>Latest results, techniques, and methods of plant mechanism and adaptation to stress research </p><p>Climate change discussion related to this important subject​</p> | Science | Professional Books (2) | 0 | EBOP11642 | Biomedical and Life Sciences
 | 978-1-4614-8635-0 | Life Sciences | Albuquerque | Ulysses [NAME]; Luiz Vital Fernandes Cruz da Cunha; Reinaldo [NAME]; Rômulo Romeu Nobrega Alves | Methods and Techniques in Ethnobiology and Ethnoecology |  | Springer [NAME] |  | 1 | 2014 | 524 | Hard cover | Book | X, 524 p. 53 illus., 18 illus. in color. | 0 | final | 139 | Life Sciences | SCL24000 | Plant Sciences | PST | SCL19112 | Plant Ecology | PSTS | Life Sciences | Contributed volume | Springer New York | In production | 2013-10-31 00:00:00 |  |  | Selection of Research Participants.- Methods and Techniques Used to Collect Ethnobiological Data.- Participatory Methods in Ethnobiological and Ethnoecological Research.- Oral History in Ethnobiology and Ethnoecology.- Procedures for Documentary Analysis in the Establishment of Ethnobiological Information.- Use of Visual Stimuli in Ethnobiological Research.- Methods in Research of Environmental Perception.- Methods for Data Collection in Medical Ethnobiology.- Introduction to Botanical Taxonomy.- Analysis of Vegetation in Ethnobotanical Studies.- Techniques for Collecting and Processing Plant Material and their Application in Ethnobotany Research.- An Introduction to Zoological Taxonomy and the Collection and Preparation of Zoological Specimens.- Sampling in Ethnobotanical Studies of Medicinal Plants.- Indigenous Populations - Some Peculiarities.- Participatory Mapping of the Terrestrial Landscape in Brazil: Experiences and Potentialities.- Chemical Tools Applied to Ethnobotanical Studies.- In vitro and in vivo Antibacterial and [NAME] of Natural Plant Products: Prospective Standardization of Basic Methods.- Urban Ethnobotany: Theoretical and Methodological Contributions.- The Dynamics of Use of Non-traditional Ethnobiological Products: Some Aspects of Study.- Plant Anatomy in Ethnobotanical Research: [NAME] and Applications.- Methods and Techniques for Research on the Supply Chains of Biodiversity Products.- Methods and Techniques Applied to Ethnobotanical Studies of Timber Resources.- Ethnobiological Research in Public Markets.- Techniques for Analysis of Quantitative Ethnobiological Data: Use of Indices.- Ecological Methods in Ethnobotanical and Ethnobiological Research: Using Diversity Measurements and Richness Estimators.- Principles of Inferential Statistics Applied to Ethnobiology and Ethnoecology.- Problems and Perspectives in the Publication of Ethnobiological Studies.- “Returning” Ethnobiological Research to the Communities. | Humans represent just one of many species that constitute the planet's biodiversity. Nevertheless, as the dominant species, humans have been the primary agent of the transformation of natural spaces. Therefore, the study of human interactions, biodiversity, and the environment that surrounds them is a basic tool for understanding the factors that bind human societies to natural resources. Within this context, ethnobiology is a promising discipline that can play a key role as a mediator of dialogue between different academic disciplines and traditional knowledge, a union essential in enabling contextualized and sustainable alternatives to exploitative practices and biodiversity management. Methods and Techniques in Ethnobiology and Ethnoecology introduces the basic techniques and methods traditionally used in ethnobiology and ethnoecology. Comprised of 28 chapters, the book covers the different qualitative and quantitative aspects of ethnobiology research methods, as well as methods from natural and social sciences that will be useful to both beginners and senior researchers. Written by internationally renowned experts in the fields, Methods and Techniques in Ethnobiology and Ethnoecology is a valuable resource for researchers and students interested in ethnobiology. | <p>​The first comprehensive book of ethnobiological methods in English </p><p>Includes methods of both natural and social sciences </p><p>A practical and simple guide in ethnobiology research methods and techniques in a single book​</p> | Professionals | Professional Books (2) | 0 | EBOP12345 | Springer Protocols
 | 978-1-4614-8547-6 | Life Sciences | Allewell | [NAME]; [NAME]; [NAME] | Molecular Biophysics for the Life Sciences |  | Biophysics for the Life Sciences | 6 | 1 | 2013 | 393 | Hard cover | Book | XII, 393 p. 132 illus., 70 illus. in color. | 0 | final | 129 | Life Sciences | SCL28000 | Biological Techniques | PS | SCP27008 | Biophysics and Biological Physics | PHVN | Life Sciences | Contributed volume | Springer New York | In production | 2013-10-31 00:00:00 |  |  | Introduction: Molecular Biophysics and the Life Sciences.- Structural, Physical, and Chemical Principles.- Part I. The Experimental Tools of Molecular Biophysics.- Optical Spectroscopic Methods for the Analysis of Biological Macromolecules.- Diffraction and Scattering of X-Rays and Neutrons.- Nuclear Magnetic Resonance Spectroscopy.- Electron Paramagnetic Resonance Spectroscopy.- Mass Spectrometry.- Single Molecule Methods.- Part II. Biological Macromolecules as Molecular Machines: Three Examples.- [NAME] at the Replication Fork.- Rotary Motor ATPases.- Biophysical approaches to understanding the action of [NAME] as a molecular machine.- Part III. Future Prospects.- Future Prospects. | This volume provides an overview of the development and scope of molecular biophysics and in-depth discussions of the major experimental methods that enable biological macromolecules to be studied at atomic resolution.   It also reviews the physical chemical concepts that are needed to interpret the experimental results and to understand how the structure, dynamics, and physical properties of biological macromolecules enable them to perform their biological functions.  Reviews of research on three disparate biomolecular machines—DNA helicases, ATP synthases, and [NAME]--illustrate how the combination of theory and experiment leads to new insights and new questions. | <p>Provides an overview of major research themes and research strategies in contemporary molecular biophysics</p><p>Introduces new investigators to major areas of biophysics</p><p>Explains the goals of biophysical research, while offering the tools available for investigation, the relevance of biological research to other fields, and future opportunities in the field</p> | Science | Professional Books (2) | 0 | EBOP11642 | Biomedical and Life Sciences
 | 978-3-642-39316-7 | Life Sciences | Aroca | [NAME] | Symbiotic Endophytes |  | Soil Biology | 37 | 1 | 2013 | 348 | Hard cover | Book | VIII, 348 p. 36 illus., 16 illus. in color. | 0 | final | 189 | Life Sciences | SCL11006 | Agriculture | TVB | SCL24060 | Plant Breeding/Biotechnology | PSTL | Life Sciences | Contributed volume | Springer [NAME] | Available | 2013-09-30 00:00:00 | 2013-09-07 00:00:00 |  | Journey to Nodule Formation: From Molecular Dialogue to Nitrogen Fixation.- A Roadmap Towards A Systems Biology Description Of Bacterial Nitrogen Fixation.- Carbon Metabolism During Symbiotic Nitrogen Fixation.- Genomic and functional diversity of the sinorhizobial model group.- Establishment of Actinorhizal symbioses.- Abiotic Factors Influencing Nitrogen-fixing Actinorhizal Symbioses.- Diversity of Frankia strains, actinobacterial symbionts of actinorhizal plants.- Abiotic stress tolerance induced by endophytic PGPR.- Fighting Plant Diseases Through the Application of Bacillus and Pseudomonas Strains.- Functional diversity of endophytic bacteria.- Chemical signalling in the arbuscular mycorrhizal symbiosis: biotechnological applications.- Carbon Metabolism and Costs of Arbuscular Mycorrhizal Associations to Host Roots.- [NAME] Uptake of Nutrients.- [NAME] and the Tolerance of Plants to Drought and Salinity.- Root Allies: [NAME] to Cope with Biotic Stresses.- Fungal Endophytes in Plant Roots: Taxonomy, Colonization Patterns and Functions.- Endophytic Yeasts - Biology and Applications. | This Soil Biology volume examines our current understanding of the mechanisms involved in the beneficial effects transferred to plants by endophytes such as rhizobial, [NAME], [NAME] symbionts and yeasts. Topics presented include how symbiosis starts on the molecular level; chemical signaling in mycorrhizal symbiosis; genomic and functional diversity of endophytes; nitrogen fixation; nutrient uptake and cycling; as well as plant protection against various stress conditions. Further, the use of beneficial microorganisms as biopesticides is discussed, particularly the application of Plant Growth Promoter Rhizobacteria (PGPR) in agriculture with the aim to increase yields. | <p>With contributions by international experts </p><p>A valuable source of information for scientists in microbiology, agriculture and soil ecology </p><p>Provides basic research and potential application of microbial symbionts</p> | Science | Professional Books (2) | 0 | EBOP11642 | Biomedical and Life Sciences
 | 978-94-007-7118-5 | Life Sciences | Asakura | Tetsuo Asakura; [NAME] | Biotechnology of Silk |  | Biologically-Inspired Systems | 5 | 1 | 2014 | 301 | Hard cover | Book | V, 301 p. 87 illus., 51 illus. in color. | 0 | final | 209 | Life Sciences | SCL25090 | Entomology | PSVT7 | SCC12002 | Biotechnology | TCB | Life Sciences | Contributed volume | Springer Netherlands | In production | 2013-10-31 00:00:00 |  |  | 1. Wild silk production to support farmers excluded from protected areas of Madagascar.- 2. Evolutionary divergence of Lepidopteran and trichopteran fibroins.- 3. The Structure, Silk I and Lamella of (Ala-Gly)15 as the model of Bombyx mori silk fibroin studied with solid state NMR.- 4. Silk fibroin biomaterials for vascular regeneration.- 5. Evolution and application of coiled coil silks from insects. - 6. Characterization of underwater silk proteins from caddisfly larva, Steophysche marmorata.- 7. Atomic force microscopy and spectroscopy of silk from spider draglines,  capture-web spirals, and silkworms.- 8. Modular spider silk fibers: Defining new modules and optimizing fiber properties.- 9. How to pass the gap - Functional morphology and biomechanics of spider bridging threads.- 10. The power of recombinant spider silk proteins.- 11. Prey capture adhesives produced by orb-weaving spiders.- 12. Silk and web synergy: The merging of material and structural performance. | This book is a snapshot of the current state of the art of research and development on the properties and characteristics of silk and their use in medicine and industry. The field encompasses backyard silk production from ancient time to industrial methods in the modern era and includes an example of efforts to maintain silk production on Madagascar. Once revered as worth its weight in gold, silk has captured the imagination from its mythical origins onwards. The latest methods in molecular biology have opened new descriptions of the underlying properties of silk. Advances in technological innovation have created silk production by microbes as the latest breakthrough in the saga of silk research and development. The application of silk to biomaterials is now very active on the basis of excellent properties of silks including recombinant silks for biomaterials and the accumulated structural information. | <p>Latest in molecular biology description of silk protein and nucleotide basis </p><p>Advances in research on both spider and insect silks are included </p><p>New applications of silk products, especially to Biomaterials</p> | Science | Professional Books (2) | 0 | EBOP11642 | Biomedical and Life Sciences
 | 978-94-007-7459-9 | Life Sciences | Aseeva | [NAME]; [NAME]; [NAME] | Fire Behavior and Fire Protection in Timber Buildings |  | Springer Series in Wood Science |  | 1 | 2014 | 262 | Hard cover | Book | XXII, 262 p. 83 illus., 10 illus. in color. | 0 | final | 209 | Life Sciences | SCL22032 | Wood Science & Technology | TDJ | [NAME] | Security Science and Technology | TNKS | Life Sciences | Monograph | Springer Netherlands | In production | 2013-11-30 00:00:00 |  |  | Introduction.- Part 1  Behavior of timber at high temperature heating and fire- Chapter 1: Specificity of structure and properties of  different timber species.- 1.1. [NAME] and microstructure of deciduous and coniferous timber species.- 1.2 Biological and genetic aspects of timber species diversity.- 1.3 Density and moisture of timber species.- 1.4 Thermal and physical properties of timber species.- 1.5 Effect of heating on mechanical properties of timber.- Chapter 2: Pyrolisis and oxidative decomposition of timber.- 2.1 Mechanism and macrokinetics of pyrolisis of timer.- 2.2 Decomposition of different timber species at thermal oxidation.- 2.3 Numerical models for decomposition and charring of timber.- Chapter 3: The ignition of timber.- 3.1 Smoldering and glowing ignition of timber.- 3.2 Spontaneous flaming ignition of different timber species.- 3.3 Piloted ignition of timber from radiant heater.- Chapter 4: Heat release characteristics and combustion heat of timber.- 4.1 Chemical composition and lowest heat of complete combustion of different timber species.- 4.2 Effect of fire conditions on heat release characteristics of timber.- Chapter 5: Flame propagation on timber surface.- 5.1 Model approaches for flame propagation on carbonizing timber materials.- 5.2 Flame propagation on timber surface towards to direction of oxidizer flow.- 5.3 Flame propagation on timber surface at passing direction of oxidizer flow.- Chapter 6: Generation of smoke and toxic products at fire of timber.- 6.1 Characteristics of smoking ability of different timber species.- 6.2 Effect of timber combustion regime on toxicity of forming volatile products.- Part 2:  Fire safety and fire protection of timber buildings.- Chapter 7: Fire safety and fire resistance of timber building structures and constructions.- 7.1 General approaches to the system of fire safety in timber buildings and thermal fire regime’s assessment.- 7.2 Dynamics of change of fire hazard factors during fire growth and decay phase.- 7.3 Charring rate of different timber species and glued laminated timber at nominal fire exposure.- 7.4 Structure and thermo-physical properties of formed superficial char layers.- 7.5 Fire resistance of timber building members and charring depth.- Chapter 8: Fire protection of timber building structures and constructions 8.1 Recent ways and means of fire protection to increase fire safety and fire resistance of timber building structures.- 8.2 Novel fire retardant impregnation compositions for treatment of timber.- 8.2.1 Effect of surface and deep of fire retardant impregnation of timber on fire safety characteristics.- 8.2.2 Charring parameters of different timber species with fire retardant treatment at standard fire regime.- 8.3 Fire protecting properties of novel environmental friendly intumescent coatings for timber based on plant raw material.- 8.3.1 Method of oxidative modification of plant raw material and some physicochemical characteristics of products.- 8.3.2 Effect of modification and type of plant raw material on fire protection efficiency of intumescent coatings.- Part 3:  Effect of natural and accelerated artificial aging on fire behavior of timber buildings.- Chapter 9: Effect of natural aging of timber building structures on fire behavior and fire safety.- 9.1 Transformations in physical structure, chemical composition and properties  in old and ancient timber buildings.- 9.2 Effect of natural age duration on some fire safety characteristics of members of old and ancient timber buildings.- 9.3 Charring parameters and physical properties of char formed at fire action on old timber building structures.- 9.4 Biodegradation of solid timber and complex biological, moisture and fire protection of timber buildings.- Chapter 10: The changes in fire behavior timber based on different of wood species after accelerated artifici | This volume describes fire behavior and fire protection of timbers in outdoors and indoors application mainly in construction industry.  The Authors’ novel approach considers the relationship between various species and age of timbers and its fire behavior at different thermal and fire loads. Quantitative data of ignition speed and flame propagation as well as generation of heat, smoke and toxic products are discussed. Analysis of fire resistance of various types of building materials based on timber of different species as well as the novel data on the effect of natural and accelerated aging of timbers on its fire behavior are discussed. The main practical methods of fire protection of new and ancient timber buildings and structures to increase its fire resistance are considered. The book should be useful for a wide range of readers: chemists, physicists, material scientists, architects, engineers, constructors and restorers. | <p>Natural wood is considered as a natural composite material and it fire behavior and fire resistance depends simultaneously both on physical structure (morphology) and specificity of chemical structure of various wood species and age .The main experimental data on fire behavior and engineering recommendations on fire resistance of building constructions summarize the authors’ results developed at State Fire Academy, Moscow, Russia</p><p>Another unique point on the book is its practical content, one of the most important practical developments of authors’ approach is ability to predict the behavior and longevity of real building structures and constructions at fire</p><p>For the first time data has been presented on how the age of natural wood of various species (both very old and fresh wood) affects fire behavior</p><p>The very novel industrial technology has been developed to considerably improve fire safety of building constructions based on natural wood using the intumescing (self-foaming) organic coatings which do not contain common fire retardant elements</p><p>Wide range of readers and users: students, researchers, engineers, constructors, architects and restorers</p><p>The book is divided on purpose in three parts and each group of readers can find useful information according to their specific interests</p><p>In many aspects the proposed book can be characterized as a short but condensed encyclopedia on fire behavior and fire resistant of natural wood</p> | Science | Professional Books (2) | 0 | EBOP11642 | Biomedical and Life Sciences
 | 978-94-007-7722-4 | Life Sciences | [NAME] | Alain Atangana; [NAME]; [NAME]; [NAME] | Tropical Agroforestry |  |  |  | 1 | 2014 | 467 | Hard cover | Book | I, 467 p. 107 illus., 27 illus. in color. | 0 | final | 99 | Life Sciences | SCL22008 | Forestry | TVR | SCL11006 | Agriculture | TVB | Life Sciences | Monograph | Springer Netherlands | In production | 2013-11-30 00:00:00 |  |  | Preface.- Acknowledgements.- Table of Contents.- List of Figures.- List of Tables.- Part I: Tropical Biomes, Land Use Issues and Introduction to Agroforestry Systems.- 1. Tropical biomes: classification and description.- 2. Major [NAME] in the Tropics, and the History of Agroforestry.- 3. Definitions and Classification of Agroforestry Systems.- 4. Major Agroforestry Systems of the Humid Tropics.- 5. Major Agroforestry Systems of the Semiarid Tropics.- 6. Participatory Domestication of New Crops using Agroforestry Techniques.- Part II: The Benefits and Services of Agroforestry Systems.- 7. Ecological Interaction and Productivity in Agroforestry Systems.- 8. Biological Nitrogen Fixation and [NAME] in Agroforestry.- 9. Agroforestry for Soil Conservation.- 10. Carbon Sequestration in Agroforestry Systems.- 11. Agroforestry and Biodiversity Conservation in Tropical Landscapes.- 12. Integrated Pest Management in Tropical Agroforestry.- 13. Diagnosis and Design (D & D) Approach and Participatory Rural Appraisal (PRA).- 14. Experimental Design in Agroforestry.- 15. On-Farm Agroforestry Research.- 16. Economics in Agroforestry.- 17. Socio-Cultural Aspects of Agroforestry and Adoption.- 18. Tropical Agroforestry for Biofuels Production.- 19. Phytoremediation in Tropical Agroforestry.- 20. Agroforestry and the Carbon Market in the Tropics.- 21. Agroforestry Modeling. | Agroforestry is recognized as a sustainable land-use management in the tropics, as it provides environmental-friendly ecosystems; it also provides people with their every day need for food and cash. Since the recognition of agroforestry as a science, curricula have been developed for agroforestry programs for undergraduate and graduate trainings in Universities. Therefore, there is an urgent need to develop and make available educational material. This textbook strives to provide up-to-date information on tropical agroforestry to serve as educational material in the tropical context. The authoritative textbook of Nair (1993) on agroforestry was published 18 years ago, and before the advent of tree domestication, an important agroforestry practice today. In addition, many other research activities, such as carbon sequestration and integrated pest management, have been included in the agroforestry agenda. This textbook is intended for agroforestry students, teachers, and practitioners. | <p>This textbook includes all aspects of agroforestry in the tropics to date and provides updated information</p><p>A consolidated volume</p><p>This is the first comprehensive textbook on tropical agroforestry</p> | Science | Professional Books (2) | 0 | EBOP11642 | Biomedical and Life Sciences
 | 978-3-7091-1401-8 | Life Sciences | Baici | [NAME] | Kinetics of Enzyme-Modifier Interactions | Theory and Diagnosis of Inhibition and Activation Mechanisms |  |  | 1 | 2014 |  | Hard cover | Book | Approx. 400 p. | 0 | approx. | 209 | Life Sciences | SCL14070 | Enzymology | PSBZ | SCL14060 | Protein-Ligand Interactions | PSBC | Life Sciences | Monograph | Springer Vienna | Planned | 2013-11-15 00:00:00 |  |  |  | The monograph will not cover the fundamentals of enzyme kinetics because this topic is already treated in excellent books. However, basic theories will be shortly introduced in the first chapter as a prerequisite for the applications following in the successive chapters. The second/third chapter(s) will cover the statistical evaluation of kinetic data and numerical integration methods. The treatment of enzyme-modifier interactions will unify inhibition and activation (classical and tight-binding), with emphasis on allosteric regulation, for which there is a growing interest in pharmacological applications. Physiologically and pharmacologically relevant ‘slow’ interactions between enzymes and modifiers will be treated in a unified theory for reversible and irreversible processes. Diagnostic dichotomous keys to the mechanisms will be placed at the end of the monograph. Essential mathematical derivations not presented elsewhere in the literature will be written as appendix. | <p>Covers all known mechanisms of enzyme inhibition and activation</p><p>Only modern and robust methods are discussed</p><p>Includes step-by-step guided practical examples to accompany theoretical explanations</p><p>Shows diagnostic keys to enzyme-modifier interaction mechanisms that have never been published before</p> | Science | Professional Books (2) | 0 | EBOP11642 | Biomedical and Life Sciences
 | 978-81-322-1577-6 | Life Sciences | Banerjee | [NAME] | Perspectives in inflammation biology |  |  |  | 1 | 2014 | 143 | Hard cover | Book | XIX, 143 p. 66 illus., 15 illus. in color. | 0 | final | 189 | Life Sciences | SCL16008 | Cell Biology | PSF | SCL16010 | Stem Cells | PSAK | Life Sciences | Monograph | Springer India | In production | 2013-10-31 00:00:00 |  |  | Chapter 1.  [NAME] and Systemic inflammation.- Chapter  2. Preclinical models of acute and chronic models of lung inflammation.- Chapter 3. Studying the roles of some key molecules in acute allergic asthma.- Research area 1- Enantiomers of albuterol, the OTC drug of choice for acute asthma management.- Research area 2. Studies on prophylactic and therapeutic strategies to combat some local and systemic inflammatory pathologies .- Sub-chapter I. Role of integrin α4 (VLA- Very Late Antigen 4) and [NAME] (CD18) in a pulmonary inflammatory and a systemic disease model using genetic knockout mice.- Sub-chapter 2. Role of E-, L-, and P-selectins in the onset, maintenance and development of acute allergic [NAME] 3. Role of gp91phox subunit of NADPH oxidase and MMP-12 in a acute inflammatory and an acute degenerative pulmonary disease model using genetic knockout mice.- Chapter 4. Role of integrins α4 and β2 onset and development of chronic allergic asthma in mice.- Chapter 5 Role of integrin α4 (VLA- Very Late Antigen 4) in lymphopoiesis by short and long term transplantation studies in genetic knockout model of mice.- Chapter 6. Studying the roles of some critical molecules in systemic inflammation. | “Perspectives in Inflammation Biology” outlines detailed studies using preclinical murine models in Inflammation. The book is meant for academicians, industry persons, research scholars and students alike. The detailed perspective for a beginner and the exhaustive methodologies and analyses outlined, for the veteran researcher, makes this book a unique link between someone who is thinking of embarking on a study of  inflammation and one who is delving deep into this area of specialization.  The book deals with asthma and allergy as specific disease areas of inflammation of the lung, aseptic peritonitis as a disease of systemic inflammation and details how each role player in its pathophysiology has a unique niche of activity. Data acquisition, sequentiality and analyses in context demonstrate how each role player is validated systematically to become a target for drug discovery. Methods and models used in the course of my work and their relevance will demonstrate to the researcher how a study can be developed from an idea. Further into a researcher’s ongoing work, this book is meant to stimulate new questions and pave ways for better dissection of a phenomenon. The highlights of this book are the detailed tables tabulating sub species of immune cells, their inflammatory recruitment indices, their translation into tissue-to-tissue traffic of the inflammatory stimulus and the delicate interplay of resident structural cells, cells recruited from circulation, their feedback poiesis in bone marrow, their instruction in the lymphoid organs and tissues as well as the non-cellular mediators synthesized from corresponding genetic instruction.  The book shall definitely help students and researchers how a disease can be simplified from its complex ramifications and network of implications and put back into perspective and the whole thing falls into place without an intimate understanding of the mechanism and the compelling circumstances that causes a disease, a drug hunter cannot hope to begin her quest.  To find the “Achilles’ heel” and effectively neutralize the enemy! | <p>The chapters on tissue engineering provide valuable and first time insights into human stem cell culture and differentiation </p><p>Antibody engineering is presented in a novel and unique way, not commonly found in books and journals, useful in the treatment of many life-threatening diseases </p><p>The chapters on probiotics provide, under the purview of Immunology and Biotechnology, novel information on how combination cultures can help boost immunity    </p> | Science | Professional Books (2) | 0 | EBOP11642 | Biomedical and Life Sciences
 | 978-3-642-40287-6 | Life Sciences | Beilby | [NAME]; [NAME] | The Physiology of Characean Cells |  |  |  | 1 | 2013 | 193 | Hard cover | Book | XIX, 193 p. 80 illus., 8 illus. in color. | 0 | final | 189 | Life Sciences | SCL24043 | Plant Physiology | PSTD | SCL16008 | Cell Biology | PSF | Life Sciences | Monograph | Springer [NAME] | In production | 2013-10-31 00:00:00 |  |  | The Charophyte Plant.- Detached Cells in Steady-State – Electrophysiology and Transport.- Electrophysiology of the Detached Cell Under Stress.- The Whole Plant and Cell-to-Cell Transport. | This book describes the unique characean experimental system, which provides a simplified model for many aspects of the physiology, transport and electrophysiology of higher plants. The first chapter offers a thorough grounding in the morphology, taxonomy and ecology of Characeae plants. Research on characean detached cells in steady state is summarised in Chapter 2, and Chapter 3 covers characean detached cells subjected to calibrated and mostly abiotic types of stress: touch, wounding, voltage clamp to depolarised and hyperpolarised potential difference levels, osmotic and saline stress. Chapter 4 highlights cytoplasmic streaming, cell-to-cell transport, gravitropism, cell walls and the role of Characeae in phytoremediation. The book is intended for researchers and students using the characean system and will also serve as an invaluable reference resource for electrophysiologists working on higher plants. | <p>A comprehensive review</p><p>Written by experts</p><p>Richly illustrated</p> | Science | Professional Books (2) | 0 | EBOP11642 | Biomedical and Life Sciences
 | 978-1-4614-8356-4 | Life Sciences | Boelens | [NAME]; [NAME] | [NAME] in Lysosomal Storage Diseases |  | Stem Cell Biology and Regenerative Medicine |  | 1 | 2013 | 171 | Hard cover | Book | VII, 171 p. 6 illus., 3 illus. in color. | 0 | final | 189 | Life Sciences | SCL16010 | Stem Cells | PSAK | SCL16008 | Cell Biology | PSF | Life Sciences | Contributed volume | Springer New York | In production | 2013-10-31 00:00:00 |  |  | 1. Lysosomal Diseases and Therapeutic Options: An Overview.- 2. Alternative Treatment Options: Enzyme Replacement and Small Molecule Therapies.- 3. Hematopoietic Cell Transplantation in Inborn Errors of Metabolism.- 4. Allogeneic Hematopoietic Stem Cell Transplantation in Lysosomal Storage Disorders: Long Term Neurodevelopmental and Somatic Outcome.- 5. Hematopoietic Stem Cell [NAME] Lysosomal Storage Disorders: Expected Benefits and Limitations.- 6. Alternative Future Therapies for Lysosomal Storage Diseases: [NAME] and Induced Pluripotent Stem Cell Therapy.- 7. New Directions and Conclusions. | Stem Cell therapy for lysosomal diseases (LSDs) is developing rapidly. This volume discusses the history, current practice and future perspectives of stem cells in inborn errors of metabolism (IEM) and provides an international perspective on progress, limitations, and future directions (e.g. gene therapy, iPS, ES) in the field. Beginning with an overview of these diseases, the book covers the breadth of this topic from treatment options, bone marrow transplantation, and alternative treatment options, through long-term outcomes and future perspectives. | <p>Offers multidisciplinary input  – from the clinic and the laboratory – into the management of LSD using cellular therapies, summarizing the recent and enormous changes in this field</p><p>Examines the current roles of treatments, including newer ones, and how they may be used in combination to treat these rare diseases</p><p>Provides state of the art treatment that can be implemented in daily practice and looks at possible long and short term future developments</p> | Professionals | Professional Books (2) | 0 | EBOP11642 | Biomedical and Life Sciences
 | 978-3-642-39680-9 | Life Sciences | Buzzini | [NAME]; [NAME] | Cold-adapted Yeasts | Biodiversity, Adaptation Strategies and Biotechnological Significance |  |  | 1 | 2014 | 533 | Hard cover | Book | XI, 533 p. 61 illus., 28 illus. in color. | 0 | final | 209 | Life Sciences | SCL23004 | Microbiology | PSG | SCL19082 | Microbial Ecology | PSAF | Life Sciences | Monograph | Springer [NAME] | In production | 2013-09-30 00:00:00 |  | Worldwide | Cold-Adapted Yeasts: a [NAME] from the Cold and a Challenge for the XXI Century.- Methods for the Isolation and Investigation of the Diversity of Cold-Adapted Yeasts and their ex situ [NAME] in Worldwide Collections.- Cold-Adapted Yeasts in Arctic Habitats.- Cold-Adapted Yeasts in Antarctic Deserts.- Cold-adapted yeasts in Alpine and Apennine glaciers.- Cold-Adapted Yeasts in Patagonian Habitats.- Cold-Adapted Yeasts in Deep-Sea Environments .- Black Yeasts in Cold Habitats.- Production of Pigments and Photo-Protective Compounds by Cold-Adapted Yeasts.- Changes in Lipids Composition and Fluidity of Yeast Plasma Membrane as Response to Cold.- Cold-Shock Response and Adaptation to Near-Freezing Temperature in Cold-Adapted Yeasts.- Production of Antifreeze Proteins by Cold-Adapted Yeasts.- Role of Sterol Metabolism and [NAME] (ERAD) of Proteins in Cold Adaptation of Yeasts.- Subzero Activity of Cold-Adapted Yeasts.- Fundamentals of Cold-Active Enzymes.- Cold-Active Yeast Lipases: Recent Issues and Future Prospects.- Miscellaneous Cold-Active Yeast Enzymes of Industrial Importance.- Production of Polymers and other Compounds of Industrial Importance by Cold-Adapted Yeasts.- Low-Temperature Production of Wine, Beer and Distillates using Cold-Adapted Yeasts.- Cold-Adapted Yeasts as Biocontrol Agents: Biodiversity, Adaptation Strategies and Biocontrol Potential.- Bioremediation and Biodegradation of Hydrocarbons by Cold-Adapted Yeasts.- Heterologous Expression of Proteins from Cold-Adapted Yeasts in Suitable Hosts: Methods and Applications.- Food Spoilage by Cold-adapted Yeasts. | Yeasts are a versatile group of eukaryotic microorganisms, exhibiting heterogeneous nutritional profiles and an extraordinary ability to survive in a wide range of natural and man-associated ecosystems, including cold habitats. Cold-adapted yeasts inhabit numerous low-temperature environments where they are subjected to seasonal or permanent cold conditions. Hence, they have evolved a number of adaptation strategies with regard to growth and reproduction, metabolic activities, survival and protection. Due to their distinctive ability to thrive successfully at low and even subzero temperatures, cold-adapted yeasts are increasingly attracting attention in basic science and industry for their enormous biotechnological potential.This book presents our current understanding of the diversity and ecology of cold-adapted yeasts in worldwide cold ecosystems, their adaptation strategies, and their biotechnological significance. Special emphasis is placed on the exploitation of cold-adapted yeasts as a source of cold-active enzymes and biopolymers, as well as their benefits for food microbiology, bioremediation and biocontrol. Further, aspects of food biodeterioration are considered. | <p>Provides an overview of the biology and potential biotechnological applications</p><p>All Chapters were written by internationally recognized experts</p><p>Suitable for microbiologists, biochemists, ecologists, environmental scientists and biotechnologists in academia and industry</p> | Science | Professional Books (2) | 0 | EBOP11642 | Biomedical and Life Sciences
 | 978-94-007-7453-7 | Life Sciences | Campbell | [NAME]; [NAME] | Sustainable Food Production Includes Human and Environmental Health |  | Issues in Agroecology – Present Status and Future Prospectus | 3 | 1 | 2014 | 235 | Hard cover | Book | XII, 235 p. 15 illus., 11 illus. in color. | 0 | final | 209 | Life Sciences | SCL11006 | Agriculture | TVB | SCL19007 | Ecology | PSAF | Life Sciences | Contributed volume | Springer Netherlands | In production | 2013-11-30 00:00:00 |  |  | Foreword.- Acknowledgements.- Biosketches of Editors and Contributing Authors.- Chapter 1: The Trading and Use of Agrochemicals.- . The Rise of Agrochemicals and Their Benefits to Humanity.- 2. Problems Associated with Agrochemicals.- 3. Limiting Agrochemical Use - Integrated Pest Management.- Conclusions.- References.- Chapter 2: Critical Evaluation of Genetic Manipulation for Improved Productivity: Is This a Sustainable Agenda.- 1. Introduction: Agricultural Paradigms.- 2. Agriculture, Biotechnology and Biodiversity.- 3. Genetically Modified Crops, Biofuels and Sustainable Agriculture in the United States.- 4. The Ethical Socioeconomic and Political Issues of Biotechnology in Agriculture.- 5. Genetically Engineered Crops, Food Security and Safety.- 6. Conclusions and Perspectives: Supporting Sustainable Agriculture and Development.- Acknowledgements.- References.- Chapter 3: Organic Farming and Organic Food Quality – Prospects and Limitations.- 1. Organic Farming.- 2. Food Quality.- Conclusions and Outlook.- References.- Chapter 4: Veterinary Medicine: The Value of Plant Secondary Compounds and Diversity in Balancing Consumer and Ecological Health.-1. Plant Diversity in Ecosystems.- 2. Plant Diversity and Secondary Compounds.- 3. Plant Secondary Compounds as Medicines – Feedback Mechanisms.- 4. Plant Secondary Compounds as Preventive Agents: Feed-Forward Mechanisms.- 5. Feedback (Treatment) vs. Feed-Forward (Prevention).- 6. Impacts of PSCs on Food Products.- 7. Plant Diversity, PSCs, Productivity and Health.- 8. Grazing and Spatial and Temporal Biodiversity.- 9. Plant Diversity, Prevention and Food Interactions.- 10. Plant Diversity and the Value of Silvopastoral Systems.- 11. Current vs. “Ideal” Feeding Systems.- Acknowledgements.- References.- Chapter 5: Controlling the Introduction and Augmentation of Parasites In and On Domesticated Livestock.- 1. Introduction.- 2. Parasitism in Tropical Domesticated Livestock: Human Interventions and Welfare.- 3. Hunger and Parasites: Common Enemies in [NAME] Systems.- 4. The Spread of Parasitic Diseases and the Potential Impacts.- 5. Parasiticide Medications Used on Ruminant Livestock.- 6. Parasiticide Resistance in Ruminant Livestock.- 7. Improving the Use of Existing Parasiticide Drugs.- 8. Parasiticides in Domesticated Livestock: Ecotoxicity and Environmental Cost.- 9. How do Agroecologically Oriented Operations Affect the Introduction and Spread of Endoparasites and Ectoparasites to Other Animals and Humans?.- 10. Advances in Biological Control for Domesticated Livestock with Emphasis on [NAME] and Gastrointestinal Nematode (GIN) Control.- 11. Supplementary Feeding to Improve Resilience and Resistance Against GINs.- 12. Concluding Remarks.- Acknowledgements.- References. | Agroecology not only encompasses aspects of ecology, but the ecology of sustainable food production systems, and related societal and cultural values. To provide effective communication regarding status and advances in this field, connections must be established with many disciplines such as sociology, anthropology, environmental sciences, ethics, agriculture, economics, ecology, rural development, sustainability, policy and education, or integrations of these general themes so as to provide integrated points of view that will help lead to a sustainable construction of values. Such designs are inherently complex and dynamic, and go beyond the individual farm to include landscapes, communities, and biogeographic regions by emphasizing their unique agricultural and ecological values, and their biological, societal, and cultural components and processes. | <p>Concise reviews of current important and complex issues in Agroecology</p><p>Assesses the present status of knowledge of the issue with regard to effectively moving toward improving sustainability</p><p>Identifies inadequacies, errors and gaps in knowledge that may hinder or oppose effective progress toward improving sustainability</p><p>Discusses what, if possible, is needed to bring the issue onto a better track toward sustainability objectives</p> | Science | Professional Books (2) | 0 | EBOP11642 | Biomedical and Life Sciences
 | 978-1-4614-9232-0 | Life Sciences | Chakraborti, PhD | [NAME], PhD; [NAME] | Proteases in Health and Disease |  | Advances in Biochemistry in Health and Disease | 7 | 1 | 2014 | 660 | Hard cover | Book | XV, 660 p. 82 illus., 35 illus. in color. | 0 | final | 189 | Life Sciences | SCL14005 | Biochemistry, general | PSB | SCL16008 | Cell Biology | PSF | Life Sciences | Contributed volume | Springer New York | In production | 2013-11-30 00:00:00 |  |  | Part A: Molecular and Biochemical Aspects of Proteases.- 1. An Overview of Endoplasmic Reticulum Calpain System.- 2. Mitochondrial Calpains: Who, What, Where, When and Why?.- 3. Role of Calpains in Calmodulin Regulated Systems.- 4. Exercise and Matrix Metalloproteases: A Brief Overview.- 5. Regulation of Chondrocyte Matrix Metalloproteinase Gene Expression.- 6. Microbial Source of Fibrinolytic Protease and Its Biotechnological Potential.- 7. Aspartic Proteolytic Inhibitors Induce Cellular and Biochemical Alterations in Fungal Cells.- 8. Cysteine Proteases of Human Malaria Parasites.- 9. Proteases as Virulence Factors in Leishmania: Focus on Serine Proteases as Possible Therapeutic Targets.- 10. An Updated Inventory on Properties, Pathophysiology and Therapeutic Potential of Snake Venom Thrombin-like Proteases.- 11. [NAME] into a β-Strand Geometry.- Part B: Involvement of Proteases in Disease Processes.- 12. Regulation of MT1-MMP Activation and Its Relevance to Disease Processes.- 13. Role of Proteases During Intra-erythrocytic Developmental Cycle of Human Malaria Parasite Plasmodium falciparum.- 14. Proteases in Vibrio cholerae and Their Role in Pathogenesis.- 15. ADAMTS13: The von Willebrand Factor Cleaving Protease and Its Role in Thrombotic Thrombocytopenic Purpura.- 16. Role of Proteases and Their Tissue Inhibitors in Pregnancy Outcome.- 17. Matrix Metalloproteinases in Bone Health and Disease.- 18. Escalated Expression of Matrix Metalloproteinases in Osteoarthritis.- 19. Role of Proteases in Autism Spectrum Disorder.- 20. Role of Proteases in the Management of Hepatitis C Virus.- 21. Role of Protease in Inflammatory Lung Diseases.- 22. Involvement of Some Proteolytic Enzymes in Cardiac Dysfunction Due to Ischemia-Reperfusion Injury. | In view of rapidly growing research in the deregulation of proteases and their impact in human health and diseases, this book will highlight existing and emerging research in this exciting area. In-depth critical state-of-the-art reviews will be written by established investigators on proteases dysfunctions associated with pathogenesis of different diseases that are known to occur due to deregulation of proteolytic systems. Multidisciplinary approaches demonstrating biochemical and signal transduction mechanisms associated with deregulation of proteases leading to manifestation of the diseases will be discussed. The book highlights the roles of both intracellular and extracellular proteases in health and disease. | <p>First volume to comprehensively explore the role of proteases in various diseases</p><p>Provides information on the pathogenesis of cellular dysfunction, with strong emphasis on identifying proteases and their endogenous inhibitors as targets for drug development</p><p>Utilizes a multidisciplinary approach to biochemical and signal transduction mechanisms associated with deregulation of proteases leading to manifestation of the diseases​</p> | Science | Professional Books (2) | 0 | EBOP11642 | Biomedical and Life Sciences
 | 978-81-322-1622-3 | Life Sciences | Chaudhary | [NAME]; [NAME]; [NAME] | Maize: Nutrition Dynamics and Novel Uses |  |  |  | 1 | 2014 | 159 | Hard cover | Book | X, 159 p. 27 illus., 17 illus. in color. | 0 | final | 189 | Life Sciences | SCL11006 | Agriculture | TVB | SCL14021 | Plant Biochemistry | PST | Life Sciences | Contributed volume | Springer India | In production | 2013-11-30 00:00:00 |  |  | ​Section A: Introductory chapter.- 1. Nutritive value of maize: Improvements,  applications and constraints.- Section B: Protein quality of maize.- 2 Breeding challenges and perspectives in  developing and promoting quality protein maize  germplasm.- 3 Maize protein quality and its improvement- development of quality protein maize (QPM) in India.- 4 Molecular interventions for enhancing the  protein quality of maize.- Section C: Nutritional quality of maize.- 5 Maize: Grain structure, composition, milling and  starch characteristics.- 6 Oil improvement in maize: potential and prospects.- 7.Maize carotenoid composition and biofortification for provitamin a activity.- Section D: Biotic and abiotic stresses in maize.- 8 Insect pests and their management: current status and future need of research in quality maize.- 9. Physiological response of maize under rising atmospheric CO2 and temperature.- Section E: Value addition in maize.- 10 Maize utilization in food bioprocessing: An overview.- 11 Maize malting: Retrospect and prospect.- 12. Value addition in maize.- 13. Fodder quality of maize: its preservation. | Maize is a globally important crop mainly utilized as feed, food and raw material for diverse industrial applications. Among cereals, it occupies third place after rice and wheat and is a staple food for a large segment of population worldwide particularly in the Asian as well as African countries. This monogram discusses various aspects of nutritional quality of maize such as quality protein maize which has been considered as most significant discovery in enhancing nutritional quality of cereals in terms of increasing the concentration of essential amino acids. The biochemistry of starch which is an important industrial product of maize has been discussed in detail. Further, the role of maize oil which is highly regarded for human consumption as it reduces the blood cholesterol concentration has also been elaborated. Naturally, maize is a rich source of carotenoids such as beta-carotene, zeaxanthin, [NAME], [NAME] which have highly diverse health benefits ranging from maintaining normal vision to lowering of oxidative stress. The need for biofortification of maize for provitamin A carotenoids and their role in alleviating vision impairments have also been discussed. The effect of various biotic and abiotic stresses particularly carbon dioxide and temperature on quality has been discussed thoroughly. Many value-added products as well as fermented foods that have been produced from maize which is consumed in different forms worldwide are also discussed. The aspects related to the maize application as fodder and as a source of malting have also been covered concisely. Overall, the book provides complete information about various quality aspects of maize. The various stakeholders such as maize researchers, extension specialists, students, teachers as well as farmers will be immensely benefitted from this monogram. | <p>The topic has significance in solving the global food security problem</p><p>The book focuses on the nutritional aspects, which would be helpful in addressing the problem of malnutrition, especially in children and women</p><p>It presents the latest updates on nutritional research in maize, written by various experts in the field. -Effect of climate change on maize production is discussed in detail</p> | Science | Professional Books (2) | 0 | EBOP11642 | Biomedical and Life Sciences
 | 978-0-387-76769-7 | Life Sciences | [NAME] | [NAME]; [NAME]; [NAME]; [NAME] | Ecology in the Yangtze River Estuary |  | Ecological Studies | 1001 | 1 | 2014 |  | Hard cover | Book | Approx. 290 p. 122 illus., 32 illus. in color. | 0 | approx. | 189 | Life Sciences | SCL19007 | Ecology | PSAF | SCU35040 | Waste Water Technology / Water Pollution Control / Water Management / Aquatic Pollution | TQSW | Life Sciences | Contributed volume | Springer New York | Planned | 2013-12-27 00:00:00 |  |  | Part I: Overview on the Yangtze River Estuary.- Abiotic Processes in the Yangtze River Estuary.- Historical Changes in the Yangtze River Estuary.- Part II. Biodiversity: Plant and Vegetation.- Plankton.- [NAME] in the Yangtze Estuary with Emphasis on [NAME] in Salt Marshes.- Fish and Fisheries.- Waterbirds and their Habitats in the Yangtze River Estuary.- Part III. Ecological Processes: Leaf and Canopy Processes of Three Dominant YRE Plant Species.- Plant Productivity and Ecosystem Carbon Cycles in Yangtze River Estuary Wetlands.- Soil Biogeochemical Processes in the Yangtze River Estuarine Wetlands.- Atmosphere-Biosphere Exchange of Carbon, Water, and Energy.- Modeling Integration of Carbon and [NAME] in the Yangtze River Estuarine Wetlands.- Part IV. Human Dimensions: Watershed Perspectives of Yangtze River Estuary.- Anthropogenic Impacts on Estuarine Ecosystems in Yangtze River Estuary .- Wetlands in the Yangtze River Estuary Under Environmental Changes.- Natural Reserves and Wetland Conservation.- Part V. Summary: Future Research Challenges and Directions in Estuarine Ecosystems.- Index. | The Yangtze River estuary is a system where geological, biological, and socioeconomic processes actively interplay. The Yangtze River carries about 5 billion tons of sediment to the estuary from upstream each year, providing rich substrates for biological activities and alluvial processes. An exotic plant species, [NAME] alterniflora was intentionally introduced to the region in 1979, and has aggressively invaded the Yangtze River estuary and coastal China. The biological invasion alters plant and animal biodiversity and ecosystem processes. In addition, the Yangtze River estuary is close to Shanghai, one of the most economically active cities in China and the world. Fast economic development and social transformation exert great pressure to exploit resources in the estuary.In the last few decades, scientists from several leading universities in China have conducted research on many of geological, biological, and socioeconomic processes. An increasing number of papers have been published in international journals. This volume comprehensively synthesizes the lessons learned from various groups. This text not only provides a new example of ecosystem studies on estuary systems, but will also serve as a milestone to promote the management of this important region that will produce global impacts. Moreover, the book can be used as a reference book for ecological research in estuarine ecosystems of major rivers, such as the Mississippi and Amazon Rivers. | <p>A comprehensive synthesis of ecological research on the Yangtze River and Estuary system</p><p>A reference for the management of other major estuarine ecosystems</p><p>Includes sections on biodiversity, ecological processes, and human impacts</p><p> | Science | Professional Books (2) | 0 | EBOP11642 | Biomedical and Life Sciences
 | 978-3-642-40572-3 | Life Sciences | [NAME] | [NAME]; [NAME] | Microbial Phenazines | Biosynthesis, Agriculture and Health |  |  | 1 | 2014 | 246 | Hard cover | Book | VI, 246 p. 129 illus., 20 illus. in color. | 0 | final | 189 | Life Sciences | SCL23004 | Microbiology | PSG | SCL14005 | Biochemistry, general | PSB | Life Sciences | Contributed volume | Springer [NAME] | In production | 2013-10-31 00:00:00 |  |  | The Biosynthesis of Phenazines.- Regulation of Phenazine Biosynthesis.- The Yin and Yang of Phenazine Physiology.- Phenazines and Bacterial Biofilms.- Fermentative production of bacterial phenazines.- Methods for Purification and Characterization of Microbial Phenazines.- Roles and Regulation of Phenazines in the Biological Control Strain Pseudomonas chlororaphis 30-84.- Role of Phenazine-1-carboxamide Produced by Pseudomonas chlororaphis PCL1391 in the Control of Tomato Foot and Root Rot.- Genomic Features and Regulation of Phenazine Biosynthesis in the Rhizosphere Strain Pseudomonas aeruginosa M18.- Phenazines in the Environment: Microbes, [NAME], and Ecological Relevance.- Phenazine as an anti-cancer agent. | Microbial Phenazines: Biosynthesis, Agriculture and Health focuses on phenazines, a group of upwards of a hundred nitrogen-containing redox-active heterocyclic compounds of bacterial origin that have long attracted scientific interest because of their colorful pigmentation. Our understanding of these fascinating natural products and their role in human health and the environment has advanced rapidly in recent years, but we are only now beginning to be able to exploit the potential of these compounds in such fields as agriculture and medicine. This volume includes information on the biochemistry and genetics of phenazine synthesis, the physiological effects of phenazines, and methods for the isolation and identification of phenazines with the aid of spectroscopic and electrophoretic techniques. Also included are chapters focused on the roots of phenazine research in the biological control of plant pathogens and recent knowledge of the diversity of phenazine-producing microorganisms and the environments in which they occur. A final chapter addresses the potential of phenazines in the treatment of cancer. | <p>Describes the benefits and applications of this microbial products</p><p><p>With contributions by international experts</p><p>Of interest for microbiologist, biochemists, plant and environmental scientists</p> | Science | Professional Books (2) | 0 | EBOP11642 | Biomedical and Life Sciences
 | 978-1-4614-9110-1 | Life Sciences | [NAME] | [NAME] | The Forest of the Lacandon Maya | An Ethnobotanical Guide |  |  | 1 | 2014 | 388 | Hard cover | Book | XII, 388 p. 368 illus., 328 illus. in color. | 0 | final | 209 | Life Sciences | SCL24000 | Plant Sciences | PST | SCL14021 | Plant Biochemistry | PST | Life Sciences | Monograph | Springer US | In production | 2013-11-30 00:00:00 |  | Worldwide | Introduction.- Language.- The Lacandon Rainforest.- The Role of Plants in Traditional Lacandon Culture.- Botanical Inventory.- Ethnographic Inventory. | The Forest of the Lacandon Maya: An Ethnobotanical Guide, with accompanying DVD, serves as a comprehensive guide to the botanical heritage of the northern Lacandones. Numbering fewer than 300 men, women, and children, this community is the most culturally conservative of the Mayan groups. Protected by their hostile environment, over many centuries they maintained autonomy from the outside forces of church and state, while they continued to draw on the forest for spiritual inspiration and sustenance.In The Forest of the Lacandon Maya: An Ethnobotanical Guide, linguist [NAME] presents a bilingual Lacandon-English ethnobotanical guide to more than 450 plants in a tripartite organization: a botanical inventory in which main entries are headed by Lacandon names followed by common English and botanical names, and which includes plant descriptions and uses; an ethnographic inventory, which expands the descriptions given in the botanical inventory, providing the socio-historical, dietary, mythological, and spiritual significance of most plants; and chapters that discuss the relevant cultural applications of the plants in more detail provide a description of the area’s geography, and give an ethnographic overview of the Lacandones. An accompanying DVD contains a digital version of the book, with active links throughout the main sections to original audio-video recordings that demonstrate the use and preparation of the most significant plants. | <p>One of the most thorough ethnobotanical studies of the Lacandon Maya </p><p>Numerous descriptions in the botanical inventory provided by the Lacandones in the original language </p><p>Includes a DVD that contains original audio-video recordings and corresponding transcriptions, as well as a digital version of the botanical inventory</p> | Professionals | Professional Books (2) | 0 | EBOP11642 | Biomedical and Life Sciences
 | 978-81-322-1661-2 | Life Sciences | Dagar | [NAME]; [NAME]; [NAME] | Agroforestry Systems in India: Livelihood Security & Ecosystem Services |  | Advances in Agroforestry | 10 | 1 | 2013 | 619 | Hard cover | Book | IX, 619 p. 66 illus., 55 illus. in color. | 0 | final | 209 | Life Sciences | SCL00004 | Life Sciences, general | PSA | SCU00009 | Environment, general | RN | Life Sciences | Contributed volume | Springer India | In production | 2013-10-31 00:00:00 |  |  | 1. Introduction.- 2. Soil conservation and ecosystem stability: Natural resource management through agroforestry in the northwestern Himalayan region.- 3. From shifting cultivation to integrating farming: Experience of agroforestry development in the northeastern Himalayan region.- 4. Agroforestry inroads into the traditional two-crop system heartlands of the Indo-Gangetic plains.- 5. Agroforestry as a strategy for livelihood security in the rainfed areas: experiences and expectations.- 6. Livelihood improvements and climate-change adaptations through agroforestry in hot arid environments.- 7. Agroforestry: A way forward for sustaining fragile coastal and island agro-ecosystems.- 8. Agroforestry for wasteland rehabilitation: mined, ravine and degraded watershed areas.- 9. Greening salty and waterlogged lands through agroforestry systems for livelihood security and better environment.- 10. Wetland based agroforestry systems: balancing between carbon sink and source.- 11. Agroforestry for ecosystem services and mitigation of climate change.- 12. Agroforestry policy issues and challenges.- 13. Synthesis. | Agroforestry, the word coined in early seventies, has made its place in all the developed and the developing countries of the world and is now recognized as an important approach to ensuring food security and rebuilding resilient rural environments. India has been an all-time leader in agroforestry. The South and Southeast Asia region comprising India is often described as the cradle of agroforestry. Almost all forms of agroforestry systems exist across India in ecozones ranging from humid tropical lowlands to high-altitude and temperate biomes, and perhumid rainforest zones to parched drylands. The country ranks foremost among the community of nations not only in terms of this enormous diversity and long tradition of the practice of agroforestry, but also in fostering scientific developments in the subject. Agroforestry applies to private agricultural and forest lands and communities that also include highly erodible, flood-prone, economically marginal and environmentally sensitive lands. The typical situation is agricultural, where trees are added to create desired benefits. Agroforestry allows for the diversification of farm activities and makes better use of environmental resources. Owing to an increase in the population of human and cattle, there is increasing demand of food as well as fodder, particularly in developing countries like India. So far, there is no policy that deals with specifics in agroforestry in India. But, the Indian Council of Agricultural Research has been discussing on the scope of having a National Agroforestry Policy in appropriate platforms. However, evolving a policy requires good and reliable datasets from different corners of the country on the subject matter. This synthesis volume containing 13 chapters is an attempt to collate available information in a classified manner into different system ecologies, problems and solutions, and converging them into a policy support. | <p>The first attempt to compile research done in India on agroforestry</p><p><p>Represents a bold step towards authoritative accounts of agroforestry in different ecoregions of South and Southeast Asia</p><p><p>The book will be useful for researchers, scientists, students and policy makers not only of agroforestry discipline  but also from other related disciplines such as agriculture including livestock, dairy, fishery; forestry; biological sciences; environmental sciences including related to climate change; natural resource management; ecology; and social sciences</p> | Science | Professional Books (2) | 0 | EBOP11642 | Biomedical and Life Sciences
 | 978-1-4614-9098-2 | Life Sciences | Chakraborti; Dhalla | [NAME]; [NAME] | Role of Proteases in Cellular Dysfunction |  | Advances in Biochemistry in Health and Disease | 8 | 1 | 2014 | 520 | Hard cover | Book | XII, 520 p. 59 illus., 47 illus. in color. | 0 | final | 239 | Life Sciences | SCL1403X | Proteomics | PSBC | SCL16040 | Cell Physiology | PSF | Life Sciences | Contributed volume | Springer New York | In production | 2013-11-30 00:00:00 |  |  | Part A: Proteases and Neural Disorders.- Role of Calpain in Immunobiology of Neurodegenerative Diseases.- Calpain Interactions with the Protein Phosphatase Calcineurin in Neurodegeneration.- Involvement of Caspases in Neurodegenaration and Stroke.- Matrix Metalloproteinases in Ischemia-Reperfusion Injury in Brain: Antioxidants as Rescuer.- The Role of Matrix Metalloproteinases in Neurovascular Injury.- The Role of Proteases in Embryonic Neural Crest Cells.- Part B: Proteases and Cancer.-      Proteases and [NAME] Development.- [NAME] and its Inhibitors in Cancer Progression.- Ubiquitin-Proteosome System in the Hallmarks of Cancer.- Matrix Metalloproteinases in Cancer Metastasis: An unsolved Mystery.- A [NAME] and Metalloprotease-12 as a New target for Cancer Treatment.- Proteases and Their Role in Drug Development with an Emphasis in Cancer.- Part C: Proteases and Cardiovascular Defects.- Role of Matrix Metalloproteinases in Atherosclerosis.- The Importance of the Urokinase-type Plasminogen Activator (uPA) and its receptor ([NAME]) for the Development and Progression of Atherosclerosis.- Matrix Metalloproteinases and Hypertension.- Regulation of Proteolysis in Vascular Remodeling.- Emerging Role of Genetic Variants of Matrix Metalloproteinases Genes in Left Ventricular Dysfunction.- Implications of Intracellular Proteolytic Activation of MMP-2 in the Heart.- Matrix Metalloprotease-2 in the Development and Progression of Cardiovascular Diseases.- Role of Protease Activation in Subcellular Remodeling and Heart Failure.- Proteases as Potential Targets in Left Ventricular Remodeling After Myocardial Infarction.- MMPs in Cardiovascular Diseases: Emerging Pharmacological Targets.- Proteases as Clinical Markers of Adverse Remodeling for Heart Failure in the Aging Population. | It is now well known that proteases are found everywhere, in viruses and bacteria as well as in all human, animal and plant cells, and play a role in a variety of biological functions ranging from digestion, fertilization, development to senescence and death. Under physiological conditions the ability of proteases is regulated by endogenous inhibitors. However, when the activity of proteases is not regulated appropriately, disease processes can result, as seen in Alzheimer’s disease, cancer metastasis and tumor progression, inflammation and atherosclerosis. Thus it is evident that there is an absolute need for a tighter control of proteolytic activities in different cells and tissues.Aimed at graduate students and researchers with an interest in cellular proteolytic events, Role of Proteases in Cellular Dysfunctions is the second book on Proteases in this series. The book consists of three parts in specified topics based on current literatures for a better understanding for the readers with respect to their subject-wise interests. The first section of this book covers a brief idea about the neuronal disorders and the involvement of proteases such as calpains, caspases and matrix metalloproteases (MMPs). The second section covers the deadly disease cancer and its relation to ubiquitin-proteasome system, MMPs and serine proteases. The last section is about the role of proteases such as calpains, MMPs and serine protease as well as urokinase type plasminogen activator receptor ([NAME]) in causing cardiovascular defects. | <p>First volume to comprehensively explore the role of proteases in various diseases</p><p>Provides information on the pathogenesis of cellular dysfunction, with strong emphasis on identifying proteases and their endogenous inhibitors as targets for drug development</p><p>Utilizes a multidisciplinary approach to biochemical and signal transduction mechanisms associated with deregulation of proteases leading to manifestation of the diseases</p> | Science | Professional Books (2) | 0 | EBOP11642 | Biomedical and Life Sciences
 | 978-0-387-74942-6 | Life Sciences | Edwards | [NAME]; [NAME]; [NAME] | Biology and Ecology of Earthworms |  |  |  | 4 | 2014 | 422 | Hard cover | Book | XIV, 422 p. 95 illus., 7 illus. in color. | 0 | final | 189 | Life Sciences | SCL19007 | Ecology | PSAF | SCL19015 | Animal Ecology | PSVS | Life Sciences | Monograph | Springer US | In production | 2013-08-31 00:00:00 |  |  | Ch. 1. [NAME] Morphology.- Ch. 2. [NAME] Physiology.- Ch. 3. [NAME], Dispersal, and Geographical Distribution.- Ch. 4. Earthworm Life Histories and Biology.- Ch. 5. [NAME]. 6. [NAME] Ecology: Communities.- Ch. 7. The Influence of Environmental Factors on Earthworms.- Ch. 8. The Role of Earthworms in Organic Material and Nutrient Cycles.- Ch. 9.- Interactions Between Earthworms, Microorganisms, and Other Invertebrates.- Ch. 10. Role of Earthworms in Soil Structure, Fertility and Productivity.- Ch.11. Adverse and Beneficial Aspects of Earthworms.- Ch. 12. Earthworms in Environmental Management.- Ch.13. Earthworms in Organic Waste Management.- Ch.14. Effects of Agricultural Practices and Chemicals on Earthworms. | This 4th edition updates the latest research on earthworms. More than 3,000 species of earthworm exist in the world. They are considered to be an important ally in advancing environmental and biomedical research. Earthworms play an important role in forest or agricultural ecosystems and play an increasing role in biomedical issues. Earthworms are critical to the environment because they consume huge quantities of decomposed litter, manure, and other organic matter deposited on soil -- helping to convert it into rich topsoil Earthworms can also help reduce soil compaction, improve permeability--thus providing channels for root growth, water infiltration, and gas exchange. Earthworms are also important animals for the assessment of the toxicity of chemicals, such as herbicides and pesticides, which are deliberately released into the environment. Earthworms are superb ‘barometers' or ‘sentinels' providing an early warning of deterioration in soil quality. | <p>The new 4th edition continues the tradition of excellence of the previous three </p><p>Updates the latest research on earthworms in the eleven years since the previous edition </p><p>Covers the latest state of knowledge and research on some 3,000 earthworm species</p> | Science | Professional Books (2) | 0 | EBOP11642 | Biomedical and Life Sciences
 | 978-1-4614-8581-0 | Life Sciences | [NAME] | [NAME]; [NAME]; [NAME]; [NAME] | [NAME] of Asia | Status, Challenges and Management Strategies |  |  | 1 | 2013 | 557 | Hard cover | Book | I, 557 p. 148 illus., 133 illus. in color. | 0 | final | 209 | Life Sciences | SCL1904X | Ecosystems | PSAF | SCL22008 | Forestry | TVR | Life Sciences | Contributed volume | Springer New York | In production | 2013-10-31 00:00:00 |  |  | Chapter 1: Mangrove Ecosystems of Malaysia: Status, Challenges and Management Strategies.- Chapter 2: Distribution and Rarity of Rhizophoraceae in Peninsular Malaysia.- Chapter 3: Distribution and Current Status of Mangrove Forests in Indonesia.- Chapter 4: Mangrove Forests in Thailand.- Chapter 5: Philippines' Mangrove Ecosystem: Status, Threats and Conservation.- Chapter 6: Distribution, Characteristics and Economic Importance of Mangrove Forests in Iran.- Chapter 7: Plant Diversity and Forest Structure of the Three Protected Areas (Wildlife Sanctuaries) of Bangladesh Sundarbans: Current Status and Management Strategies.- Chapter 8: [NAME] of Asia.- Chapter 9: Mangrove Forests of Timor-Leste: Ecology, Degradation, and Vulnerability to Climate Change.- Chapter 10: Vulnerability of Mangroves to Climate Change.- Chapter 11: Impacts of Climate Change on Asian Mangrove Forests.- Chapter 12: Quantification of Soil Organic Carbon Storage and Turnover in Two Mangrove Forests Using Dual Carbon Isotopic Measurements.- Chapter 13: The Relationship between Mangrove Deforestation and Economic Development in Thailand.- Chapter 14: Remote Sensing Technology: Recent Advancements for Mangrove Ecosystems.- Chapter 15: Management Strategies for Sustainable Exploitation of Aquatic Resources of the Sundarbans Mangrove, Bangladesh.- Chapter 16: Economic Sustainability for Halophyte Cash Farms in Urban Environments.- Chapter 17: Research and Development Activities towards Sustainable Management of Mangroves in Peninsular Malaysia.- Chapter 18: Climate Change Adaptation: Management Options for Mangrove Areas.- Chapter 19: Managing Mangrove Habitat Expansion in New Zealand.- Chapter 20: Mangroves are Wetlands, not Forests: Some Implications for their Management. | The book provides an up-to-date account of mangrove forests from Asia, together with restoration techniques, and the management requirements of these ecosystems to ensure their sustainability and conservation. All aspects of mangroves and their conservation are critically re-examined. The book is divided into three sections presenting the distribution and status of mangrove ecosystems in Asia, the challenges they are facing, their issues and opportunities, and the management strategies for their conservation. | <p>Provides current critical account of the status of the mangroves of Asia</p><p>Provides an overview of mangrove restoration and management techniques</p><p>Mangroves are a hot topic and the rate of climate change necessitates new volumes regularly</p> | Science | Professional Books (2) | 0 | EBOP11642 | Biomedical and Life Sciences
 | 978-94-007-7373-8 | Life Sciences | Farina | [NAME] | Soundscape Ecology | Principles, Patterns, Methods and Applications |  |  | 1 | 2014 | 490 | Hard cover | Book | XII, 490 p. 113 illus., 40 illus. in color. | 0 | final | 189 | Life Sciences | SCL13009 | Behavioural Sciences | PSVP | [NAME] | Landscape Ecology | PSTS | Life Sciences | Monograph | Springer Netherlands | In production | 2013-09-30 00:00:00 |  |  | Preface.- 1. Soundscape  & Landscape Ecologies.- 2. The Sonic Characters of the Landscapes.- 3. Bioacoustic Theories.-  4. Communication Theories.-  5. The Human Dimension of the Soundscape: from Individuals to Society.- 6. [NAME] I:  The Noise.- 7. Sonic Patterns II: The Choruses.- 8. [NAME] from Soils.- 9. Methods.- 10. Applications.- Index. | Soundscape Ecology represents a new branch of ecology and it is the result of the integration of different disciplines like Landscape ecology, Bioacoustics, Acoustic ecology, Biosemiotics, etc. The soundscape that is the object of this discipline, is defined as the acoustic context resulting from natural and human originated sounds and it is considered a relevant environmental proxy for animal and human life.With Soundscape Ecology [NAME] means to offer a new cultural tool to investigate a partially explored component of the environmental complexity. For this he intends to set the principles of this new discipline, to delineate the epistemic domain  in which to develop new ideas and theories and to describe the necessary integration with all the other ecological/environmental disciplines.The book is organized in ten chapters. The first two chapters delineate principles and theory of soundscape ecology. Chapters three and four describe the bioacoustic and communication theories. Chapter five is devoted to the human dimension of soundscape.  Chapters six to eight regard the major sonic patterns like noise, choruses and vibrations. Chapter nine is devoted to the methods in soundscape ecology and finally chapter ten describes the application of the soundscape analysis. | <p>First handbook on soundscape ecology for a graduate course  in advanced landscape ecology</p><p>Integration between soundscape and landscape principles</p><p>Application of the soundscape ecology to nature conservation and human well-being</p> | Science | Professional Books (2) | 0 | EBOP11642 | Biomedical and Life Sciences
 | 978-94-007-7749-1 | Life Sciences | Foxcroft | [NAME]; Petr Pyšek; [NAME]; [NAME] | Plant Invasions in Protected Areas | Patterns, Problems and Challenges | Invading Nature - Springer Series in Invasion Ecology | 7 | 1 | 2014 | 636 | Hard cover | Book | X, 636 p. 80 illus., 42 illus. in color. | 0 | final | 229 | Life Sciences | SCL19031 | Biodiversity | RNCB | SCL19150 | Conservation Biology/Ecology | RNK | Life Sciences | Contributed volume | Springer Netherlands | In production | 2013-11-30 00:00:00 |  |  | Part I Setting the Scene: Impacts, Processes and Opportunities.- Part II Regional Patterns: Mapping the Threats from Plant Invasions in Protected Areas.- Part III Managing Invasions in Protected Areas: from Prevention to Restoration.- Part IV Conclusion.​ | This book is the first comprehensive global review of all aspects of alien plant invasions in protected areas. It provides insights into advances in invasion ecology emanating from work in protected areas, and the link to locally relevant management support for protected areas. The book provides in-depth case studies, illuminating interesting and insightful knowledge that can be shared across the global protected area network. The book includes the collective understanding of 80 ecologists and managers to extract as much information as possible that will support the long-term management of protected areas, and the biodiversity and associated ecosystem services they maintain. “This outstanding volume draws together pretty much all that can be said on this topic, ranging from the science, through policy, to practical action”. Dr. [NAME], IUCN Species Survival Commission, UK. 'This important and timely volume addresses two of the most serious problems affecting biodiversity conservation today: assessing the extent to which protected areas are impacted by biological invasions and the complex problems of managing these impacts. Written by leading specialists, it provides a comprehensive overview of the issues and gives detailed examples drawn from protected areas across the world'. Professor [NAME], School of Biological Sciences, University of Reading, UK | <p>Focuses on ecology and science of plant invasions in Protected Areas (PAs)</p><p>Features global and regional case studies as well as island systems</p><p><p>Examines result of research in Protected Areas (PAs)</p><p><p>Includes scientific advice for PA managers on how to approach management and integrate this into overall PA operations</p><p><p>Valuable tool for PA and park management authorities<b></b></p> | Science | Professional Books (2) | 0 | EBOP11642 | Biomedical and Life Sciences
 | 978-3-642-10813-6 | Life Sciences | [NAME] | [NAME]; [NAME]; [NAME]; [NAME] | The Biology of Reaction Wood |  | Springer Series in Wood Science |  | 1 | 2014 | 10 | Hard cover | Book | X, 10 p. | 0 | approx. | 189 | Life Sciences | SCL22032 | Wood Science & Technology | TDJ | SCL22008 | Forestry | TVR | Life Sciences | Contributed volume | Springer [NAME] | Planned | 2014-01-20 00:00:00 |  |  |  | The book is a fundamental reference source on reaction wood for wood scientists and technologists, plant biologists, silviculturists, forest ecologists, and anyone involved in the growing of trees and the processing of wood. It brings together our current understanding of all aspects of reaction wood, and is the first book to discuss both compression wood and tension wood.Trees produce reaction wood to maintain the vertical orientation of their stems and the optimum angle of each branch. They achieve this by laying down fibre cell walls in which differences in physical and chemical structure from those of normal fibres are expressed as differential stresses across the stem or branch. This process, while of obvious value for the survival of the tree, causes serious problems for the utilisation of timber. Timber derived from trees containing significant amounts of reaction wood is subject to dimensional instability on drying, causing twisting, bending and splitting. It is also difficult to work as timber, and for the pulp and paper industry the cost of removing the increased amount of lignin in compression wood is substantial. This has both practical and economic consequences for industry.Understanding the factors controlling reaction wood formation and its effect on wood structure is therefore fundamental to our understanding of the adaptation of trees to their environment and to the sustainable use of wood.  The topics covered include:-Morphology, anatomy and ultrastructure of reaction wood-Cell-wall polymers in reaction wood and their biosynthesis-Changes in tree proteomes during reaction wood formation-The biomechanical action and biological functions of reaction wood- Physical and mechanical properties of reaction wood from the scale of cell walls to planks-The detection and characterisation of compression wood-Effects of reaction wood on the performance of wood and wood-based products- Commercial implications of reaction wood and the influence of forest management on its formation | <p>This book brings together our current understanding of all aspects of reaction wood</p><p>The first book to discuss together both compression wood and tension wood</p><p>Written by international experts</p> | Science | Professional Books (2) | 0 | EBOP11642 | Biomedical and Life Sciences
 | 978-81-322-1619-3 | Life Sciences | Gaur | [NAME]; Pradeep Sharma | Approaches to Plant Stress and their Management |  |  |  | 1 | 2014 | 415 | Hard cover | Book | XIV, 415 p. 59 illus., 37 illus. in color. | 0 | final | 209 | Life Sciences | SCL24000 | Plant Sciences | PST | SCL11006 | Agriculture | TVB | Life Sciences | Contributed volume | Springer India | In production | 2013-11-30 00:00:00 |  | Worldwide | ​1. Integrated management of polluted soils for enhancing productivity and quality of crops.- 2. Targeting Of Metabolic Pathways For Genetic Engineering To Combat Abiotic Stress Tolerance In Crop Plants.- 3. Role of organic and inorganic chemicals in plant-stress mitigation.- 4. Role of Calcium/Calmodulin in plant stress response and Signaling.- 5. Herbicide resistance in [NAME] minor and genetic-medication in crop.- 6. Phenology modeling and GIS applications in pest management: A tool for studying and understanding insect pest dynamics in the context of global climate change.- 7. Influence Of Moisture Stress On Growth, Development, Physiological Process And Quality Of Fruits And Vegetables And Its Management Strategies.- 8. Plant Water-Stress Response Mechanisms.- 9. Abiotic stresses in major pulses: Current status and Strategies.- 10. Photosynthesis and associated aspects under abiotic stresses environment.- 11. The effects of drought on plant communities in the desert rangelands of Tunisia.- 12. Effect Of Cold Stress On Photosynthesis Of Plants And Possible Protection Mechanisms.- 13. Oxidative Stress In Plants And Its Management.- 14. [NAME] In Plants.- 15. Heavy Metals Stress on Poplar: Molecular and Anatomical Modifications.- 16. Molecular mechanism of benign microbe-elicited alleviation of biotic and abiotic stresses for plants.- 17. MAPK Signaling cascades and transcriptional reprogramming in plant – pathogen interactions.- 18. An Overview Of Antiviral RNA Silencing In Plant: Biogenesis, Host-Virus Interaction And Potential Applications.- 19. Fungal Disease Management in Plants.- 20. Systemic Infection of Potyvirus: A Compatible interaction between host and Viral Proteins.- 21. Bioinformatics Resources for the Management of Biological Information on Plant Responses towards Stresses.- 22. Genomics Based Analyses Of Environmental Stresses In Crop Plants. | Plant stresses are serious threats to the sustainability of crop yields accounting for more crop productivity losses than any other factor in rainfed agriculture. Post-harvest losses mean surplus crops do not reach market, affecting the livelihoods of farming families, and too often these families are left with no other option than to eat contaminated stored food. These constraints impact the food security of these farming families as well as the communities and countries in which they live. This book is the demonstration of a clear synergistic effect of stresses, an effect that was unexpectedly as important as either stress applied alone. This book will add to our current knowledge of abiotic stress response in plants and will provide the groundwork necessary to build future strategies for crop enhancement. The fundamental principles that underpin all biotechnology are explained and a full range of examples  discussed to show how these principles are applied; from starting substrate to final product. It will be beneficial to both plant breeders and molecular biologists, because it combines the topics of physiology, tolerance genes, and breeding methods. When these topics are presented together, it is easy to compare all aspects of tolerance mechanisms and breeding methods for abiotic stresses. These comparisons are useful to understand which pathways or which genes are important for rendering more tolerance to a certain abiotic stress, and to bring forward new ideas for improving the tolerance. Features •Cover both plant biotic and abiotic stresses •Important factors in managing crops for water stress conditions •Substantially increase the sustainable productivity of smallholder farmers in developing countries •Genetic and biochemical approaches – if those approaches constitute a substantial improvement on current practices. | <p>The book provides the most recent information regarding advances in genetics and physiology of abiotic stress response and crop improvement</p><p>Emphasizes on genes of importance for rendering more tolerance to a certain abiotic stress, and brings forward new ideas for improving the tolerance</p><p>Beneficial to both plant breeders and molecular biologists because it combines the topics of mathematical modelling, physiology, tolerance genes, and breeding methods</p> | Science | Professional Books (2) | 0 | EBOP11642 | Biomedical and Life Sciences
 | 978-94-007-7364-6 | Life Sciences | Gordh | [NAME]; [NAME] | The Handbook of Plant Biosecurity | Principles and Practices for the Identification, Containment and Control of Organisms that Threaten Agriculture and the Environment Globally |  |  | 1 | 2014 | 760 | Hard cover | Book | XV, 760 p. 154 illus., 127 illus. in color. | 0 | final | 279 | Life Sciences | SCL25090 | Entomology | PSVT7 | SCL11006 | Agriculture | TVB | Life Sciences | Contributed volume | Springer Netherlands | In production | 2013-10-31 00:00:00 |  |  | Preface.- 1. An introduction to plant biosecurity: Past, present and future.- 2. The International Regulatory Framework.- 3. Domestic regulatory framework and invasive alien species in China.- 4. The Importance of Core Biological Disciplines in Plant Biosecurity.- 5. The Biosecurity Continuum and Trade: Pre-Border Operations.- 6. The Biosecurity Continuum and Trade: Border Operations.- 7. The Biosecurity Continuum and Trade: Tools for Post-Border Biosecurity.- 8. Agricultural Biosecurity Communications and Outreach.- 9. The Role of Pest Risk Analysis in Plant Biosecurity.- 10. Phytosanitary Treatments.- 11. The Role of Surveillance Methods and Technologies in Plant Biosecurity.- 12. Digital Identification Tools in Regulatory Science and Practice.- 13. Molecular Diagnostic Techniques and Biotechnology in Plant Biosecurity.- 14. Insect Eradication and Containment of Invasive Alien Species.- 15. Invasive Insects in Plant Biosecurity:  Case Study - Mediterranean Fruit Fly.- 16. Case Study. Invasive Insects in Plant Biosecurity: The Asian Longhorned Beetle Eradication Program.- 17. Phytoparasitic Nematodes: Risks and Regulations.- 18. [NAME] in Plant Biosecurity. Case Study: Citrus Biosecurity.- 19. Invasive Pathogens in Plant Biosecurity. Case Study: Phytophthora ramorum Werres et al.: Cause of [NAME], Ramorum Leaf Blight and Ramorum Dieback.- 20. The Importance of Weeds in Plant Biosecurity.- 21. Climate Change and Plant Biosecurity: Implications for Policy.- 22. The Future of Regulatory Plant Science.- Index. | The [NAME] identifies all aspects of Regulatory Plant Biosecurity and discusses them from the standpoint of preventing the international movement of plant pests, diseases and weeds that negatively impact production agriculture, natural plant-resources and agricultural commerce. | <p>The Handbook is unique in discussing the regulation and control of invasive alien species that impact production agriculture and natural plant resources </p><p>The [NAME] has been written by a team of more than 85 subject matter experts from industry, academia and regulatory agencies of governments that are global leaders in agricultural production, protection, commodity treatment, movement and trade </p><p>The Handbook includes several case studies that discuss the identification, containment, control and eradication of major categories of pests, diseases and weeds</p> | Science | Professional Books (2) | 0 | EBOP11642 | Biomedical and Life Sciences
 | 978-94-007-7496-4 | Life Sciences | Guglielmone | [NAME]; [NAME]; [NAME]; [NAME]; Agustín Estrada-Peña; [NAME] | The Hard Ticks of the World | (Acari: Ixodida: Ixodidae) |  |  | 1 | 2014 | 716 | Hard cover | Book | X, 716 p. 1 illus. in color. | 0 | final | 279 | Life Sciences | SCL25090 | Entomology | PSVT7 | SCL25058 | Invertebrates | PSVT | Life Sciences | Monograph | Springer Netherlands | In production | 2013-10-31 00:00:00 |  |  | Introduction.- Part I – The Genus Ixodes.- Part II – THE GENUS Haemaphysalis.- Part III – THE GENUS Amblyomma.- Part IV – THE GENUS Rhipicephalus.- Part V – THE GENUS Dermacentor.- Part VI – THE GENUS Hyalomma.- Part VII – The Genera Anomalohimalaya, Bothriocroton, Cosmiomma, Compluriscutula, Cornupalpatum, Margaropus, [NAME] and Rhipicentor.- Part VIII – SYNOPSIS.- Ticks feeding on humans.- Distribution.- Hosts.- Species with broad distributions.- Type Depository Acronyms. | This book has been designed to summarize current, essential information for every one of the world’s 700+ hard tick species.  Under each species name, we will cite the original description, followed by information on type depositories, known stages, distribution (by zoogeographic region and ecoregion), hosts, and human infestation (if any).  Each species account will also include a list of salient references and, where necessary, remarks on systematic status.  We envision eight chapters: six devoted to the major ixodid [NAME] (Amblyomma, Dermacentor, Haemaphysalis, [NAME], Ixodes, Rhipicephalus), one covering eight minor genera (including two that are fossil), and a concluding summary chapter.  There will be two tables on host associations and zoogeography in each major genus chapter, as well as five tables in the summary chapter, for a total of 17 tables.  No similar synopsis of the world’s hard tick species exists in any language.​ | <p>A single-source reference to essential taxonomic and biological information for every species of hard tick in the world </p><p>A global overview of ixodid zoogeography and host associations   </p><p>A compendium of current literature on ixodid tick taxonomy and biology, arranged by species​</p> | Science | Professional Books (2) | 0 | EBOP11642 | Biomedical and Life Sciences
 | 978-1-4614-8369-4 | Life Sciences | [NAME] | [NAME]; [NAME]; [NAME] | Legumes in the Omic Era |  |  |  | 1 | 2013 | 600 | Hard cover | Book | XIV, 600 p. 24 illus., 21 illus. in color. | 0 | final | 209 | Life Sciences | SCL24000 | Plant Sciences | PST | SCL24060 | Plant Breeding/Biotechnology | PSTL | Life Sciences | Contributed volume | Springer New York | In production | 2013-10-31 00:00:00 |  |  | Ch. 1. Legumes in Omic Era: Retrospects and Prospects Ch. 2. Advances in Functional Genomics in Legumes.- Ch. 3. Advances in Soybean Genomics.- Ch. 4. Advances in Chickpea Genomics.- Ch. 5. Advances in Pigeonpea Genomics.- Ch. 6. Advances in Lentil Genomics.- Ch. 7. Advances in Cowpea Improvement and Genomics.- Ch. 8. Advances in Greengram and Blackgram Genomics.- Ch. 9. Common Bean Genomics and its Applications in Breeding Programs.- Ch. 10. Pulses biofortification in genomic era:  multidisciplinary opportunities and [NAME]. 11. Towards Enriching Genomic Resources in Legumes.- Ch. 12. Bioinformatics for Legume Genomics Research.- Ch. 13. Genetics and genomics of resistance to rust and stemphylium blight in [NAME]. 14. Genomics in studying the legume genome evolution.- Ch. 15. Advances in Pea Genomics | Legumes in the Omic Era provides a timely review of recent advances in legume genomics research and application. In this post-genomic era enormous amount of biological information is available which could be of huge potential use for crop improvement applications. This aspect of genomics assisted plant breeding is focused throughout the book for all the important grain legume crops. Role of functional genomics and importance of bioinformatics tools in present day genomics and molecular breeding research is also discussed in detail. Use of molecular tools for nutritional fortification of grain legume is briefly presented. A chapter also been contributed on fungal disease resistance to elucidate potential application of genomic tools in molecular breeding of grain legume species. The book contains fifteen chapters contributed by 50 scientists from different countries who are actively involved in analyzing and improving particular legume genome. This book will serve as reference resource to legumes researchers for use of genome information in improvement of major legume crops.  Dr [NAME] is Principal Scientist/Project Coordinator-All India Coordinated Research Project on Vigna Crops at Indian Institute of Pulses Research (IIPR), [NAME]. He has more than two decades of research experience in grain legume breeding and developed a number of high yielding cultivars in grain legumes. He is authored numerous research papers published in peer-reviewed journals and edited several books in plant breeding aspects. He was the Organizing Secretary of the International Grain Legume Conference, 2009 held in the Indian Institute of Pulses Research, Kanpur, India. He has travelled across the continents to present his research several times. He is recipient of several awards for his research and literary contributions Dr. [NAME] is the Director of the Indian Institute of Pulses Research (IIPR), [NAME]. He has more than three decades of  teaching and research experience and developed more than fifteen legume and cereal cultivars. He has to his credits more than 200  peer-reviewed research publications. He has guided several graduate students for Masters and Doctoral degrees in food legume breeding and genetics research. He has authored a book in biometrics which is one of the most popular books among the agriculture graduate students in India. He is the recipient of three international and six national awards and honours for his outstanding contributions Mr. [NAME] is the ICAR International Fellow and Ph.D. candidate at  North Dakota State University (NDSU), Fargo, USA. Recently, he visited Department of Crop and Soil Sciences, Washington State University, Pullman, USA for high throughput genotyping work. Before joining at NDSU he was serving as the Scientist in the Indian Institute of Pulses Research (IIPR). He has authored several research articles, review articles and book chapters in the peer-reviewed journals and books from reputed publishers like Springer, CABI etc. He is recipient of several fellowships like CSIR-JRF, New Delhi; ICAR-JRF, New Delhi throughout his graduate study programs. | <p>Presents practical advancements in legume genomics </p><p>Covers the current status of functional and comparative genomic research in grain legumes from around the globe</p><p>A useful guide for teachers of graduate level courses where there are currently no other volumes available ​</p> | Science | Professional Books (2) | 0 | EBOP11642 | Biomedical and Life Sciences
 | 978-94-007-7725-5 | Life Sciences | Hayat | [NAME] | Tumor Dormancy, Quiescence, and [NAME], Volume 2 | Aging, Cancer, and [NAME] | Tumor Dormancy and Cellular Quiescence and [NAME] | 2 | 1 | 2014 | 346 | Hard cover | Book | XX, 346 p. 49 illus., 32 illus. in color. | 0 | final | 209 | Life Sciences | SCL00004 | Life Sciences, general | PSA | SCB0000X | Biomedicine general | MBGR | Life Sciences | Contributed volume | Springer Netherlands | In production | 2013-11-30 00:00:00 |  |  | Preface. I Molecular Mechanisms.- Asymmetric Dimethylarginine Accelerates Cellular Senescence.- Membrane-Derived Extracellular Vesicles from Endothelial Progenitor Cells Activate Angiogenesis.- Induction of P21-Dependent Senescence: Role of NAE Inhibitor MLN4924.- Regulation of the Novel Senescence Pathway by SKP2 E3 Ligase.- Oncogene-Induced Senescence: Role of Mitochondrial Dysfunction.- Interleukin- 6 induces Premature Senescence Involving Signal Transducer and Activator of Transcription 3 and Insulin-Like Growth Factor-Binding Protein 5.- A Role for the Nuclear Lamina Shape in Cell Senescence and Aging.- Upregulation of Alpha-2-Macroglobulin in Replicative Senescence.- Elevation of Ceramide in Senescence: Role of Sphingolipid Metabolism.- Molecular Signals Underlying Hair Follicle Morphagenesis and Cutaneous Regeneration.- Role of Chromatin –Remodeling Factor [NAME] Protein 2 (JDP2) in Cellular Senescence.- Induction of Cellular Senescence: Role of Mitogen-Activated Protein Kinase-Interacting Kinase 1.- Mechanisms of Premature Cell Senescence. II Tumor And Cancer.- Nuclear Protein Pirin Negates the Cellular Senescence Barrier Against Cancer Development.- Defects in Chromatin Structure and Diseases.- The Role of Fibrosis in Tumor Progression and the Dormant to Proliferative Switch.- Diagnosis of Branchial Cyst Carcinoma: Role of Stem Cells and Dormancy.- Function of ING Proteins in Cancer and Senescence.- Premalignancy and Cellular Senescence.- Loss of CDH1 Triggers Premature Senescence in Part Via Activation of Both the RB/E2F1 and the Claspin/CHK1/P53 Tumor Suppressor Pathways.- Suppression of Premature Senescence and Promotion of Metastatic Transformation: Role of Reduced TGF-Beta Signaling in Human Cancer Progression.- Senescence Escape in Melanoma: Role of Spleen Tyrosine Kinase SYK.- Micrometastatic Cancer Cells: Role of Tumor Dormancy in Non-Small Cell Lung Cancer. III Quiescent Cd4+ T Cells Inhibit Multiples Stages Of Hiv Infection Stem Cells And [NAME] Pluripotent Stem Cells are able to Redifferentiate into Fully Rejuvenated Cells.- The Transcription Factor Gata2 Regulates Quiescence in Haematopoietic Stem and Progenitor Cells.- Dormancy and Recurrence of Cancer Stem Cells in Bone: Role of Bone Morphogenetic Proteins.- Role of Microenvironment in Regulating Stem Cell and Tumor Initiating Cancer Cell Behavior and its Potential Therapeutic Implications.- Index. | In this second volume in the series exploring Tumor Dormancy, Quiescence, and Cellular Senescence, discussion is focused on the role of tumor dormancy in diseases such as breast cancer, melanoma, prostate cancer, liver cancer and lung cancer. [NAME], the series editor, writes in the preface that little is known of factors regulating the transition of residual cancer into a dormant state or the subsequent reinitiation of growth. A majority of us, he says, have in situ tumors that may remain dormant or may progress into a lethal form of cancer; the former are prevented from recruiting their own blood supply. Section I covers Molecular Mechanisms, with chapters on the role of NAE inhibitor [NAME]; oncogene-induced senescence; the role played by mitogen-activated protein kinase in the induction of cellular senescence; mechanisms of premature cell senescence and other topics. Section II examines Tumor and Cancer, discussing defects in chromatin structure and diseases; the role of fibrosis in tumor progression and the dormant to proliferative switch; the function of ING proteins in cancer and senescence and more. The final section is devoted to Stem Cells and [NAME], featuring chapters showing that senescent-derived pluripotent stem cells are able to redifferentiate into fully rejuvenated cells; that the transcription factor Gata2 regulates quiescence in haematopoietic stem and progenitor cells; and discussing dormancy and recurrence of cancer stem cells in bone. The contributors point out that the quiescent state regulates hematopoietic stem cells and muscle stem cells, and detail the role of kinase in the mediation of reversible quiescent state in a subset of ovarian, pancreatic, and colon cancers. Molecular mechanisms underlying stress-induced cellular senescence and accumulation of reactive oxygen species and induction of premature senescence are also presented. Discussion includes the important role of microRNAs in oxidative stress-induced apoptosis and senescence and the effect of microRNA as a modulator of cell proliferation in lung cancer. The book includes an explanation of the suppression of cellular senescence in glioblastoma brain tumor. Taking a broad and varied perspective, this volume was written by 70 contributors representing 11 countries. | <p>Role of Dormancy in various cancer types is explained</p><p>Role of Senescence in the aging process is also included</p><p>Mechanisms underlying premature cellular senescence is detailed</p><p>The discussion in chapters is reinforced by color figures and Tables</p> | Science | Professional Books (2) | 0 | EBOP11642 | Biomedical and Life Sciences
 | 978-3-642-40461-0 | Life Sciences | Hedwig | [NAME] | Insect Hearing and Acoustic Communication |  | Animal Signals and Communication | 1 | 1 | 2014 | 222 | Hard cover | Book | V, 222 p. 68 illus., 22 illus. in color. | 0 | final | 189 | Life Sciences | SCL25058 | Invertebrates | PSVT | SCL25023 | Animal Genetics and Genomics | PSVH | Life Sciences | Contributed volume | Springer [NAME] | In production | 2013-11-30 00:00:00 |  |  | Introduction.- Evolutionary and Phylogenetic Origins of Tympanal Hearing Organs in Insects.- Hearing and Sensory Ecology of Acoustic Communication in Bladder Grasshoppers.- Auditory Parasitoid Flies Exploiting Acoustic Communication of Insects.- Adaptive Sounds and Silences: Acoustic Anti-Predator Strategies in Insects.- Acoustic Communication in the Nocturnal Lepidoptera.- Cicada Acoustic Communication.- Towards an Understanding of the Neural Basis of Acoustic Communication in Crickets.- Neural Processing in the Bush-Cricket Auditory Pathway.- Evolution of Call Patterns and Pattern Recognition Mechanisms in Neoconocephalus Katydids.- Processing of Species-Specific Signals in the Auditory Pathway of Grasshoppers.- Sound Communication in Drosophila. | This volume provides a comprehensive selection of recent studies addressing insect hearing and acoustic communication. The variety of signalling behaviours and hearing organs makes insects highly suitable animals for exploring and analysing signal generation and hearing in the context of neural processing, ecology, evolution and genetics. Across a variety of hearing species like moths, crickets, [NAME]-crickets, grasshoppers, cicadas and flies, the leading researchers in the field cover recent scientific progress and address key points in current research, such as:·       How can we approach the evolution of hearing in insects and what is the developmental and neural origin of the auditory organs? ·       How are hearing and sound production embedded in the natural lifestyle of the animals, allowing intraspecific communication but also predator avoidance and even predation? ·       What are the functional properties of hearing organs and how are they achieved at the molecular, biophysical and neural levels?·       What are the neural mechanisms of central auditory processing and signal generation?The book is intended for students and researchers both inside and outside of the fascinating field of bioacoustics and aims to foster understanding of hearing and acoustic communication in insects. | <p>A comprehensive collection of expert papers on acoustic communication and sound processing in insects</p><p>Covers recent scientific progress and addresses key points of current research</p><p>Richly illustrated</p> | Science | Professional Books (2) | 0 | EBOP11642 | Biomedical and Life Sciences
 | 978-1-4614-9061-6 | Life Sciences | Hogle | [NAME] | Regenerative Medicine Ethics: Governing Research and Knowledge Practices |  |  |  | 1 | 2014 | 220 | Hard cover | Book | IV, 220 p. 2 illus. in color. | 0 | final | 189 | Life Sciences | [NAME] | Regenerative Medicine/Tissue Engineering | PSF | SCH66000 | Theory of Medicine/Bioethics | PSAD | Biomedicine | Contributed volume | Springer New York | In production | 2013-11-30 00:00:00 |  |  | Part I: Foresight, hindsight and peripheral vision: Navigating contemporary legal, ethical and Policy issues in Regenerative Medicine.- Contemporary dilemmas facing regenerative medicine researchers: an overview.- Characterizing International Stem Cell Research Niches.- Policies and practices to enhance multi-sectorial collaborations and commercialization of regenerative medicine.- The Patenting Landscape for Human Embryonic Stem Cells.- Repositories for Sharing Human Data in Stem Cell Research.- PART II: Research Integrity: Updates for Regenerative Medicine Researchers.- Beyond the Checkboxes: Research Integrity for Regenerative Medicine Researchers.- Protecting Human Participants in the Procurement of Materials in Regenerative Medicine Research.- Early-Stage Research: Issues in Design and Ethics. | This book puts the ethics, policy and politics of stem cells into context in a way that helps readers understand why past and current issues have developed the way they have and what the implications are for their work going forward. It also addresses emerging issues as the field progresses towards clinical and industrial uses.  While there is a superabundance of material on the ethics of embryo use and questions of embryonic 'personhood,' there is little that covers what practicing scientists and managers need to know in order to plan and execute responsible research. Furthermore, researchers funded by the NIH are required to have ethics training as a condition of the grant. As such, this book is an essential resource to all of these pre-professional students whether they plan to move into industry, government or academia. | <p>Contextualizes ethics, policy and politics of stem cells to explainv past and current issues and their implications for stem cell research going forward</p><p>Addresses emerging issues as the field progresses towards clinical and industrial uses</p><p>Covers what practicing scientists and managers need to know in order to plan and execute responsible research</p> | Professionals | Professional Books (2) | 0 | EBOP11642 | Biomedical and Life Sciences
 | 978-94-007-2141-8 | Life Sciences | [NAME] | [NAME] | Westcott's Plant Disease Handbook |  |  |  | 8 | 2013 | 826 |  | eReference work | XXII, 826 p. 90 illus., 16 illus. in color. eReference. | 1 | final | 679 | Life Sciences | [NAME] | Plant Pathology | PSTP | SCL11006 | Agriculture | TVB | Life Sciences | Handbook | Springer Netherlands | Available | 2013-08-15 00:00:00 | 2013-07-19 00:00:00 |  | [NAME] (Abis).- [NAME] (Phytophthora capsici).- [NAME] (Acer platanoides).- Powdery Mildew (Sawadaii tulasnei).- Silver Maple (Acer saccharinum).- Bleeding Canker (Phytophthora cactorum and P. citricola).- White Snakeroot (Ageratina altissima).- Chlorotic Spots and [NAME] (Ag CSV) (Umbravirus).- Creeping Bentgrass (Agrostis stolonifera).- Foliar Blight (Colletotrichum cereale).- Onion (Allium cepa).- [NAME] (Family Bunyaviridae, Genus Tospovirus).- Onion (Allium cepa).- Twister Disease (Colletotrichum gloeosporium).- Alder (Alnus tenuifolia).- Alder Dieback (Valsa melanodiscus ([NAME] Foxtail (Alopecurus carolinianus) [NAME] (Magnaporthe oryzae).- Bishop’s Weed (Ammi majus).- Apium Virus Y and Bidens Mottle Virus (Potyvirus).- Angelonia (Angelonia axgustifolia).- [NAME] (Alternanthera Mosaic Virus Potexvirus).- Celery and Poison Hemlock (Apium graveolens and Conium maculatum).- Stunting and Chlorotic Line Patterns (Apium Virus Y, Potyviridae).- [NAME] (Arachis hypogaea).- Sclerotinia blight (Sclerotinia [NAME] (Arachis hypogaea).- TWSV Potyvirus and CMV ([NAME], Peanut Mottle and Peanut Stripe).- Peanut (Arachis hypogaea) Collateral Hosts Annual Weeds (Ipomoea hederacea, [NAME] and Shredding (Sclerotinia minor).- [NAME] (Arachis hypogaea).- Stem Rot (Sclerotinia [NAME] ([NAME] and Flyspeck (Colletogloeum sp., Dissoconium aciculare, Peltaster sp. [NAME], P. fructicola, [NAME] versicola, [NAME] sp. RS1, and Dothiodeomycete sp. CS2.- Pawpaw (Asimina triloba).- Sooty Blotch and Flyspeck (Dissoconium aciculare, Peltaster sp. and Colletogloeum sp.).- Asparagus (Asparagus officinalis).- Spear and [NAME] (Phytophthora asparagi).- Sugar Beet (Beta vulgaris).- Yellowing Decline (Novel Fusarium [NAME] (Brassica oleracea).- Root Rot (Phytophthora drechsleri).- Turnip and Cabbage ([NAME] rapa and B. oleracea).- Bacterial Leaf Spot ([NAME] campestris pv. [NAME] ([NAME] rapa and other Brassicaceae including Arabidopsis thaliana).- Turnip Ringspot Virus (Comoviridae).- Buffalograss (Buchloe dactyloides).- Dollar Spot (Sclerotinia [NAME] ([NAME] indica).- [NAME] and [NAME] (Canna Yellow Mottle Virus Family, Caulimoviridae).- [NAME] ([NAME] indica), [NAME] (Hosta spp.), [NAME] (Paeonia spp.), [NAME] (Helleborus spp.), [NAME] ([NAME] spp.), Nemesia (Nemesia spp.).- Canna Yellow Mottle Virus (CaYMV), Hosta Virus X, Tobacco Rattle Virus (Peony), Helleborus Net Necrosis ‘Black Death Disease’ (Helleborus), Nemesia Ring Necrosis (Nemesia), [NAME], ([NAME]), Tymovirus.- [NAME] (Capsicum annuum).- Fruit Set Failure (Novel Phytoplasma).- Pepper and Tomato (Capsicum annuum and Lycopersicum esculentum).- Little Leaf Phytoplasma (Phytoplasma asteris) (Aster Yellows Group).- Chile Pepper (Capsicum annuum).- [NAME] (Beet Mild Curly Top Curtovirus).- Orange [NAME] (Cardia sebestena).- Tar Spot (Diatractium cordianum).- Papaya (Carica papaya).- Atypical Internal Yellowing (Enterobacter cloacae).- Bitternut Hickory (Carya cordiformis).- Annual Canker and [NAME] Death (Fusarium solani and Ceratocystis small | Westcott’s Plant Disease is a reference book on diseases which attack plants. Diseases of plants are found on most all plants including trees, shrubs, grasses, forage, fruits, vegetables, garden and greenhouse plants as well as native wild flowers and even weeds. Plant Disease Handbook identifies various types of diseases which are known to invade these plants located throughout North and South America. The recordings include diseases caused by fungi, bacteria, viruses, viroids and nematodes. Causal disease agents are described and illustrated in many cases and diseases and disease control measures are also discussed. A book such as this is never finished since new reports of diseases are continuously reported. This includes new diseases and previously known diseases which occur on both presently recorded plants and on new plants found to be susceptible to diseases. Westcott’s Plant Disease provides a reference and guide for identification and control of these plant disease problems. | <p>More than 1500 plant entries and their diseases, including trees and shrubs, native flowers and weeds, garden flowers, fruit and vegetables and grasses and forage</p><p>More than 150 new diseases reported each year</p><p>Reliable diagnoses described including illustration plates of 34 key diseases and 40 black and white illustrations</p><p> | Science | Professional Books (2) | 0 | EBOP11642 | Biomedical and Life Sciences
 | 978-94-007-2142-5 | Life Sciences | [NAME] | [NAME] | Westcott's Plant Disease Handbook |  |  |  | 8 | 2013 | 826 | Hard cover | Book + Online Access | XXII, 826 p. 90 illus., 16 illus. in color. Print + eReference. | 1 | final | 849 | Life Sciences | [NAME] | Plant Pathology | PSTP | SCL11006 | Agriculture | TVB | Life Sciences | Handbook | Springer Netherlands | In production | 2013-08-15 00:00:00 |  |  | [NAME] (Abis).- [NAME] (Phytophthora capsici).- [NAME] (Acer platanoides).- Powdery Mildew (Sawadaii tulasnei).- Silver Maple (Acer saccharinum).- Bleeding Canker (Phytophthora cactorum and P. citricola).- White Snakeroot (Ageratina altissima).- Chlorotic Spots and [NAME] (Ag CSV) (Umbravirus).- Creeping Bentgrass (Agrostis stolonifera).- Foliar Blight (Colletotrichum cereale).- Onion (Allium cepa).- [NAME] (Family Bunyaviridae, Genus Tospovirus).- Onion (Allium cepa).- Twister Disease (Colletotrichum gloeosporium).- Alder (Alnus tenuifolia).- Alder Dieback (Valsa melanodiscus ([NAME] Foxtail (Alopecurus carolinianus) [NAME] (Magnaporthe oryzae).- Bishop’s Weed (Ammi majus).- Apium Virus Y and Bidens Mottle Virus (Potyvirus).- Angelonia (Angelonia axgustifolia).- [NAME] (Alternanthera Mosaic Virus Potexvirus).- Celery and Poison Hemlock (Apium graveolens and Conium maculatum).- Stunting and Chlorotic Line Patterns (Apium Virus Y, Potyviridae).- [NAME] (Arachis hypogaea).- Sclerotinia blight (Sclerotinia [NAME] (Arachis hypogaea).- TWSV Potyvirus and CMV ([NAME], Peanut Mottle and Peanut Stripe).- Peanut (Arachis hypogaea) Collateral Hosts Annual Weeds (Ipomoea hederacea, [NAME] and Shredding (Sclerotinia minor).- [NAME] (Arachis hypogaea).- Stem Rot (Sclerotinia [NAME] ([NAME] and Flyspeck (Colletogloeum sp., Dissoconium aciculare, Peltaster sp. [NAME], P. fructicola, [NAME] versicola, [NAME] sp. RS1, and Dothiodeomycete sp. CS2.- Pawpaw (Asimina triloba).- Sooty Blotch and Flyspeck (Dissoconium aciculare, Peltaster sp. and Colletogloeum sp.).- Asparagus (Asparagus officinalis).- Spear and [NAME] (Phytophthora asparagi).- Sugar Beet (Beta vulgaris).- Yellowing Decline (Novel Fusarium [NAME] (Brassica oleracea).- Root Rot (Phytophthora drechsleri).- Turnip and Cabbage ([NAME] rapa and B. oleracea).- Bacterial Leaf Spot ([NAME] campestris pv. [NAME] ([NAME] rapa and other Brassicaceae including Arabidopsis thaliana).- Turnip Ringspot Virus (Comoviridae).- Buffalograss (Buchloe dactyloides).- Dollar Spot (Sclerotinia [NAME] ([NAME] indica).- [NAME] and [NAME] (Canna Yellow Mottle Virus Family, Caulimoviridae).- [NAME] ([NAME] indica), [NAME] (Hosta spp.), [NAME] (Paeonia spp.), [NAME] (Helleborus spp.), [NAME] ([NAME] spp.), Nemesia (Nemesia spp.).- Canna Yellow Mottle Virus (CaYMV), Hosta Virus X, Tobacco Rattle Virus (Peony), Helleborus Net Necrosis ‘Black Death Disease’ (Helleborus), Nemesia Ring Necrosis (Nemesia), [NAME], ([NAME]), Tymovirus.- [NAME] (Capsicum annuum).- Fruit Set Failure (Novel Phytoplasma).- Pepper and Tomato (Capsicum annuum and Lycopersicum esculentum).- Little Leaf Phytoplasma (Phytoplasma asteris) (Aster Yellows Group).- Chile Pepper (Capsicum annuum).- [NAME] (Beet Mild Curly Top Curtovirus).- Orange [NAME] (Cardia sebestena).- Tar Spot (Diatractium cordianum).- Papaya (Carica papaya).- Atypical Internal Yellowing (Enterobacter cloacae).- Bitternut Hickory (Carya cordiformis).- Annual Canker and [NAME] Death (Fusarium solani and Ceratocystis small | Westcott’s Plant Disease is a reference book on diseases which attack plants. Diseases of plants are found on most all plants including trees, shrubs, grasses, forage, fruits, vegetables, garden and greenhouse plants as well as native wild flowers and even weeds. Plant Disease Handbook identifies various types of diseases which are known to invade these plants located throughout North and South America. The recordings include diseases caused by fungi, bacteria, viruses, viroids and nematodes. Causal disease agents are described and illustrated in many cases and diseases and disease control measures are also discussed. A book such as this is never finished since new reports of diseases are continuously reported. This includes new diseases and previously known diseases which occur on both presently recorded plants and on new plants found to be susceptible to diseases. Westcott’s Plant Disease provides a reference and guide for identification and control of these plant disease problems. | <p>More than 1500 plant entries and their diseases, including trees and shrubs, native flowers and weeds, garden flowers, fruit and vegetables and grasses and forage</p><p>More than 150 new diseases reported each year</p><p>Reliable diagnoses described including illustration plates of 34 key diseases and 40 black and white illustrations</p><p> | Science | Professional Books (2) | 0 | EBOP11642 | Biomedical and Life Sciences
 | 978-94-007-2140-1 | Life Sciences | [NAME] | [NAME] | Westcott's Plant Disease Handbook |  |  |  | 8 | 2013 | 826 | Hard cover | Book | XXII, 826 p. 90 illus., 16 illus. in color. | 1 | final | 679 | Life Sciences | [NAME] | Plant Pathology | PSTP | SCL11006 | Agriculture | TVB | Life Sciences | Handbook | Springer Netherlands | Available | 2013-07-31 00:00:00 | 2013-07-20 00:00:00 |  | [NAME] (Abis).- [NAME] (Phytophthora capsici).- [NAME] (Acer platanoides).- Powdery Mildew (Sawadaii tulasnei).- Silver Maple (Acer saccharinum).- Bleeding Canker (Phytophthora cactorum and P. citricola).- White Snakeroot (Ageratina altissima).- Chlorotic Spots and [NAME] (Ag CSV) (Umbravirus).- Creeping Bentgrass (Agrostis stolonifera).- Foliar Blight (Colletotrichum cereale).- Onion (Allium cepa).- [NAME] (Family Bunyaviridae, Genus Tospovirus).- Onion (Allium cepa).- Twister Disease (Colletotrichum gloeosporium).- Alder (Alnus tenuifolia).- Alder Dieback (Valsa melanodiscus ([NAME] Foxtail (Alopecurus carolinianus) [NAME] (Magnaporthe oryzae).- Bishop’s Weed (Ammi majus).- Apium Virus Y and Bidens Mottle Virus (Potyvirus).- Angelonia (Angelonia axgustifolia).- [NAME] (Alternanthera Mosaic Virus Potexvirus).- Celery and Poison Hemlock (Apium graveolens and Conium maculatum).- Stunting and Chlorotic Line Patterns (Apium Virus Y, Potyviridae).- [NAME] (Arachis hypogaea).- Sclerotinia blight (Sclerotinia [NAME] (Arachis hypogaea).- TWSV Potyvirus and CMV ([NAME], Peanut Mottle and Peanut Stripe).- Peanut (Arachis hypogaea) Collateral Hosts Annual Weeds (Ipomoea hederacea, [NAME] and Shredding (Sclerotinia minor).- [NAME] (Arachis hypogaea).- Stem Rot (Sclerotinia [NAME] ([NAME] and Flyspeck (Colletogloeum sp., Dissoconium aciculare, Peltaster sp. [NAME], P. fructicola, [NAME] versicola, [NAME] sp. RS1, and Dothiodeomycete sp. CS2.- Pawpaw (Asimina triloba).- Sooty Blotch and Flyspeck (Dissoconium aciculare, Peltaster sp. and Colletogloeum sp.).- Asparagus (Asparagus officinalis).- Spear and [NAME] (Phytophthora asparagi).- Sugar Beet (Beta vulgaris).- Yellowing Decline (Novel Fusarium [NAME] (Brassica oleracea).- Root Rot (Phytophthora drechsleri).- Turnip and Cabbage ([NAME] rapa and B. oleracea).- Bacterial Leaf Spot ([NAME] campestris pv. [NAME] ([NAME] rapa and other Brassicaceae including Arabidopsis thaliana).- Turnip Ringspot Virus (Comoviridae).- Buffalograss (Buchloe dactyloides).- Dollar Spot (Sclerotinia [NAME] ([NAME] indica).- [NAME] and [NAME] (Canna Yellow Mottle Virus Family, Caulimoviridae).- [NAME] ([NAME] indica), [NAME] (Hosta spp.), [NAME] (Paeonia spp.), [NAME] (Helleborus spp.), [NAME] ([NAME] spp.), Nemesia (Nemesia spp.).- Canna Yellow Mottle Virus (CaYMV), Hosta Virus X, Tobacco Rattle Virus (Peony), Helleborus Net Necrosis ‘Black Death Disease’ (Helleborus), Nemesia Ring Necrosis (Nemesia), [NAME], ([NAME]), Tymovirus.- [NAME] (Capsicum annuum).- Fruit Set Failure (Novel Phytoplasma).- Pepper and Tomato (Capsicum annuum and Lycopersicum esculentum).- Little Leaf Phytoplasma (Phytoplasma asteris) (Aster Yellows Group).- Chile Pepper (Capsicum annuum).- [NAME] (Beet Mild Curly Top Curtovirus).- Orange [NAME] (Cardia sebestena).- Tar Spot (Diatractium cordianum).- Papaya (Carica papaya).- Atypical Internal Yellowing (Enterobacter cloacae).- Bitternut Hickory (Carya cordiformis).- Annual Canker and [NAME] Death (Fusarium solani and Ceratocystis small | Westcott’s Plant Disease is a reference book on diseases which attack plants. Diseases of plants are found on most all plants including trees, shrubs, grasses, forage, fruits, vegetables, garden and greenhouse plants as well as native wild flowers and even weeds. Plant Disease Handbook identifies various types of diseases which are known to invade these plants located throughout North and South America. The recordings include diseases caused by fungi, bacteria, viruses, viroids and nematodes. Causal disease agents are described and illustrated in many cases and diseases and disease control measures are also discussed. A book such as this is never finished since new reports of diseases are continuously reported. This includes new diseases and previously known diseases which occur on both presently recorded plants and on new plants found to be susceptible to diseases. Westcott’s Plant Disease provides a reference and guide for identification and control of these plant disease problems. | <p>More than 1500 plant entries and their diseases, including trees and shrubs, native flowers and weeds, garden flowers, fruit and vegetables and grasses and forage</p><p>More than 150 new diseases reported each year</p><p>Reliable diagnoses described including illustration plates of 34 key diseases and 40 black and white illustrations</p><p> | Science | Professional Books (2) | 0 | EBOP11642 | Biomedical and Life Sciences
 | 978-3-642-39338-9 | Life Sciences | [NAME] | [NAME]; [NAME]; Mala [NAME]; [NAME] | Genomics of Soil- and Plant-Associated Fungi |  | Soil Biology | 36 | 1 | 2013 | 388 | Hard cover | Book | XII, 388 p. 42 illus., 25 illus. in color. | 0 | final | 189 | Life Sciences | SCL23039 | Microbial Genetics and Genomics | PSG | [NAME] | Plant Pathology | PSTP | Life Sciences | Contributed volume | Springer [NAME] | Available | 2013-09-30 00:00:00 | 2013-09-01 00:00:00 |  | Genomic contributions to the study of soil and plant-interacting fungi.- Fungal genomics for energy and environment.- Advancement of functional genomics of a model species of Neurospora and its use for ecological genomics of soil fungi.- Major Plant Pathogens of the Magnaporthaceae Family.- Aspergillus - Genomics of a cosmopolitan fungus.- Trichoderma – genomic aspects of mycoparasitism and biomass degradation.- Fusarium oxysporum: A 'moving' view of pathogenicity.- Genomics and spectroscopy provide novel insights into the mechanisms of litter decomposition and nitrogen assimilation by ectomycorrhizal fungi.- Cochliobolus heterostrophus, a Dothideomycete pathogen of maize.- Penicillum chrysogenum - the genomics of antibiotics production.- Rhizopus oryzae - genetic secrets of an emerging human pathogen.- Podospora anserina: from laboratory to biotechnology.- Recent advances on the genomics of litter- and soil-inhabiting Agaricomycetes.- Archaeorhizomycetes, patterns of distribution and abundance in [NAME] in [NAME]. | This volume addresses the similarities and also the differences in the genomes of soil saprophytes, symbionts, and plant pathogens by using examples of fungal species to illustrate particular principles. It analyzes how the specific interactions with the hosts and the influence of the environment may have shaped genome evolution. The relevance of fungal genetic research and biotechnological applications is shown for areas such as plant pathogenesis, biomass degradation, litter decomposition, nitrogen assimilation, antibiotic production, mycoparasitism, energy, ecology, and also for soil fungi turning to human pathogens. In addition to the model organisms [NAME] and Aspergillus, the following species are covered providing a view of pathogens and mutualists: Trichoderma, Fusarium oxysporum, Cochliobolus heterostrophus, [NAME] chrysogenum, Rhizopus oryzae, [NAME], and species belonging to [NAME], Archaeorhizomycetes and [NAME]. Ecology and potential applications have guided the choice of fungal genes to be studied and it will be fascinating to follow the trends of future sequencing projects. | <p>With contributions by international experts </p><p>A valuable source of information for scientists in microbiology, agriculture, and biofuels industry </p><p>Describes the basic genetics and the potential applications of fungi and their secondary metabolites</p> | Science | Professional Books (2) | 0 | EBOP11642 | Biomedical and Life Sciences
 | 978-3-642-40095-7 | Life Sciences | Kagan-Zur | [NAME]; [NAME]; Yaron Sitrit; [NAME] | [NAME] | Phylogeny, Physiology, Distribution and Domestication | Soil Biology |  | 1 | 2014 | 367 | Hard cover | Book | IV, 367 p. 97 illus., 47 illus. in color. | 0 | final | 189 | Life Sciences | SCL11006 | Agriculture | TVB | SCL27000 | Fungus Genetics | PSQ | Life Sciences | Contributed volume | Springer [NAME] | In production | 2013-10-31 00:00:00 |  |  | Hypogeous desert fungi.- Nomenclatural history and Genealogies of Desert Truffles.- Cryptic and new species.- Soil Properties.- Types of Mycorrhizal Association.- Pre-symbiotic interactions between the desert truffle Terfezia boudieri and its host plant [NAME] sessiliflorum.- Benefits conferred on plants.- Ecology and Distribution of Desert Truffles in Western North America.- The European desert truffles.- Mediterranean Basin: North Africa.- Asian Mediterranean Desert Truffles.- Non mediterranean Asian desert countries.- Ecology and Distribution of Desert Truffles in the Kalahari of southern Africa.- Ecology and Distribution of Desert Truffles in the Australian Outback.- The History of Desert-Truffle Use.- Enzymes in Terfezia claveryi ascocarps.- Nutritional and antioxidant properties of Terfezia and Picoa.- Nutritional and antioxidant Properties of the white desert truffle [NAME] (Zubaidi)..- Preservation of Truffles.- The Medicinal Value of Desert Truffles.- Domestication: Preparation of mycorrhizal seedlings.- Preparation and maintenance of both man-planted and wild plots. | [NAME] truffles are found in every known desert, irrespective of the habitat – cool or hot, loamy or acidic, sandy or heavy soil – the only common condition seems to be a limited supply of water. In contrast to ‘true’ truffles, desert truffles have evolved over time in different families, mainly within the order Pezizales. While in some arid areas, desert truffles have been traditionally used as food, in most regions interest has only recently been increasing, and truffles are now treasured for their nutritional value, as an income source and for research.This volume gives a comprehensive overview of the phylogeny, biology, mycorrhizal association, and distribution of desert truffles, their use, biochemical and medicinal properties, as well as their domestication and cultivation. | <p>Gives a modern approach of this new topic</p><p>Integrates scientific and applied aspects</p><p>With contributions by an international board of experts</p> | Science | Professional Books (2) | 0 | EBOP11642 | Biomedical and Life Sciences
 | 978-3-7091-1549-7 | Life Sciences | Kimura | Hideo Kimura | [NAME] and its Therapeutic Applications |  |  |  | 1 | 2013 | 207 | Hard cover | Book | IX, 207 p. 39 illus., 23 illus. in color. | 0 | final | 209 | Life Sciences | SCL14005 | Biochemistry, general | PSB | SCH35005 | Medical Biochemistry | PSB | Life Sciences | Contributed volume | Springer Vienna | Available | 2013-09-30 00:00:00 | 2013-09-03 00:00:00 |  | Biogenesis and Catabolism of Hydrogen Sulfide.- Multiple roles of H2S in inflammation – a new class of therapeutics?.- Hydrogen Sulfide and [NAME] Sensing.- The signal transduction of H2S: identification of the ‘receptor’ for H2S.- Hydrogen sulfide: Physiological and pathophysiological functions.- Therapeutic Applications of Hydrogen Sulfide.- Biological effects of H2S inhalation and its therapeutic potential.- H2S-mediated defense against antibiotics in bacteria.- Modulation of cellular signaling and induction of cytoprotection by hydrogen sulfide. ​ | The metabolism of sulfur especially by sulfurtransferases had been intensively studied in mid 1900’s.  Three enzymes, [NAME]synthase (CBS), cystathionine γ–lyase (CSE) and 3-mercaptopyruvate sulfurtransferase (3MST) were found to have the capacity to produce H2S in vitro.  However, H2S was recognized simply as a by-product of the metabolic pathways or as a marker for evaluating the activity of enzymes rather than as a physiological active molecule.   In the late 1980’s relatively high concentrations of sulfide were measured in the brain that led to the successive studies of identifying the physiological functions of H2S.  Recently, the steady-state concentrations of H2S have been re-evaluated and found to be much less than that initially measured.  However, despite these differences, such re-evaluations served to further confirm the existence of H2S in mammalian tissues.  H2S is produced in almost every organ and plays various roles such as neuromodulation, vasodilation, insulin release, inflammation, angiogenesis and cytoprotection. The unregulated production of H2S and improper responses of target molecules are involved in the pathogenesis of various diseases.  This book focuses on these topics as well as on the recent progress in the biology and the therapeutic development of this molecule. | <p>Gives a broad overview to the topic from chemical and biochemical basics to therapeutic application</p><p>First volume on the topic with interdisciplinary scope </p><p>Respective topics discussed by experts in basic science and clinical application</p> | Science | Professional Books (2) | 0 | EBOP11642 | Biomedical and Life Sciences
 | 978-3-642-39416-4 | Life Sciences | [NAME] | [NAME] | [NAME]. Eudicots | Malpighiales | The Families and [NAME] of Vascular Plants | 11 | 1 | 2014 | 380 | Hard cover | Book | XII, 380 p. 73 illus. | 0 | final | 269 | Life Sciences | SCL24051 | Plant Systematics/Taxonomy/Biogeography | PST | [NAME] | Plant Anatomy/Development | PST | Life Sciences | Handbook | Springer [NAME] | In production | 2013-10-31 00:00:00 |  |  | Introduction to Malpighiales.- Balanopaceae.- Caryocaraceae.- Centroplacaeae.- Chrysobalanaceae.- Ctenolophonaceae.- Dichapetalaceae.- Elatinaceae.- Erythroxylaceae.- Euphorbiaceae.- Euphroniaceae.- Goupiaceae.- Humiriaceae.- Irvingiaceae.- Ixonanthaceae.- Linaceae.- Lophopyxidaceae.- Medusagynaceae.- Ochnaceae.- Pandaceae.- Putranjivaceae.- Quiinaceae.- Rhizophoraceae.- Trigoniaceae.- Violaceae.- Addition to Peridiscaceae.- General References.- Index. | This volume presents systematic treatments for the families and genera of the Malpighiales, which more recently have been recognised as a new major group of the eudicots. Apart from several herbaceous lineages (already treated in Vol. IX of this series), the order consists mainly of rainforest trees, particularly those of the understorey. Accompanied by other early eudicot lineages, this reflects the well-documented origin of the group as invaders into the conifer-, cycad- and seed fern-dominated forests of the Cretaceous which, at that time, were transformed into the tropical rainforest biome. In this volume, 24 families with 429 genera comprising over 12,000 species are treated. Many of these belong to the vast family of the [NAME] (here conceived in a broader sense), followed by the Violaceae, whereas some of the remaining families are very small and even relictual. The revised classification includes a complete inventory of the genera belonging to the families treated in this volume, along with their diagnostic features and keys for their identification. References to the latest taxonomic literature and links to many different disciplines important to modern plant systematics make the volume a valuable source of information on the manifold aspects of plant diversity. | <p>​Richly illustrated</p><p>Takes the most recent systematic findings into account</p><p>An indispensable source of information for anybody in the field of pure and applied plant sciences</p> | Science | Professional Books (2) | 0 | EBOP11642 | Biomedical and Life Sciences
 | 978-1-4614-8886-6 | Life Sciences | Lamb | [NAME]; [NAME] | Current and Future Reproductive Technologies and World Food Production |  | Advances in Experimental Medicine and Biology | 752 | 1 | 2014 | 270 | Hard cover | Book | X, 270 p. 37 illus., 18 illus. in color. | 0 | final | 189 | Life Sciences | SCL25031 | Animal Physiology | PSVD | SCH56002 | Reproductive Medicine | MFKC | Life Sciences | Contributed volume | Springer New York | In production | 2013-11-30 00:00:00 |  |  | Chapter 1. Current and future assisted reproductive technologies for mammalian farm animals.- Chapter 2. Current and future assisted reproductive technologies for avian species.- Chapter 3. Current and future assisted reproductive technologies for fish species.- Chapter 4. Incorporation of genetic technologies associated with applied reproductive technologies to enhance world food production.- Chapter 5. Impacts of Reproductive Technologies on Beef Production in the United States.- Chapter 6. Impact of Reproductive Technologies on Dairy Food Production in the Dairy Industry.- Chapter 7. Impact of swine reproductive technologies on pig and global food production.- Chapter 8. Impacts of reproductive technologies on beef production in South America.- Chapter 9. An Australasian perspective on the role of reproductive technologies in world food production.- Chapter 10. A perspective on the impact of reproductive technologies on food production in Africa.- Chapter 11. International perspectives on impacts of reproductive technologies to world food production in Asia.- Chapter 12. International perspectives on impacts of reproductive technologies to world food production in Asia associated with poultry production.- Chapter 13. [NAME] in the Year 2050. | ​​​​​​​​​​​This book addresses the impacts of current and future reproductive technologies on our world food production and provides a significant contribution to the importance of research in the area of reproductive physiology that has never been compiled before. It would provide a unique opportunity to separate the impacts of how reproductive technologies have affected different species and their contributions to food production. Lastly, no publication has been compiled that demonstrates the relationship between developments in reproductive management tools and food production that may be used a reference for scientists in addressing future research areas. ​During the past 50 years assisted reproductive technologies have been developed and refined to increase the number and quality of offspring from genetically superior farm animal livestock species. Artificial insemination (AI), estrous synchronization and fixed-time AI, semen and embryo cryopreservation, multiple ovulation and embryo transfer (MOET), in vitro fertilization, sex determination of sperm or embryos, and nuclear transfer are technologies that are used to enhance the production efficiency of livestock species. | <p>​​No other work has examined the relationship between reproductive technologies and food production </p><p>Focuses on vitro fertilization, artificial insemination, and embryo cryopreservation </p><p>Useful to both scientific researchers and policy makers</p> | Science | Professional Books (2) | 0 | EBOP11642 | Biomedical and Life Sciences
 | 978-94-007-7346-2 | Life Sciences | Landry | [NAME]; [NAME] | Ecological Genomics | Ecology and the Evolution of Genes and Genomes | Advances in Experimental Medicine and Biology | 781 | 1 | 2014 | 1 | Hard cover | Book | CCCLXXXVII, 1 p. 85 illus., 57 illus. in color. | 0 | final | 209 | Life Sciences | SCL19090 | Molecular Ecology | PSAF | SCB12030 | [NAME] | MFN | Life Sciences | Contributed volume | Springer Netherlands | In production | 2013-11-30 00:00:00 |  |  | 1. Recent advances in ecological genomics: from phenotypic plasticity to convergent and adaptive evolution and speciation.- 2. Trait transitions in explicit ecological and genomic contexts: plant mating systems as case studies.- 3. Revisiting [NAME]’s genome renewal hypothesis: heterozygosity, homothallism, and the potential for adaptation in yeast.- 4. Ecological genomics of adaptation and speciation in Fungi.- 5. Integrating phenotypic plasticity within an ecological genomics framework: recent insights from the genomics, evolution, ecology, and fitness of plasticity.- 6. Eco-evo-devo: the time has come.- 7. Evolutionary and ecological genomics of developmental plasticity: novel approaches and first insights from the study of horned beetles.- 8. Neurogenomics of behavioral plasticity.- 9. Ecological genomics of host behavior manipulation by parasites.- 10. Ecological epigenetics.- 11. The reproducibility of adaptation in the light of experimental evolution with whole genome sequencing.- 12. Ecological Genomics of Host Shifts in Drosophila mojavensis.- 13. The genomics of an adaptive radiation—insights across the Heliconius speciation continuum.- 14. Merging ecology and genomics to dissect diversity in wild tomatoes and their relatives.- 15. Integrated genomics approaches in evolutionary and ecological endocrinology.- 16. Evolutionary genomics of environmental pollution.- 17. Signatures of natural selection and ecological differentiation in microbial genomes. | Researchers in the field of ecological genomics aim to determine how a genome or a population of genomes interacts with its environment across ecological and evolutionary timescales. Ecological genomics is trans-disciplinary by nature. Ecologists have turned to genomics to be able to elucidate the mechanistic bases of the biodiversity their research tries to understand. Genomicists have turned to ecology in order to better explain the functional cellular and molecular variation they observed in their model organisms.We provide an advanced-level book that covers this recent research and proposes future development for this field. A synthesis of the field of ecological genomics emerges from this volume. Ecological Genomics covers a wide array of organisms (microbes, plants and animals) in order to be able to identify central concepts that motivate and derive from recent investigations in different branches of the tree of life.Ecological Genomics covers 3 fields of research that have most benefited from the recent technological and conceptual developments in the field of ecological genomics: the study of life-history evolution and its impact of genome architectures; the study of the genomic bases of phenotypic plasticity and the study of the genomic bases of adaptation and speciation. | <p>Most recent research in ecological genomics</p><p>Cutting edge technologies and approaches in evolutionary biology</p><p>Perspectives on the most important developments to come in the field</p> | Science | Professional Books (2) | 0 | EBOP11642 | Biomedical and Life Sciences
 | 978-94-007-7394-3 | Life Sciences | Lim | [NAME] | Edible Medicinal And Non-Medicinal Plants | Volume 7, Flowers |  |  | 1 | 2014 | 1055 | Hard cover | Book | XII, 1055 p. 229 illus. in color. | 0 | final | 279 | Life Sciences | SCL14040 | Protein Science | PSBC | SCL11006 | Agriculture | TVB | Life Sciences | Monograph | Springer Netherlands | In production | 2013-10-31 00:00:00 |  |  | Introduction.- Amaryllidaceae.- Apocynaceae.- Asclepiadaceae.- Asparagaceae.- Asteraceae.- Balsaminaceae.- Begoniaceae.- Bignoniaceae.- Brassicaceae.- Cactaceae.- Calophyllaceae.- Caprifoliaceae.- Caryophyllaceae.- Combretaceae.- Convolvulaceae.- Costaceae.- Doryanthaceae.- Fabaceae. | This book continues as volume 7 of a multi-compendium on Edible Medicinal and Non-Medicinal Plants. It covers plant species with edible flowers from families Acanthaceae to Facaceae in a tabular form and seventy five selected species from [NAME], Apocynaceae, Asclepiadaceae, [NAME], [NAME], Balsaminaceae, Begoniaceae, Bignoniaceae, Brassicaceae, Cactaceae, Calophyllaceae, Caprifoliaceae, Caryophyllaceae, Combretaceae, [NAME], [NAME], Doryanthaceae and Fabaceae in detail. This work will be of significant interest to scientists, medical practitioners, pharmacologists, ethnobotanists, horticulturists, food nutritionists, botanists, agriculturists, conservationists, lecturers, students and the general public. Topics covered include: taxonomy; common/English and vernacular names; origin and distribution; agroecology; edible plant parts and uses; botany; nutritive/pharmacological properties, medicinal uses, nonedible uses; and selected references. | <p>200- 400 coloured illustrations per volume </p><p>Referenced up-to-date-information on nutritive and medicinal properties </p><p>Common and vernacular names to help in plant identification Medical and scientific glossaries</p> | Science | Professional Books (2) | 0 | EBOP11642 | Biomedical and Life Sciences
 | 978-1-4614-6668-0 | Life Sciences | Lira | [NAME]; Alejandro Casas | Ethnobotany of Mexico | Interactions of People and Plants in Mesoamerica | Ethnobiology |  | 1 | 2014 | 900 | Hard cover | Book | 900 p. 100 illus., 40 illus. in color. | 0 | approx. | 279 | Life Sciences | SCL24000 | Plant Sciences | PST | SCL24027 | Plant Genetics & Genomics | PST | Life Sciences | Contributed volume | Springer New York | Planned | 2013-12-31 00:00:00 |  |  | ​​Origins and Development of Mexican Ethnobotany.- Ethnobotany in México: Historical Trends and Development of Scientific Approaches.- Cosmos, Corpus, and Praxis: An Integrated Approach of the Study of Plants, Ecosystems, and Societies.- Ethnobotany and Mexican Biocultural Patrimony.- Ethnobotanical and Ecological Studies of Plant Populations.- Ethnobotanical and Ecological studies of Communities and Ecosystems.- Domestication as an Continuing Process: From Populations to Landcape.- Domestication of Annual Plants.- Domestication of Perennial Plants.- Useful plants of Mexico.- Medicinal Plants.- Food Plants.- Maize.- Beans.- Squashes.- Cotton.- Peppers.- Ethnobotany and Ex-Situ Conservation of Plant Genetic Resources in México.- Ethnobotany and In-Situ Conservation of Plant Genetic Resources in México.​ | ​This book reviews the history, current state of knowledge, and different research approaches and techniques of studies on interactions between humans and plants in an important area of agriculture and ongoing plant domestication: Mesoamerica.  Leading scholars and key research groups in Mexico discuss essential topics as well as contributions from international research groups that have conducted studies on ethnobotany and domestication of plants in the region. Such a convocation will produce an interesting discussion about future investigation and conservation of regional human cultures, genetic resources, and cultural and ecological processes that are critical for global sustainability.​ | <p>​Original research from leading scholars on the botany of Mexico</p><p>Latest scientific results </p><p>Comprehensive coverage of ethnobotany of Mexico​</p> | Science | Professional Books (2) | 0 | EBOP11642 | Biomedical and Life Sciences
 | 978-3-642-35937-8 | Life Sciences | Longo | [NAME]; [NAME] | Biological Time, Symmetries and Singularities | Perspectives on Life | Lecture Notes in Morphogenesis |  | 1 | 2014 | 330 | Hard cover | Book | 330 p. 30 illus., 10 illus. in color. | 0 | approx. | 179 | Life Sciences | SCL18000 | Developmental Biology | PSC | SCM31000 | Mathematical and Computational Biology | PDE | Life Sciences | Monograph | Springer [NAME] | Planned | 2013-10-01 00:00:00 |  |  |  | This authored monograph introduces a genuinely theoretical approach to biology. Starting point is the investigation of empirical biological scaling including their variability, which is found in the literature, e.g. allometric relationships, fractals, etc. The book then analyzes two different aspects of biological time: first, a supplementary temporal dimension to accommodate proper biological rhythms; secondly, the concepts of pretension and retention as a means of local organization of time in living organisms. Moreover, the book investigates the role of symmetry in biology, in view of its ubiquitous importance in physics. In relation with the notion of extended critical transitions, the book proposes that organisms and their evolution can be characterized by continued symmetry changes, which accounts for the irreducibility of their historicity. The authors also introduce the concept of anti-entropy as a measure for the potential of variability, being equally understood as alterations in symmetry. By this, the book provides a mathematical account of [NAME]’s analysis of phenotypic complexity with respect to biological evolution. The target audience primarily comprises researchers in the field of theoretical biology as well as in philosophy, but the book may also be beneficial for graduate students who want to enter this field. | Provides a novel and genuinely theoretical approach to biology <br><br>Includes a characterization of ‘physical’ versus ‘biological’ <br><br>Introduces the concept of anti-entropy as a measure for the potential of variability <br><br>Presents numerous theoretical propositions <br><br>Written by experts in the field | Science | Professional Books (2) | 0 | EBOP11642 | Biomedical and Life Sciences
 | 978-81-322-1616-2 | Life Sciences | M. | [NAME]; [NAME]; [NAME] | The Grape Entomology |  |  |  | 1 | 2013 | 211 | Hard cover | Book | X, 211 p. 115 illus., 113 illus. in color. | 0 | final | 189 | Life Sciences | SCL11006 | Agriculture | TVB | SCL25090 | Entomology | PSVT7 | Life Sciences | Monograph | Springer India | In production | 2013-10-31 00:00:00 |  |  | 1. Introduction.- 2. Grape cultivation.- 3. Pests.- 4. Pesticides used in grape pest management.- 5. Biopesticides and biocontrol agents used in vineyards.- 6. Pesticide residue management in grapes.- 7. Annexure.- 8 General precautions.- 6. Index. | Intensive and extensive cultivation of grapes (Vitis vinifera L.) leads to serious pest problem in vineyards in major grape growing areas of the world. Climatic conditions in India are favorable for high production of table and wine grapes, and thus also for incidence of variety of pests. These include the sucking insect pests namely thrips, hoppers, mealybugs etc., and beetle pests like stem borer, stem girdler, flea beetles, chafer beetles, shot hole borer and several lepidopteron, mites, nematodes and vertebrate pests. Pests of grapes in other countries relevant to Indian conditions are also dealt herewith since they may get introduced in India in future. Up to date information on biology, damage, seasonal development, management practices of the pests are covered in this book. Some of the pest management practices followed in other countries are also given, which will be useful to Indian conditions. Pesticide residue is a serious problem both for export and internal market in grapes. Guideline for pesticide residue management in grapes is also given in this book. The authors have tried to accommodate almost all the important information generated on the grape pests up to 2012. A complete list of grape pests (except disease) occurring in different grape growing regions of the world is also covered in this book which will be ready reckoner for the grape workers. The authors sincerely hope that this book will provide useful information to many entomologists, students working on grapes and the grape growers in the country. It is a pleasure to thank all those people who gave help, suggestions and encouragement in the preparation of our book “The Grape Entomology”. | <p>The scope of the book covers the main insects and mite pests of viticulture </p><p>Color illustrations provide insights into the pests and their biology </p><p>Contains reviews of current pest management practices as well as new directions for future research​</p> | Science | Professional Books (2) | 0 | EBOP11642 | Biomedical and Life Sciences
 | 978-1-4614-8838-5 | Life Sciences | Marsh | [NAME]; [NAME] | Primates in Fragments | Complexity and Resilience | Developments in Primatology: Progress and Prospects |  | 1 | 2013 | 537 | Hard cover | Book | XXII, 537 p. 120 illus., 84 illus. in color. | 0 | final | 179 | Life Sciences | SCL19007 | Ecology | PSAF | SCX12000 | Anthropology | JHM | Life Sciences | Contributed volume | Springer New York | Available | 2013-09-30 00:00:00 | 2013-09-07 00:00:00 |  | Section I: Introduction.- 1. Because Conservation Counts: Primates and Fragmentation.- 2. Assessing Habitat Fragmentation Effects for Primates: The Importance of Evaluating Questions at the Correct Scale.- Section II: Long-term and Regional Studies.- 3. One Hundred Years of Solitude: Effects of Long-Term Forest Fragmentation on the Primate Community of Java, Indonesia.- 4. A Region-Wide Review of Mesoamerican Primates: Prioritizing for Conservation.- 5. Primates of the Biological Dynamics of Forest Fragments Project: A History.- 6. Lessons From Los Tuxtlas: 30 Years of Research Into Primates in Fragments.- 7. Going, Going, Gone: A 15-year History of the Decline of Primates in Forest Fragments Near National Park, Uganda.- Section III: Landscape, Metapopulations, and the Matrix.- 8. Primate Populations in Fragmented Tropical Dry Forest Landscapes in Southwestern Nicaragua.- 9. Living on the Edge: Habitat Fragmentation at the Interface of the Semi-Arid Zone of the Brazilian Northeast.- 10. Do [NAME] and Dispersal Distance Influence the Distribution of Brown Howler Monkeys (Alouatta guariba clamitans) in a Fragmented Landscape in South Brazil?.- 11. [NAME] of Isolated Populations of [NAME] and Other Non-Human Primates in Thailand.- 12. An Eight-Year Life History of a Primate Community in Fragments in Colombian Llanos.- 13. A Critically-Endangered Capuchin (Sapajus apella margaritae) Living in Mountain Forest Fragments on Isla de Margarita, Venezuela. Section IV: Feeding and Behavioral Ecology.- 14. “Specialist” Primates Can Be Flexible In Response To Habitat Alteration.- 15. Fragments and Food: Red-tailed [NAME] in Privately Owned Forest Fragments of Central Uganda.- 16. Fragment-Adaptive Behavioral Strategies and Intersite Variation in the Ring-Tailed Lemurs of South-Central Madagascar.- 17. The Simplified Novel Diet of the Blond Capuchin in the Vanishing Pernambuco Endemism Centre.- 18. Effects of Habitat Alteration on Resting Behaviour of the Sahamalza Sportive Lemur in Northwest Madagascar.- Section V: Endemic, Endangered, and Nocturnal Primates.- 19. Multi-Level and Multi-Disciplinary Approaches to Understanding Endangered Primates in Complex Landscapes: Golden-headed Lion Tamarins in Southern Bahia, Brazil.- 20. A Critically-Endangered Capuchin Monkey (Sapajus xanthosternos) Living in a Highly-Fragmented Hotspot.- 21. Coping with Fragmented Forests: The Critically Endangered Tonkin Snub-Nosed Monkeys (Rhinopithecus avunculus) in Vietnam.- 22. Fragmented Primates of Nepal.- 23. The Challenges of Survival in a Concrete Jungle: Conservation of the Pied Tamarin in the Urban Landscape of Manaus, Brazil.- 24. Where Are They? Quantification, Distribution, and Microhabitat Use of Fragments by the Red Slender [NAME] in Sri Lanka.- Section VI: Genetics, Disease, and Parasites.- 25. [NAME] for Evaluating the Consequences of Habitat Fragmentation.- 26. Kinship and Dispersal Patterns in Alouatta caraya Inhabiting Continuous and [NAME] of Argentina.- 27. The Mona Monkeys of Grenada, São Tomé and Príncipe: Long-term Persistence of a Guenon in Permanent Fragments and Implications for the Survival of Forest Primates in Protected Areas.- 28. Landscape Attributes Affecting the Natural Hybridization of Mexican Howler Monkeys.- 29. Preliminary Evaluation of the Effects of Habitat Fragmentation on Habitat Use and Genetic Diversity of Pygmy Marmosets in Ecuador.- 30. Interacting Roles of Diet, Cortisol Levels, and Parasites in Determining Population Density of Belizean Howler Monkeys in a Hurricane Damaged Forest Fragment.- Section VII: Conservation and Ecology: Threats and Management.- 31. Fragmentation and Its Significance on [NAME] (Nasalis larvatus) Conservation in the Lower Kinabatangan, [NAME] (North Borneo).- 32. Potential Distribution of Primates in the Yucatan Peninsula, Mexic | This book is number two in a series for Primates in Fragments. In this volume, ten years after the first, we continue to address issues regarding primates within a fractured landscape. There are seven sections based on specific categories of primates in fragments. In the Introductory section, authors discuss the issues surrounding primates in remnant habitats as well as encourage discussion about what we mean by fragmentation on a landscape scale. In the Long-Term and Regional Studies section, authors present information on changes that have occurred during longer studies as well as changes that have occurred over regions. In the Landscape, Metapopulations and the Matrix section, authors cover topics from dry to moist forests, and from metapopulations to single species use of multiple fragments locations. In Feeding and Behavioral Ecology, authors take a closer look at the flexibility and responsiveness of primates in fragments in terms of their food choices, resource use, and behavioral changes. In Endemic, Endangered, and Nocturnal Primates authors uncover details involving critical primates living in major city centers to the heights of the Himalayas. In Genetics, Disease and Parasites authors cover topics including population viability, disease and parasite transmission between primates in fragments and humans. Finally, in the Conservation and Ecology: Threats and Management section, we synthesize information in this volume and make recommendations for the future of work in this field and the survivability of primates in fragments. | <p>Addresses several key questions involving primates in fragments</p><p>Unlike the introductory nature of the first volume, we go deeper in this volume into topics like climate change, disease, and survivability</p><p>New to this volume are the Long-Term and Regional Studies and Endemic, Endangered, and Nocturnal sections</p> | Science | Professional Books (2) | 0 | EBOP11642 | Biomedical and Life Sciences
 | 978-1-4614-9328-0 | Life Sciences | McCann | [NAME]; [NAME]; [NAME] | Plants and BioEnergy |  | Advances in Plant Biology | 4 | 1 | 2014 |  | Hard cover | Book | Approx. 300 p. 35 illus., 29 illus. in color. | 0 | approx. | 209 | Life Sciences | SCL24000 | Plant Sciences | PST | SCL14021 | Plant Biochemistry | PST | Life Sciences | Contributed volume | Springer New York | In production | 2013-12-18 00:00:00 |  |  | Part I. Economics of Bioenergy Chapter 1. Advanced Biofuels: Economic Uncertainties, Policy Options, and Land Use Impacts.- Chapter 2. The prospects of first generation ethanol in developing countries.- Chapter 3. Can energy policy drive sustainable land use? Lessons from Biofuels Policy Development over the Last Decade.- Chapter 4. Algae Farming and its Bio-products.- Part II. Biomass Biology.- Chapter 5. Regional gene pools for restoration, conservation, and genetic improvement of prairie grasses.- Chapter 6. Mining Genetic Diversity of Sorghum as a Bioenergy Feedstock.- Chapter 7. Genetics, genomics and crop modelling: integrative approaches to the improvement of biomass willows.- Chapter 8: [NAME] biosynthesis in plants, simply complex.- Chapter 9. Towards redesigning cellulose biosynthesis for improved bioenergy feedstocks.- Chapter 10. Camelina: An Emerging Oilseed Platform for Advanced Biofuels and Bio-Based Materials.- Part III. Biomass Processing.- Chapter 11. Developing novel enzyme repertoires for the efficient deconstruction of plant biomass tailored for the bioenergy industry.- Chapter 12. Using Natural Plant Cell Wall Degradation Mechanisms to Improve Second Generation Bioethanol.- Chapter 13. Lignocellulosic Biorefineries: Concepts and Possibilities.- Chapter 14. Linking Plant Biology and Pretreatment – Understanding the Structure and Organization of the Plant Cell Wall and Interactions with Cellulosic Biofuel Production.- Chapter 15. Catalytic oxidation of lignin for the production of low molecular weight aromatics.- Chapter 16. Catalytic dehydration of lignocellulosic derived xylose to furfural.- Chapter 17. Perspectives in Brazil of the contribution of palm trees to biodiesel production | A country's vision for developing renewable and sustainable energy resources is typically propelled by three important drivers – security, cost, and environmental impact. The U.S. currently accounts for a quarter of the world’s total oil consumption, with domestic demands necessitating – at an ever growing cost – a net import of more than 50% of the oil used in this country. At the same time, Brazil, because of its forward thinking on energy strategy, is today energy independent. As emerging economies around the world increase their petroleum use by large margins and as large fractions of that new consumption are necessarily supplied from unstable parts of the world, the inevitable repercussions on petroleum-driven economies will continue to escalate. In addition, there is an unequivocal imperative to take immediate and aggressive measures to reduce net greenhouse gas emissions by decreasing fossil fuel consumption and increasing our use of carbon-neutral or carbon-negative fuels as well as improving efficiency of fuel use. Economic growth and development worldwide depend increasingly on secure supplies of reliable, affordable, clean energy. Together with its counterpart societies, was convened the First Pan-American Congress on Plants and BioEnergy, which was held in June, 2008, in Mérida, Mexico. Sponsored by the American Society of Plant Biologists, this congress was designed to initiate Pan-American research collaborations in energy biosciences. At that congress, the organizational committee committed themselves to continue the meeting biennially, resulting in the 2nd Pan-American Congress on Plants and BioEnergy to be held with the endorsement of ASPB, July 6-10, 2010, in São Paulo, Brazil. Whereas the 1st congress covered a broad range of topics that bioenergy impacted, the second congress will focus more on the advances in plant biology: the genetic improvement of energy crop plants, their fit into regional environments, and the development of a sustainable energy agriculture. | <p>Endorsed by the American Society of Plant Biologists</p><p>Worldwide coverage of issues regarding plants and bioenergy</p><p>Comprehensive and up-to-date</p> | Science | Professional Books (2) | 0 | EBOP11642 | Biomedical and Life Sciences
 | 978-94-007-7222-9 | Life Sciences | McClatchie | [NAME] | Regional Fisheries Oceanography of the California Current System | The CalCOFI program |  |  | 1 | 2014 | 235 | Hard cover | Book | XX, 235 p. 184 illus., 84 illus. in color. | 0 | final | 189 | Life Sciences | SCL25080 | Fish & Wildlife Biology & Management | RNKH | SCL19066 | Freshwater & Marine Ecology | PSAF | Life Sciences | Monograph | Springer Netherlands | In production | 2013-10-31 00:00:00 |  |  | Chapter 1. Introduction to the fisheries and the surveys.- Chapter 2. Oceanography of the southern California Current System relevant to fisheries.- Chapter 3. Classic CalCOFI.- Chapter 4. Scales of variability relevant to fisheries in the southern California Current System.- Chapter 5. Insights for fisheries from experimental and predation studies.- Chapter 6. Fisheries stock assessment, environmental variability, and CalCOFI  Chapter 7. The new CalCOFI and fisheries.- Chapter 8. Perspectives on CalCOFI.  ​ | The California Current System is one of the best studied ocean regions of the world, and the level of oceanographic information available is perhaps only surpassed by the northeast and northwest Atlantic.  The current literature (later than 1993) offers no comprehensive, integrated review of the regional fisheries oceanography of the California Current System.This volume summarizes information of more than 60-year California Cooperative Oceanic Fisheries Investigation (CalCOFI). While providing a large bibliography, the intent was to extract themes relevant to current research rather than to prepare a compendious review of the literature.  The work presents a useful review and reference point for multidisciplinary fisheries scientists and biological oceanographers new to working in the California Current System, and to specialists wishing to access information outside their core areas of expertise. In addition it aims to deliver an up to date reference to the current state of knowledge of fisheries oceanography in the California Current System. | <p>Summarizes 60 years of the California Cooperative Oceanic Fisheries Investigation (CalCOFI) </p><p>Provides an up to date reference on fisheries oceanography in the California Current System  </p><p>Excellent reference point for multidisciplinary fisheries scientists and biological oceanographers</p> | Science | Professional Books (2) | 0 | EBOP11642 | Biomedical and Life Sciences
 | 978-4-431-54519-4 | Life Sciences | Nojiri | [NAME]; [NAME]; Masao Fukuda; [NAME] | Biodegradative Bacteria | How [NAME], [NAME], Adapt, and Evolve |  |  | 1 | 2014 | 322 | Hard cover | Book | X, 322 p. 79 illus., 22 illus. in color. | 0 | final | 209 | Life Sciences | SCL19082 | Microbial Ecology | PSAF | [NAME] | Bacteriology | PSGD | Life Sciences | Contributed volume | Springer Japan | In production | 2013-10-31 00:00:00 |  |  | Part 1 Genetic and genomic systems.- 1 Rhodococcus multiple-enzyme and parallel-degradation system for aromatic compounds.- 2 Appearance and evolution of gamma-hexachlorocyclohexane-degrading bacteria.- 3 Diversity of 2,4-dichlorophenoxyacetic acid (2,4-D)-degradative genes and degrading bacteria.- 4 Genetic system of organohalide-respiring bacteria.- 5 Mobile catabolic genetic elements in pseudomonads.- 6 Adaptation to xenobiotics and toxic compounds by Cupriavidus and Ralstonia with special reference to Cupriavidus metallidurans CH34 and mobile genetic elements.- 7 Conjugative elements: Host chromosome function modifiers.- Part 2 Enzyme systems.- 8 On-line monitoring of biodegradation processes using enzymatic biosensors.- 9 Structure and function of aromatic-ring hydroxylating dioxygenase system.- 10 The protocatechuate 4,5-cleavage pathway: Overview and new findings.- 11 Toluene tolerance systems in Pseudomonas.- 12 Diversity and evolution of aromatic degradation pathway enzymes in an activated sludge.- Part 3 Bacterial behavior in natural environmental systems.- 13 Syntrophic interactions in biodegradative consortia.- 14 Strategies to reveal genomic function in natural soil systems.- 15 Monitoring microbial community dynamics to evaluate bioremediation.- 16 Selective stimulation of aromatic compound degradation by the indigenous marine bacterium Cycloclasticus for bioremediation of oil spills in the marine environment.- 17 Biofilm as a multicellular bacterial system.- BM Index. | Biodegradative Bacteria highlights the novel nature of bacterial cell functions in the field of biodegradation by putting them into three parts: (1) Genetic and genomic systems, (2) Degradative enzyme systems, and (3) Bacterial behavior in natural environmental systems. The first part of the book includes cell functions as degradative machinery, genome systems for effective degradation, and the evolution of degradative systems by mobile genetic elements. The second part deals with the structure, function, evolution, diversity, and application of degradative and related enzymes. The third part presents cell or genomic behaviors of biodegradative bacteria in natural ecosystems.Bacterial metabolic capacity, which plays an important role in the global material cycle, contributes significantly to the buffering capacity for the huge and unintended release of various chemicals. Recently, however, the prosperity and globalization of material civilization has led not only to severe local contamination by hazardous chemicals, but also to continuous increment of contaminant concentrations worldwide. To solve such urgent global issues, bacterial functions that are involved in biodegradation of hazardous chemicals have been analyzed. The term “biodegradative bacteria” refers to those bacteria that have the ability to degrade such xenobiotic (man-made) and/or hazardous chemicals. Analyses of biodegradative bacteria include diverse areas of study, such as genetics, enzymology, genomics, cell physiology, ecology, and evolutionary biology. In other words, the targets investigated in research on biodegradative bacteria include single molecules, single cell systems, bacterial consortia (interaction with surrounding microorganisms), and interaction with surrounding biotic and abiotic materials. Such complexity makes the research on biodegradative bacteria difficult but quite interesting. | <p>Presents recent landmarks in biodegradation researches</p><p>Covers genetics, genomics, enzymology, and ecology of biodegradative bacteria</p><p>Discusses biodegradative bacterial research from single cell to consortia levels</p> | Science | Professional Books (2) | 0 | EBOP11642 | Biomedical and Life Sciences
 | 978-3-642-39795-0 | Life Sciences | Murakami | [NAME]; [NAME] | Nucleic Acid Polymerases |  | Nucleic Acids and Molecular Biology | 30 | 1 | 2014 | 335 | Hard cover | Book | X, 335 p. 76 illus., 53 illus. in color. | 0 | final | 189 | Life Sciences | SCL14070 | Enzymology | PSBZ | SCL14011 | Nucleic Acid Chemistry | PSB | Life Sciences | Contributed volume | Springer [NAME] | In production | 2013-10-31 00:00:00 |  |  | Structural aspects of mitochondrial ribosome function.- Mechanism and control of protein synthesis in mammalian mitochondria.- Translation in mammalian mitochondria : Order and disorder linked to tRNA and Aminoacyl-tRNA synthetases.- Mitochondrial targeting of RNA and mitochondrial translation in yeast and mammalians.- Mechanisms and control of protein synthesis in yeast mitochondria.- Mitochondrial translation in trypanosomatids.- Translation in mitochondria and apicoplasts in Apicomplexa.- Translation in mitochondria in green alga and higher plants.- Translation in flowering plant chloroplasts.- The chloroplasts as platform for recombinant proteins production. | This book provides a review of the multitude of nucleic acid polymerases, including DNA and RNA polymerases from Archea, Bacteria and Eukaryota, mitochondrial and viral polymerases, and other specialized polymerases such as telomerase, template-independent terminal nucleotidyl transferase and [NAME] self-replication ribozyme. Although many books cover several different types of polymerases, no book so far has attempted to catalog all nucleic acid polymerases. The goal of this book is to be the top reference work for postgraduate students, postdocs, and principle investigators who study polymerases of all varieties. In other words, this book is for polymerase fans by polymerase fans.Nucleic acid polymerases play a fundamental role in genome replication, maintenance, gene expression and regulation. Throughout evolution these enzymes have been pivotal in transforming life towards [NAME] self-replicating systems as well as into more stable DNA genomes. These enzymes are generally extremely efficient and accurate in RNA transcription and DNA replication and share common kinetic and structural features. How catalysis can be so amazingly fast without loss of specificity is a question that has intrigued researchers for over 60 years. Certain specialized polymerases that play a critical role in cellular metabolism are used for diverse biotechnological applications and are therefore an essential tool for research. | <p>Provides a comprehensive review of the multitude of nucleic acid polymerases </p><p>Catalogs all nucleic acid polymerases </p><p>Written by polymerase fans for polymerase fans​</p> | Science | Professional Books (2) | 0 | EBOP11642 | Biomedical and Life Sciences
 | 978-1-4614-8319-9 | Life Sciences | Panguluri | Siva [NAME]; Are Ashok Kumar | Phenotyping for Plant Breeding | Applications of Phenotyping methods for Crop Improvement |  |  | 1 | 2013 | 211 | Hard cover | Book | IX, 211 p. 14 illus., 12 illus. in color. | 0 | final | 189 | Life Sciences | SCL24060 | Plant Breeding/Biotechnology | PSTL | SCL24000 | Plant Sciences | PST | Life Sciences | Contributed volume | Springer New York | In production | 2013-09-30 00:00:00 |  |  | 1. Phenotyping [NAME] for Molecular Plant Breeding, [NAME], GS Laha, [NAME], N Somasekhar, SK Mangrauthia, BC Viraktamath.- 2. Phenotyping in Wheat Breeding, [NAME], [NAME] Singh.- 3. Phenotyping in sorghum [Sorghum bicolor (L.) Moench], Are Ashok Kumar, [NAME], Rajan Sharma, [NAME], P [NAME], [NAME] 4. Chickpea PhenotypingAli Saeid, SK Panguluri.- 5. Phenotyping for [NAME] (Arachis hypogaea L.) Improvement, P Janila, SN Nigam.- 6. Phenotyping of [NAME], [NAME], P Ananda Kumar. | Plant phenotyping is the thorough assessment of plant traits such as growth, development, adaptation, yield, quality, tolerance, resistance, architecture, and the basic measurement of individual quantitative parameters that form the basis for understanding of traits. Genetic approaches to understand plant growth and development have always benefitted from phenotyping techniques that are simple, rapid and measurable in units. The forward genetics approach is all about understanding the trait inheritance using the phenotypic data and in most cases it is the mutant phenotypes that formed the basis for understanding of gene functions. With rapid advancement of genotyping techniques, high throughput genotyping has become a reality at costs people never imagined to be that low, but the phenotypic methods did not receive same attention. However, without quality phenotyping data the genotyping data cannot be effectively put to use in plant improvement. Therefore efforts are underway to develop high-throughput phenotyping methods in plants to keep pace with revolutionary advancement in genotyping techniques to enhance the efficiency of crop improvement programs. Keeping this in mind, we described in this book the best phenomic tools available for trait improvement in some of the world’s most important crop plants. | <p>Contain comprehensive information on phenotyping of plants which indeed can be routinely used in breeding programs and a large number of breeders even in developing counties can use such screening techniques</p><p>A useful guide to practicing plant breeders to use appropriate phenotyping methods for improving the major traits in select crops</p><p>Serves the requirements of a practical plant breeder who is often perplexed with the selection process requiring a good phenotypic screening</p> | Science | Professional Books (2) | 0 | EBOP11642 | Biomedical and Life Sciences
 | 978-94-007-7014-0 | Life Sciences | Pitt | [NAME]; [NAME] | [NAME] |  |  |  | 1 | 2014 | 316 | Hard cover | Book | X, 316 p. 78 illus., 52 illus. in color. | 0 | final | 209 | Life Sciences | SCL19066 | Freshwater & Marine Ecology | PSAF | SCL19015 | Animal Ecology | PSVS | Life Sciences | Contributed volume | Springer Netherlands | In production | 2013-10-31 00:00:00 |  |  | Chapter 1. Introduction.- Part I Ecology of jellyfish blooms.- Chapter 2. What are jellyfish and thaliaceans and why do they bloom?.- Chapter 3. Nonindigenous marine jellyfish: invasiveness, invisibility and impacts.- Chapter 4. Bloom and bust: why do blooms of jellyfish collapse?.- Chapter 5. Ecological and societal benefits of jellyfish.- Chapter 6. Living with jellyfish: management and adaptation strategies.- Part II Case studies.- Chapter 7. Population fluctuations of jellyfish in the Bering Sea and their ecological role in this productive shelf ecosystem.- Chapter 8. The giant jellyfish Nemopile manomurai in East Asian marginal seas.- Chapter 9. Contrasting trends in populations of Rhopile maesculentum and Aurelia aurita in Chinese waters.- Chapter 10. [NAME] plocamia: A poorly understood jellyfish from South America.- Chapter 11. Pelagia noctiluca in the Mediterranean Sea.- Chapter 12. The ecology of [NAME] jellyfish (Cubozoa). | Jellyfish are one of the most conspicuous animals in our oceans and are renowned for their propensity to form spectacular blooms. The unique features of the biology and ecology of jellyfish that enable them to bloom also make them successful invasive species and, in a few places around the world, jellyfish have become problematic. As man increasingly populates the world’s coastlines, interactions between humans and jellyfish are rising, often to the detriment of coastal-based industries such as tourism, fishing and power generation.   However we must not lose sight of the fact that jellyfish have been forming blooms in the oceans for at least 500 million years, and are an essential component of normal, healthy ocean ecosystems. Here many of the world’s leading jellyfish experts explore the science behind jellyfish blooms. We examine the unique features of jellyfish biology and ecology that cause populations to ‘bloom and bust’, and, using case studies, we show why jellyfish are important to coastal and ocean ecosystem function. We outline strategies coastal managers can use to mitigate the effects of blooms on coastal industries thereby enabling humans to coexist with these fascinating creatures. Finally we highlight how jellyfish benefit society; providing us with food and one of the most biomedically-important compounds discovered in the 20th century.  ​ | <p>A balanced and objective overview of the positive and negative ecological and societal impacts of jellyfish</p><p>Written and critiqued by many of the world’s leading experts on jellyfish</p><p>Brings together case studies  from around the world</p><p>First book exploring the science behind jellyfish blooms</p> | Science | Professional Books (2) | 0 | EBOP11642 | Biomedical and Life Sciences
 | 978-1-4614-8584-1 | Life Sciences | Pratap | [NAME]; Jitendra Kumar | Alien [NAME] in Crop Plants, Volume 1 | Innovations, Methods and Risk Assessment |  |  | 1 | 2013 | 364 | Hard cover | Book | X, 364 p. 15 illus. in color. | 0 | final | 209 | Life Sciences | SCL24000 | Plant Sciences | PST | SCL24060 | Plant Breeding/Biotechnology | PSTL | Life Sciences | Contributed volume | Springer New York | In production | 2013-10-31 00:00:00 |  |  | 1. Alien [NAME] in Crop Plants: An Introduction.- 2. Distant Hybridization: A Tool for Interspecific Manipulation of Chromosomes.- 3. Tissue culture and regeneration: a prerequisite for alien gene transfer.- 4. Methods and Role of Embryo Rescue Technique in Alien Gene Transfer.- 5. Horizontal [NAME] through Genetic Transformation.- 6. [NAME] and [NAME] Breeding.- 7. Role of Molecular Markers.- 8. Molecular Cytogenetics for Identification of Alien Chromosomes and Chromosome Segments.- 9. Agronomically relevant traits transferred to major crop plants by alien introgressions.- 10. Gene flow and risk assessment in genetically modified crops.- 11. Bioinformatics approaches to deciphering alien gene transfer: a comprehensive analysis.- 12. Alien gene transfer: Challenges and Opportunities. | Genetic engineering and biotechnology along with conventional breeding have played an important  role in developing superior cultivars by transferring economically important traits from distant, wild and even unrelated  species to the cultivated varieties which otherwise could not have been possible with conventional breeding. There is a vast amount of literature pertaining to the genetic improvement of crops over last few decades. However, the wonderful results achieved by crop scientists in food legumes’ research and development over the years are scattered in different journals of the World. The two volumes in the series ‘Alien [NAME] in Crop Plants’ address this issue and offer a comprehensive reference on the developments made in major food crops of the world. These volumes aim at bringing the contributions from globally renowned scientists at one platform in a reader-friendly manner. The 1st volume entitled, ‘Alien [NAME] in Crop Plants: Innovations, Methods and Risk Assessment” will deal exclusively with the process and methodology. The contents of this volume have been designed to appraise the readers with all the theoretical and practical aspects of wide hybridization and gene transfer like processes and methods of gene transfer, role of biotechnology with special reference to embryo rescue, genetic transformation, protoplast fusion and molecular marker technology, problems such as cross incompatibility and barriers to distant hybridization and solutions to overcome them. Since wild and weedy relatives of crop plants may have negative traits associated with them, there are always possibilities of linkage drag while transferring alien alleles. Therefore, problems and limitations of alien gene transfer from these species will also be discussed in this series. Further, the associated risks with this and assessment of risks will also be given due weightage. | <p>Brings together contributions from globally renowned scientists at one platform in a reader-friendly manner</p><p>Offers a comprehensive reference on the developments made in major food crops of the world </p><p>Most authentic and comprehensive piece of information on alien gene transfer in crop plants</p> | Science | Professional Books (2) | 0 | EBOP11642 | Biomedical and Life Sciences
 | 978-1-4614-8735-7 | Life Sciences | [NAME] | [NAME]; [NAME] | Terricolous Lichens in India | Volume 1: Diversity Patterns and Distribution Ecology |  |  | 1 | 2013 | 111 | Hard cover | Book | I, 111 p. 15 illus., 8 illus. in color. | 0 | final | 139 | Life Sciences | SCL24000 | Plant Sciences | PST | SCL14021 | Plant Biochemistry | PST | Life Sciences | Monograph | Springer New York | In production | 2013-10-31 00:00:00 |  |  | Lichenological studies in India with reference to terricolous lichens.- Distribution ecology of soil crust lichens in India: a comparative assessment with global patterns.- Terricolous lichens in Himalayas: patterns of species richness along elevation gradient.- Photobiont diversity in Indian Cladonia lichens, with special emphasis on the geographical patterns. | Terricolous lichens, a habitat specialist group of lichens play a vital role in maintenance and ecological stability of soil crusts with reference to their physical stability, hydrology and growth of soil microflora. Terricolous lichens in Indian lichenological studies haven’t been taken up as a functional group.  [NAME] in India, Volume 1: Diversity Patterns and Distribution Ecology is the first ever publication dealing with soil lichens of India. Divided into five chapters, this volume discusses the lichenological researches in India with reference to terricolous lichens, the altitudinal distribution patterns of terricolous lichens, comparative assessment of distribution with global patterns, and the photobiont diversity and influence of novel molecular clades of photobiont in determining ecological preferences of soil lichens in India.  Written by experts in the field and supplemented with numerous photographs, Terricolous [NAME] in India, Volume 1: Diversity Patterns and Distribution Ecology is a comprehensive resource that addresses the major drivers of terricolous lichens distribution in India. | <p>Provides a thoroughly comprehensive study on terricolous lichens in India, a relatively unexplored region in lichenological studies</p><p>Includes a wide variety of visual content, including photographs and graphs</p><p>In depth analysis of various patterns and drivers of Terricolous lichen diversity in Indian habitats</p> | Professionals | Professional Books (2) | 0 | EBOP11642 | Biomedical and Life Sciences
 | 978-3-319-02104-1 | Life Sciences | [NAME] | [NAME]; [NAME] | Terricolous Lichens in India | Volume 2: Morphotaxonomic Studies |  |  | 1 | 2013 | 389 | Hard cover | Book | I, 389 p. 58 illus. in color. | 0 | final | 209 | Life Sciences | SCL24000 | Plant Sciences | PST | SCL14021 | Plant Biochemistry | PST | Life Sciences | Contributed volume | Springer International Publishing | In production | 2013-10-31 00:00:00 |  |  | Terricolous Lichens of India: An introduction to Field Collection and Taxonomic Investigations.- Taxonomic Keys and Description. | Terricolous lichens, a habitat specialist group of lichens play a vital role in maintenance and ecological stability of soil crusts with reference to their physical stability, hydrology and growth of soil microflora. Terricolous [NAME] in India, Volume 2: Morphotaxonomic Studies is the first lichenological study of this functional group. Based upon extensive field collections and the investigation of approximately 4,500 specimens preserved in various national and international herbariums, Terricolous [NAME] in India: Volume 2: Morphotaxonomic Studies focuses on the morphotaxonomy of terricolous lichens in India. Divided into two chapters, the first chapter describes the basics of soil lichen curation from Indian habitats, presents the various morpho-anatomical and chemical techniques for taxonomic identification, and introduces the morpho-anatomical features of terricolous lichens. The second chapter focuses on the taxonomy of 312 terricolous lichen species and includes detailed identification keys and taxonomic descriptions. Written by experts in the field and complemented with over 50 color photoplates and maps, Terricolous Lichens in India: Volume 2: Morphotaxonomic Studies is a valuable resource for researchers and students interested in the field of lichenology. | <p>Provides a thoroughly comprehensive study on terricolous lichens in India, a relatively unexplored region in lichenological studies   </p><p>Includes a wide variety of visual content, including photoplates and maps   </p><p>Detailed taxonomic treatment of terricolous lichens</p> | Professionals | Professional Books (2) | 0 | EBOP11642 | Biomedical and Life Sciences
 | 978-1-4614-9223-8 | Life Sciences | [NAME] | [NAME]; [NAME] | Dynamic Models of Infectious Diseases | Volume 2: Non Vector-Borne Diseases |  |  | 1 | 2014 | 318 | Hard cover | Book | VI, 318 p. 67 illus., 40 illus. in color. | 0 | final | 189 | Life Sciences | SCL15010 | Systems Biology | PSA | SCH33096 | Infectious Diseases | MJCJ | Life Sciences | Contributed volume | Springer New York | In production | 2013-11-30 00:00:00 |  | Worldwide | Control of Infectious Diseases: Dynamics and Informatics.- Evaluating the evolutionary dynamics of viral populations.- Percolation Methods for Seir Epidemics on Graphs.- Dynamics of tuberculosis in a developing country: Nigeria as a case study.- Component Signaling Systems of M. tuberculosis: Regulators of Pathogenicity and More.- Mycobacterium tuberculosis evolution, host-pathogen interactions and implications for tuberculosis control.- Trends in HIV transmission according to differences in numbers of sexual partnerships among men who have sex with men in China.- The Impact of Cryptococcus gattii with a Focus on the Outbreak in North America.- Modeling the Spread and Outbreak Dynamics of Avian Influenza (H5N1) Virus and its Possible Control.- Index. | Though great advances in public health are witnessed world over in recent years, infectious diseases, besides insect vector-borne infectious diseases remain a leading cause of morbidity and mortality. Control of the epidemics caused by the non-vector borne diseases such as tuberculosis, avian influenza (H5N1) and cryptococcus gattii, have left a very little hope in the past. The advancement of research in science and technology has paved way for the development of new tools and methodologies to fight against these diseases. In particular, intelligent technology and machine-learning based methodologies have rendered useful in developing more accurate predictive tools for the early diagnosis of these diseases. In all these endeavors the main focus is the understanding that the process of transmission of an infectious disease is nonlinear (not necessarily linear) and dynamical in character. This concept compels the appropriate quantification of the vital parameters that govern these dynamics. This book is ideal for a general science and engineering audience requiring an in-depth exposure to current issues, ideas, methods, and models. The topics discussed serve as a useful reference to clinical experts, health scientists, public health administrators, medical practioners, and senior undergraduate and graduate students in applied mathematics, biology, bioinformatics, and epidemiology, medicine and health sciences. | <p>Explores numerous aspects of non vector-borne diseases </p><p>Looks at the variety of ways in which infectious diseases can be handled </p><p>Examines procedures that can be developed for predicting the future course of these diseases</p> | Science | Professional Books (2) | 0 | EBOP11642 | Biomedical and Life Sciences
 | 978-81-322-1553-0 | Life Sciences | Ravi | [NAME]; Mamta Baunthiyal; [NAME] | Advances in Biotechnology |  |  |  | 1 | 2013 | 258 | Hard cover | Book | XII, 258 p. 65 illus., 43 illus. in color. | 0 | final | 189 | Life Sciences | SCL00004 | Life Sciences, general | PSA | SCB0000X | Biomedicine general | MBGR | Life Sciences | Contributed volume | Springer India | In production | 2013-09-30 00:00:00 |  |  | 1. High Capacity vectors.- 2. DNA Sequencing.- 3. Molecular Markers.- 4. Gene Therapy.- 5. [NAME] interference and its Applications.- 6. DNA Microarray.- 7. Metagenomics: The Exploration of Unculturable Microbial World.- 8. Proteomics.- 9. Recent Advances in Stem Cell Research.- 10. Biosensors.- 11. Production and Applications of Monoclonal Antibodies.- 12. Edible Vaccines.- 13. Engineering Plants for Phytoremediation.- 14. Future of Biotechnology Companies in India. | The book “Advances in Biotechnology” is about recent advances in some of the important fields that are ongoing in certain biotechnological applications. Biotechnology has been quite helpful in keeping pace with the demands of every increasing human population and in improving the quality of human life. Major biotechnological achievements associated with human welfare have been from the fields like genetic engineering; transgenic plants and animals; genomics, proteomics, monoclonal antibodies for the diagnosis of disease, gene therapy etc. Fourteen authoritative chapters written by experts having experience in academics and research on current developments and future trends in biotechnology have been empathized. The book provides a detailed account of various methodologies used in biotechnology i.e. High capacity vectors, DNA sequencing dealing with next generation sequencing, Molecular markers, DNA microarray technology, as well as Proteomics that have revolutionized biotechnology with a wide array of applications.   The book not only presents a well-founded explanation of the topics but also aims to present up-to-date reviews of current research efforts, some thoughtful discussions on the potential benefits and risks involved in producing biotechnological products and the challenges of bringing such products to market. It will prove to be an excellent reference work for both academicians and researchers, indicating new starting points to young researchers for new projects in the field. The book is intended for biotechnologist, biologist, researchers, teachers and students of Biosciences and Biotechnology. | <p>Updated information on important and advanced topics of Biotechnology/Molecular Biology</p><p>Some topics covered in this book are not generally available in other text/reference book</p><p>The chapters are readers savvy and clearly explain both basic and advanced concepts​</p> | Science | Professional Books (2) | 0 | EBOP11642 | Biomedical and Life Sciences
 | 978-94-007-7731-6 | Life Sciences | [NAME] | [NAME]; [NAME] | Peirce and Biosemiotics: | A Guess at the Riddle of Life | Biosemiotics | 11 | 1 | 2013 |  | Hard cover | Book | Approx. 250 p. 1 illus. | 0 | approx. | 189 | Life Sciences | SCL00004 | Life Sciences, general | PSA | SCE24000 | Philosophy of Biology | HP | Life Sciences | Contributed volume | Springer Netherlands | Planned | 2013-12-24 00:00:00 |  |  | Introduction; [NAME], [NAME] The Intelligible Universe; N. Houser.- 2. The Continuity of Life: On Peirce’s Objective Idealism; I.A. Ibri.- 3. Peircian Semiotic Indeterminacy and Its Relevance for Biosemiotics; R. Lane.- 4. [NAME], Broken Symmetries, and Biosemiotics; [NAME]. Semeiotic Causation and the Breath of Life; M. Hulswit, V. Romanini.- 6. The Ineffable, the Individual, and the Intelligible: Peircean Reflections on the Innate Ingenuity of the Human Animal; V. Colapietro.- 7. Instinct and Abduction in the Peircean Informational Perspective: Contributions to Biosemiotics; [NAME], M.E. Quilici Gonzalez.- 8. The Life of Symbols and Other Legisigns: More than a mere Metaphor?; [NAME] Signs without [NAME]; J. Collier.- 10. [NAME] and Proto-propositions in Biological Mimicry; J. Queiroz.- 11. Semeiosis as a Living Process; V. Romanini.- List of Authors. References. Index. | This volume discusses the importance of Peirce´s philosophy and theory of signs to the development of Biosemiotics, the science that studies the deep interrelation between meaning and life. Peirce considered semeiotic as a general logic part of a complex architectonic philosophy that includes mathematics, phenomenology and a theory of reality. The authors are Peirce scholars, biologists, philosophers and semioticians united by an interdisciplinary endeavor to understand the mysteries of the origin of life and its related phenomena such as consciousness, perception, representation and communication. | <p>First volume dedicated to Biosemiotics from the perspective of the founder of semiotics</p><p>All authors are leading Peirce scholars with a philosophical background and interest in the enigma of life</p><p>All chapters open with selected quotations from Peirce, giving the reader a taste of his method and style</p> | Science | Professional Books (2) | 0 | EBOP11642 | Biomedical and Life Sciences
 | 978-94-007-7469-8 | Life Sciences | Rozzi | [NAME]; S.T.A. Pickett; Clare Palmer; [NAME]; [NAME] | Linking Ecology and Ethics for a Changing World | Values, Philosophy, and Action | Ecology and Ethics | 1 | 1 | 2014 | 365 | Hard cover | Book | X, 365 p. 37 illus., 27 illus. in color. | 0 | final | 209 | Life Sciences | SCL19007 | Ecology | PSAF | SCE14000 | Ethics | HPQ | Life Sciences | Contributed volume | Springer Netherlands | In production | 2013-12-31 00:00:00 |  |  | I. Integrating philosophy and ecology: Biocultural interfaces.- II. Ecological worldviews: aesthetic, metaphors, and conservation.- III. Environmental Philosophy: ethics, epistemology, justice.- IV. Ecosystems: science, values, and action.- Index. | To comprehensively address the complexities of current socio-ecological problems involved in global environmental change, it is indispiseble to achieve an integration of ecological understanding and ethical values. Contemporary science proposes an inclusive ecosystem concept that recognizes humans as components. Contemporary environmental ethics includes eco-social justice and the realization that as important as biodiversity is cultural diversity, inter-cultural, inter-institutional, and international collaboration requiring a novel approach known as biocultural conservation. Right action in confronting the challenges of the 21st century requires science and ethics to be seamlessly integrated. This book resulted from the 14th Cary Conference that brought together leading scholars and practitioners in ecology and environmental philosophy to discuss core terminologies, methods, questions, and practical frameworks for long-term socio-ecological research, education, and decision making. | <p>Model of and guidance for the conduct of interdisciplinary environmental research<br><br>Clear introduction to environmental thinking in humanities, social science and scientific disciplines<br><br>Leading authors in each field in dialogue with one another</p> | Science | Professional Books (2) | 0 | EBOP11642 | Biomedical and Life Sciences
 | 978-94-007-7370-7 | Life Sciences | [NAME] | Khosro [NAME]; [NAME]; Mehdi Pourhashemi | Forests of Iran | A Treasure from the Past, a Hope for the Future | Plant and Vegetation | 10 | 1 | 2014 | 144 | Hard cover | Book | VIII, 144 p. 92 illus., 55 illus. in color. | 0 | final | 189 | Life Sciences | SCL22008 | Forestry | TVR | SCL19007 | Ecology | PSAF | Life Sciences | Monograph | Springer Netherlands | In production | 2013-10-31 00:00:00 |  |  | Preface.- Introduction.- 1. [NAME] province; Caspian and Arasbaran regions.- 2. Irano-Turanian region.- 3. [NAME] region. | The work describes the general ecological aspects of Iran as well as West and Central Asia in the introduction. The book includes three chapters, each describing the climate, geology and soil characteristics, vegetation and forest types, site demands of the main tree species and the ecogram of them, management and socio-economic issues of three different phytogeographical regions, mainly the Hyrcanian, [NAME], and [NAME]. Each chapter contains a table for introducing the English and Botanical names of the plant species mentioned in the chapter. The information presented in this book is based on personal experiences and results of research projects of the authors, as well as experiences of other forest scientists in Iran. The references are given at the end of each chapter separately. The book contains 10 tables, 37 black and white and 55 color pictures. | <p>Lack of information and literature in the Middle East region, in particular about forests of Iran, due to its importance in the northern hemisphere</p><p>Describing the tree species and their ecological characteristics as well as their site demands in three different phytogeographical regions</p><p>Describing the relation of socio-economic issues and forests different parts of the country, which is very similar to the entire Middle East region</p> | Science | Professional Books (2) | 0 | EBOP11642 | Biomedical and Life Sciences
 | 978-94-007-7447-6 | Life Sciences | [NAME] | [NAME] | Bioenergy from Wood | Sustainable Production in the Tropics | Managing Forest Ecosystems | 26 | 1 | 2014 | 250 | Hard cover | Book | XII, 250 p. 62 illus., 33 illus. in color. | 0 | final | 189 | Life Sciences | SCL22016 | Forestry Management | TVR | SC111000 | Renewable and Green Energy | THX | Life Sciences | Contributed volume | Springer Netherlands | In production | 2013-11-30 00:00:00 |  |  | 1. Bioenergy from wood in the tropics.- 2. Localisation of biomass potentials.- 3. Modelling and simulation of tree biomass.- 4. [NAME] African woodlands for biomass production: The potential challenges and opportunities.- 5. Biomass production in intensively managed forests.- 6. Biomass Harvesting and logistics.- 7. Biomass conversion to bioenergy products.- 8. Biomass Quality.- 9 Socio-economic aspects of rural bio-energy production.- 10. Ecological impacts of biomass production at stand and landscape levels.- 11. Determination of the environmental implications of bio-energy production using a life-cycle assessment approach. | This book is written for scientists and practitioners interested in deepening their knowledge of the sustainable production of bioenergy from wood in tropical and sub-tropical countries. Utilising the value chain concept, this book outlines the necessary aspects for managing sustainable bioenergy production. A wide range of topics is covered including biomass localization, modelling and upscaling, production management in woodlands and plantations, and transport and logistics. Biomass quality and conversion pathways are examined in order to match the conversion technology with the available biomass.  A section is dedicated to issues surrounding sustainability. The issues, covered in a life-cycle assessment of the bioenergy system, include socio-economic challenges, local effects on water, biodiversity, nutrient-sustainability and global impacts. Through this holistic approach and supporting examples from tropical and sub-tropical countries, the reader is guided in designing and implementing a value chain as the main management instrument for sustainable wood. | <p>It’s the first book written for bio-energy production from wood in tropical and sub-tropical countries</p><p>The book covers the full value chain from the forest to the conversion including important socio-economic and environmental effects</p><p>Many practical examples, some in R-code, provide the reader with enough background for his own management of a sustainable bio-energy value chain from the plant to the product</p> | Science | Professional Books (2) | 0 | EBOP11642 | Biomedical and Life Sciences
 | 978-3-319-01344-2 | Life Sciences | Sharma | [NAME]; [NAME]; [NAME] | Faunal Heritage of Rajasthan, India | Conservation and Management of Vertebrates |  |  | 1 | 2013 | 525 | Hard cover | Book | XXXI, 525 p. 208 illus., 184 illus. in color. | 0 | final | 239 | Life Sciences | SCL19150 | Conservation Biology/Ecology | RNK | SCL19015 | Animal Ecology | PSVS | Life Sciences | Contributed volume | Springer International Publishing | In production | 2013-10-31 00:00:00 |  |  | Part I. Faunal Conservation as a Pragmatic Approach: Aspects and Challenges.- In Situ and Ex Situ Conservation: Protected Area network and [NAME] of Rajasthan.- 2. Climate and Other Environmental Factors influencing Faunal Ecology of Rajasthan.- 3. Impact of altered Land Use Pattern on Small Mammalian Diversity of Hilly Tracts of Rajasthan, India.- 4. Threats to Faunal Diversity of the Aravalli Hills with Special Reference to Kumbhalgarh Wildlife Sanctuary.- 5. Faunal Ecology and Conservation of the Great Indian Desert.- 6. Planning Conservation for Chambal River Basin taking [NAME] gangeticus and Ganges River Dolphin Platanista gangetica as Umbrella Species.- 7. Reintroduction of Tigers in Sariska Tiger Reserve, Rajasthan.- 8. [NAME] of Rajasthan: Ecology and Conservation of Sambhar Salt Lake, Jaipur and Keoladeo National Park, Bharatpur.- 9. Impact of Mass Mortility of Gharial Gavialis gangeticus (Gmelin, 1789) on its Conservation in the Chambal River in Rajasthan.- 10. Conservation and Management of Wetland Birds in Rajasthan: Perspectives and Challenges.- 11. Conservation and Management of Demoiselle Crane Anthropoides virgo at Kheechan in Rajasthan.- 12. Distribution of Sarus Crane Grus antigone in Rajasthan and People's Participation in the Protection of its Breeding Site.- 13. Conservation Prospects of Smooth-coated Otter Lutrogale perspicillata (Geoffroy Saint-Hilaire, 1826) in Rajasthan.- 14. Role of Local People and Community Conservation in Rajasthan.- 15. The Revial Model for Common Property Reserves in the Thar Desert of Rajasthan with Special Reference to their Faunal Components.- 16. Resource Dependency and [NAME]-economic Profile of Local Communities in Sariska Tiger Reserve, Rajasthan.- 17. [NAME] in Tribal Rajasthan: Culture, Cognition, and Personal and Collective Commitments to the Environment.- Part II. Ecological and Wildlife Tourism in Rajasthan: The Terra Incognita.- 18. Ecotourism in [NAME]: Prospects and Perspectives.- Part III. Vanguards of Wilderness.- 19. Wildlife Conservation in Rajasthan: The Legal Framework versus the Wildlife Trade.- Part IV. Management of Faunal Conservation in Rajasthan: A Synthesis.- 20. Unfurling Conservation Strategies, Major Initiatives, and Gaps in Research: A Vision on the Future of the Fauna in Rajasthan under Current and Predicted Threats.- Appendices.- Glossary.- Further Reading.- Index.- The Book and Its Audience.- About the Editors. | This is the first ever monumental and scientific documentation of the faunal wealth of the Indian Desert state of Rajasthan. This volume, the second of two, provides a comprehensive picture of the conservation efforts undertaken to prevent further degradation of the condition of [NAME]’s faunal wealth. A scholarly contribution to the field of knowledge, it provides novel and vital information on wildlife preservation initiatives in India’s largest state. Broadly falling under the Indo-Malaya Ecozone, the three major biomes of Rajasthan include deserts and [NAME], tropical and subtropical dry broadleaf forests, and tropical and subtropical moist broadleaf forests. The corresponding ecoregions to the above biomes are, respectively, the Thar Desert and northwestern thorn scrub forests, the Khathiar-Gir dry deciduous forests, and the Upper Gangetic Plains moist deciduous forests. Contrary to popular belief, the well-known [NAME] or Great Indian Desert occupies only a part of the state. [NAME] is diagonally divided by the [NAME] mountain ranges into arid and semi-arid regions. The latter have a spectacular variety of highly diversified and unique yet fragile ecosystems comprising lush green fields, marshes, grasslands, rocky patches and hilly terrains, dense forests, the southern plateau, fresh water wetlands, and salt lakes. Apart from the floral richness, there is faunal abundance from fishes to mammals. In this volume, the various flagship and threatened species are described in the 20 chapters penned by top notch wildlife experts and academics. The world famous heronry, tiger reserves, wildlife sanctuaries and some threat-ridden biodiversity-rich areas shall certainly draw the attention of readers from around the world. | <p>This is the first ever scientific document of the faunal wealth of Rajasthan</p><p>A significant contribution to knowledge in the field of animal ecology</p><p>Implications for ecology and conservation in similar areas of the world</p> | Science | Professional Books (2) | 0 | EBOP11642 | Biomedical and Life Sciences
 | 978-1-4614-8219-2 | Life Sciences | Shen | Han-Ming Shen; [NAME] | Necrotic Cell Death |  | Cell Death in Biology and Diseases |  | 1 | 2014 |  | Hard cover | Book | Approx. 400 p. 14 illus. in color. | 0 | approx. | 189 | Life Sciences | [NAME] | Cell Cycle Analysis | PSF | SCL16060 | Apoptosis | PSF | Life Sciences | Contributed volume | Springer New York | Planned | 2014-02-01 00:00:00 |  |  | Necrotic cell death at a glance: concept, mechanisms and biological functions.- Necroptosis: Alternative death modality under death receptors.- RIP1 and RIP3 in necrotic cell death.- PARP-mediated necrotic cell death.- Autophagic cell death, true or false?.- Oxidative stress and necrotic cell death.- Necrosis and DNA damage.- Lysosomes in necrotic cell death.- Necrotic cell death in development.- Necrotic cell death  in immunity.- Necrotic cell death in inflammation.- Necrotic cell death and cancer.- Necrotic cell death in ischemia reperfusion injury.- Necrostatin, a necrosis inhibitor as a therapeutic agent.- Necrotic cell death in model organisms (C. elegan).- Methodology in studying necrotic cell death.​ | Starting with discussion of basic concepts and the molecular mechanisms of necrosis, this book looks first at several forms of necrotic cell death that have been identified, including necroptosis, autophagic cell death, and PARP-mediated cell death. As necrotic cell death is increasingly known to play a critical role in many physiological processes, the next chapters discuss its effect on metabolism, inflammation, immunity, and development. Necrotic cell death is closely implicated in human diseases like cancer, so the next chapters examine its relevance to human diseases, and final chapters cover methodologies for measuring necrosis. This book presents comprehensive coverage of necrosis from recognized experts from leading academic and medical institutions around the world. ​In contrast to apoptosis, well-defined as a form of programmed cell death, necrosis used to be considered as accidental (i.e., non-programmed) cell death, usually in response to a severe injury. Accumulating evidence now suggests, however, that necrosis is also programmed and controlled by distinctive 'death machinery' in response to various stimuli like oxidative stress or DNA damage. | <p>Examines several forms of necrotic cell death, including necroptosis, autophagic cell death, and PARP-mediated cell death</p><p>Discusses the effect of necrotic cell death on metabolism, inflammation, immunity, and [NAME] the relevance of necrotic cell death to human diseases</p> | Professionals | Professional Books (2) | 0 | EBOP11642 | Biomedical and Life Sciences
 | 978-1-4614-4005-5 | Life Sciences | Sidhu | [NAME] | Biomedical Ontologies | Design and Implementation |  |  | 1 | 2013 |  | Hard cover | Book | Approx. 250 p. | 0 | approx. | 189 | Life Sciences | SCL15001 | Bioinformatics | PSD | SCL17004 | Computer Appl. in Life Sciences | PS | Life Sciences | Monograph | Springer New York | Planned | 2013-09-30 00:00:00 |  |  |  | Biological data are often characterized as having large volumes, complex structures, high dimensionality, evolving biological concepts, and insufficient data modeling practices. These characteristics require database researchers and developers to make many special considerations while developing biological databases and database systems. They also have made biological data management and knowledge discovery in databases challenging. This book will give a detailed overview of the biomedical data integration and interoperation using ontologies and provide methodologies to help solve problems in Biological Data and Information Access and Retrieval. | <p>Discusses the underlying issues that cause the difficulties in biomedical information retrieval and knowledge sharing</p><p>Provides an ontological solution to help integrate and organize biological data sources and sharing of the information</p><p>Unifies the biological data and information sources by developing an ontology framework</p> | Science | Professional Books (2) | 0 | EBOP11642 | Biomedical and Life Sciences
 | 978-94-007-7450-6 | Life Sciences | Siyag | [NAME] | Afforestation, Reforestation and Forest Restoration in Arid and Semi-arid Tropics: | A Manual of Technology & Management |  |  | 2 | 2014 | 299 | Hard cover | Book | XVII, 299 p. 51 illus., 13 illus. in color. | 0 | final | 209 | Life Sciences | SCL22016 | Forestry Management | TVR | SCL19031 | Biodiversity | RNCB | Life Sciences | Monograph | Springer Netherlands | In production | 2013-10-31 00:00:00 |  |  | Foreword.- Preface.- Acknowledgement.- PART 1 TECHNOLOGY.- Chapter 1  Introduction.- 1.1 The imperative of afforestation and reforestation.- 1.1 Afforestation and reforestation for conservation.- 1.2 Afforestation and reforestation for subsistence economy and livelihoods.- 1.3 Afforestation, reforestation, forest restoration and tree planting.- 1.4 Afforestation for industrial-commercial purposes.- 1.5 The technology of afforestation 1.6 Participation of local communities.- 1.7 Constraints in afforestation and reforestation.- 1.8 Constraints specific to arid and semi-arid areas.- 1.9 Costs in afforestation.- Chapter 2  Nursery Techniques.- 2.1 Establishment of a new nursery.- 2.2 Plant production plan.- 2.3 Planning seasonal activities.- 2.4 Procurement and storage of seeds.- 2.5 Procurement of manure, clay and sand.- 2.6 Procurement and storage of polypots.- 2.7 Filling the polypots.- 2.8 Preparing seedbeds and motherbeds.- 2.9 Sowing seeds in polypots and beds.- 2.10. Transplanting and potting.- 2.11 Irrigating plants in pots and beds.- 2.12 Weeding and cleaning.- 2.13 Protection from insects and pests.- 2.14 Pot turning.- 2.15 Preparing and planting cuttings.- 2.16. Culling, selection and grading.- 2.17 Transportation of plants.- Chapter 3  Site Selection, Survey and Treatment Plan.- 3.1 Site Selection.- 3.2 Surveying a site using chain & compass 3.3 Plain table survey.- 3.4 Tachymetric survey.- 3.5 Advanced automatic surveying equipment.- 3.6 Setting out contours with hydrostatic level.- 3.7 Setting out engineering structures with hsl.- 3.8 Site treatment plan.- Chapter 4  Fencing Work.- 4.1 Stone wall fence.- 4.2 Ditch-cum-bund fence.- 4.3 Barbed-wire fence.- 4.4 Live-hedge in fencing.- 4.5 Entrance gate and inspection path.- Chapter 5  Soil-and-Water Conservation Works.- 5.1 Alignment of structures.- 5.2 Digging of contour trench.- 5.3 Digging of v-ditch.- 5.4 Digging of pits.- 5.5 Contour dike-cum-terraces.- 5.6 Bench terraces and gradoni.- 5.7 Contour bunds and contour furrows.- 5.8 Vegetative barriers.- 5.9 Loose-stone checkdams.- 5.10 Stopdams and weirs.- 5.11 Earthen embankments.- Chapter 6  Planting, Regeneration, Aftercare and Maintenance.- 6.1 Time and season for planting.- 6.2 Transporting plants to pits.- 6.3 The operation of planting.- 6.4 Making of pit-saucers.- 6.5 Beating up casualties.- 6.6 Ensuring continued protection.- 6.7 Replacement of casualties.- 6.8 Removal of weeds.- 6.9 Hoeing the plants.- 6.10 Watering the plants.- 6.11 Fertilising and manuring.- 6.12 Growth of plants.- 6.13 Tending the rootstock.- 6.14 Maintenance of s&wc structures.- 6.15 Plantation maintenance in sand dunes.- 6.16 Long-term maintenance.- PART 2 MANAGEMENT.- Chapter 7  Costing and Estimation of Works.- 7.1 Schedule of labour rates.- 7.2 Model treatment plans.- 7.3 Units of measurement and conversion tables.- Chapter 8  Organizing and Staffing Programmes and Projects.- 8.1 Organisation structure and staffing.- 8.2 Organisational effectiveness.- Chapter 9  Planning, Monitoring and Evaluation.- 9.1 Planning time-critical activities.- 9.2 Monitoring, evaluation and review.- 9.3 Quality control and work productivity.- 9.4 Recordkeeping and documentation.- Chapter 10  Ensuring Sustainability.- 10.1 Institutional sustainability.- 10.2 Resource sustainability. | The book is a comprehensive manual of practice for execution of afforestation and tree planting programmes in arid and semi-arid tropics. It includes a compact running account of the technology of afforestation and the relevant principles and practices in management of afforestation projects. It provides a wide range of structured information and a number of model designs which can be gainfully put to use by the field level supervisors as also by the managers concerned with planning and control of such projects. Written by a practising specialist, the book is invaluable for anyone concerned with the practice of afforestation and tree planting, be he a tree hobbyist or a school teacher, a professional forester or a senior policy maker in government, an industrialist or a philanthropist, an environmental activist or a member of a community service organization. | <p>Based on field-tested methods and practices and incorporates wealth of detailed empirical information and data</p><p>Covering both the design/technology aspects and the project management aspects of developing and implementing afforestation/reforestation projects and programmes</p><p>It is applicable to afforestation, reforestation, forest restoration, and tree planting projects/activities in a wide range of situations, including in urban context</p><p>It will find place on the desk of the policy planner as well in the rucksack of the field worker and supervisor involved in implementation of afforestation / reforestation programmes</p><p>It can be an invaluable productivity enhancement tool by virtue of its instant designs, models, drawings and other data It will improve the quality of work done by workers and managers alike, and enable them to systematize and learn from their past experience</p> | Science | Professional Books (2) | 0 | EBOP11642 | Biomedical and Life Sciences
 | 978-94-007-7574-9 | Life Sciences | Tuberosa | [NAME]; [NAME]; [NAME] | Genomics of Plant Genetic Resources | Volume 2. Crop productivity, food security and nutritional quality |  |  | 1 | 2014 |  | Hard cover | Book | Approx. 400 p. 60 illus. in color. | 0 | final | 209 | Life Sciences | SCL24027 | Plant Genetics & Genomics | PST | SCL24060 | Plant Breeding/Biotechnology | PSTL | Life Sciences | Contributed volume | Springer Netherlands | In production | 2013-11-30 00:00:00 |  |  | Harnessing plant genetic diversity for enhancing crop production and its sustainability.- Genetics and genomics of flowering time regulation in sugar beet.- Mining the genus [NAME] for increasing disease resistance.- Dissection of potato complex traits by linkage and association genetics as basis for developing molecular diagnostics in breeding programs.- Introgression libraries with wild relatives of crops.- High-throughput phenomics tools for interactions of barley with fungal pathogens.- Genomics of low-temperature tolerance for an increased sustainability of wheat and barley production.- Bridging conventional breeding and genomics for a more sustainable wheat production.- Genetic Dissection of Aluminium Tolerance in the Triticeae.- Maintaining Food Value of Wild Rice (Zizania [NAME]) Using Comparative Genomics.- Genomics-assisted crop improvement for food security.- Genomics-assisted allele mining and its integration into rice breeding.- New insights arising from genomics for enhancing rice resistance against the blast fungus.- Enhancing abiotic stress tolerance in plants by modulating properties of stress responsive transcription factors.- The Borlaug Global Rust Initiative: Reducing the genetic vulnerability of wheat to rust.- Genomes, chromosomes and genes of the wheatgrass genus Thinopyrum: the value of their transfer into wheat for gains in cytogenomic knowledge and sustainable breeding.- Identification and implementation of resistance: Genomics-assisted use of genetic resources for breeding against powdery mildew and Stagonospora nodorum blotch in wheat.- G6nomics-assised crop improvement for nutritional [NAME] for apple (Malus × domestica Borkh.) fruit quality traits in the genomics era.- Enhancing nutritional quality in crops via genomics [NAME] of mineral nutrient biofortification: calcium, iron and zinc.- Optimising the content and composition of dietary fibre in wheat grain for end-use quality.- TILLING for improved starch composition in wheat.- [NAME] for Quality Protein Maize (QPM. Index. | Our lives and well being intimately depend on the exploitation of the plant genetic resources available to our breeding programs. Therefore, more extensive exploration and effective exploitation of plant genetic resources are essential prerequisites for the release of improved cultivars. Accordingly, the remarkable progress in genomics approaches and more recently in sequencing and bioinformatics offers unprecedented opportunities for mining germplasm collections, mapping and cloning loci of interest, identifying novel alleles and deploying them for breeding purposes. This book collects 48 highly interdisciplinary articles describing how genomics improves our capacity to characterize and harness natural and artificially induced variation in order to boost crop productivity and provide consumers with high-quality food. This book will be an invaluable reference for all those interested in managing, mining and harnessing the genetic richness of plant genetic resources. | <p>The book presents a unique synopsis of state-of the-art articles that no other book can offer</p><p><p>Provides the reader with compelling examples on a very hot topic</p><p><p>World renowned authors have contributed to this unique book</p><p><p>A must for all those engaged in managing and studying plant genetic resources</p> | Science | Professional Books (2) | 0 | EBOP11642 | Biomedical and Life Sciences
 | 978-94-007-7571-8 | Life Sciences | Tuberosa | [NAME]; [NAME]; [NAME] | Genomics of Plant Genetic Resources | Volume 1. Managing, sequencing and mining genetic resources |  |  | 1 | 2014 | 885 | Hard cover | Book | I, 885 p. 90 illus. in color. | 0 | final | 209 | Life Sciences | SCL00004 | Life Sciences, general | PSA |  |  |  | Life Sciences | Contributed volume | Springer Netherlands | In production | 2013-10-31 00:00:00 |  |  | Managing genetic resources.- Building a global plant genetic resources system.- [NAME] to Encouraging the Development of New Cro Varieties through the Granting of Intellectual Property Protection: A Perspective from the Private Sector.- The Use of Molecular Marker Data to Assist in the Determination of Essentially Derived Varieties.- Application of molecular markers in spatial analysis to optimize in situ conservation of plant genetic resources.- Historical and prospective applications of ‘quantitative genomics’ in utilising germplasm resources.- Platforms and approaches to investigate plant genetic resources.- High-throughput SNP profiling of genetic resources in crop plants using genotyping arrays.- Paleogenomics as a guide for traits improvement.- Non-invasive phenotyping methodologies enable the accurate characterization of growth and performance of shoots and roots.- Association mapping of genetic resources: achievements and future perspectives.- Exploiting barley genetic resources for Genome Wide Association Scans (GWAS.- Production and molecular cytogenetic identification of wheat-alien hybrids and introgression lines.- Radiation hybrids: A valuable tool for genetic, genomic and functional analysis of plant genomes.- FISHIS: a new way in chromosome flow sorting widens the chromosome approach and makes complex genomes more accessible.- Mining genetic resources via Ecotilling.- Genome sequencing and crop domestication.- Next Generation Sequencing and germplasm resources.- Advances in sequencing the barley genome.- The Wheat Black Jack: Advances towards sequencing the 21 chromosomes of the bread wheat genome.- Wheat Domestication: Key to Agricultural Revolutions Past and Future.- Molecular evidence for soybean domestication.- Genomics of origin, domestication and evolution of Phaseolus vulgaris.- Mining allelic diversity.- Advances in Nicotiana Genetic and “Omics” Resources.- Mining SNPs and linkage analysis in Cynara cardunculus.- Genetic diversity assessment in European Cynara collections.- Analysis and exploitation of cereal genomes with the aid of Brachypodium.- Mining natural variation for maize improvement: Selection on phenotypes and genes.- Breeding forest trees by genomic selection: current progress and the way forward.- Genetic diversity in the grapevine germplasm.- Index. | Our lives and well being intimately depend on the exploitation of the plant genetic resources available to our breeding programs. Therefore, more extensive exploration and effective exploitation of plant genetic resources are essential prerequisites for the release of improved cultivars. Accordingly, the remarkable progress in genomics approaches and more recently in sequencing and bioinformatics offers unprecedented opportunities for mining germplasm collections, mapping and cloning loci of interest, identifying novel alleles and deploying them for breeding purposes. This book collects 48 highly interdisciplinary articles describing how genomics improves our capacity to characterize and harness natural and artificially induced variation in order to boost crop productivity and provide consumers with high-quality food. This book will be an invaluable reference for all those interested in managing, mining and harnessing the genetic richness of plant genetic resources. | <p>Presents a unique synopsis of state-of-the-art articles that no other book can offer</p><p>Provides the reader with compelling examples on a very hot topic</p><p>World renowned authors have contributed to this unique book</p><p>A must for all those engaged in managing and studying plant genetic resources</p> | Science | Professional Books (2) | 0 | EBOP11642 | Biomedical and Life Sciences
 | 978-1-4614-9316-7 | Life Sciences | Turan | Belma Turan; [NAME] | Diabetic Cardiomyopathy | Biochemical and Molecular Mechanisms | Advances in Biochemistry in Health and Disease | 9 | 1 | 2014 | 390 | Hard cover | Book | X, 390 p. 61 illus., 35 illus. in color. | 0 | final | 209 | Life Sciences | SCL1403X | Proteomics | PSBC | SCH33045 | Diabetes | MJGD | Life Sciences | Contributed volume | Springer New York | In production | 2013-12-31 00:00:00 |  |  | Cardiac defects in diabetes.- Hormonal imbalance and neuropathy.- Role of oxidative stress.- Role of cation channel defects.- Abnormalities in glucose transport.- Fatty acid utilization.- Sarcolemmal Na+-K+ [NAME] Ca2+-transport.- Sarcoplasmic reticular Ca2+-transport.- Intracellular Ca2+-homeostasis.- Mitochondrial function.- Contractile proteins.- β-adrenoceptor [NAME] kinases and signal transduction.- Regulation of phopholipases.- Endothelin defects and cardiac dysfunction.- Metabolic changes in smooth muscles.- Metabolic defects in skeletal muscles.- Metabolic defects in brain.- Role of microangiopathy in heart dysfunction.- Role of nephropathy in heart dysfunction.- Prevention of diabetic-induced cardiac dysfunction.- Molecular targets for the therapy of diabetic cardiomyopathy. | Diabetes has long been recognized as a disease of high blood sugar, and there has been a continuous search of the exact reason for its development and effective treatment. In 2005, the World Health Organization had estimated that more than 180 million people worldwide suffer from diabetes mellitus and indicated that this figure is likely to double within the next 20 years. Among the 3.8 million deaths each year associated with diabetes, about two thirds are attributable to cardiovascular complications, and diabetes is now considered to be a major metabolic risk factor for the occurrence of heart disease.Diabetic Cardiomyopathy: Biochemical and Molecular Mechanisms is a compilation of review articles devoted to the study on the topic with respect to biochemical and molecular mechanisms of hyperglycaemia. The wide range of areas covered here is of interest to basic research scientists, clinicians and graduate students, who are devoted to study the pathogenesis of diabetes-induced cardiovascular dysfunction. Furthermore, some chapters are directed towards increasing our understanding of novel ways for the prevention/treatment of cardiomyopathy.Twenty five articles in this book are organized in three sections. The first section discusses general aspects of the metabolic derangements in diabetic cardiomyopathy including metabolic alterations and substrate utilization as well as cardiac remodelling in the heart; role of diet in the development of metabolic syndrome in the heart; effect of hyperglycaemia in terms of biochemical and structural alterations in heart. In the second section, several cellular and molecular mechanisms are discussed indicating that diabetic cardiomyopathy is a multifactorial and complex problem. The third section discusses the prevention and treatment of diabetes using appropriate diet, proper supplements including antioxidants, angiotensin inhibitors and some other drugs. All in all, this book discusses the diverse mechanisms of diabetic cardiomyopathy with some information on new therapeutic approaches for finding solutions to prevent or reverse the development of cardiac dysfunction. | <p>Provides an in-depth analysis of biochemical and molecular mechanisms of cardiac dysfunction in diabetic cardiomyopathy</p><p>Contains state-of-the-art reviews from leading experts all over the world in the area of cardiac dysfunction</p><p>Emphasizes molecular, subcellular, and signal transduction mechanisms of contractile dysfunction in chronic diabetes</p> | Science | Professional Books (2) | 0 | EBOP11642 | Biomedical and Life Sciences
 | 978-1-4614-8065-5 | Life Sciences | Turksen | [NAME] | [NAME]: Current Challenges and New Directions |  | Stem Cell Biology and Regenerative Medicine | 33 | 1 | 2013 | 373 | Hard cover | Book | IX, 373 p. 23 illus., 21 illus. in color. | 0 | final | 189 | Life Sciences | SCL16010 | Stem Cells | PSAK | SCB11001 | Cancer Research | MJCL | Life Sciences | Contributed volume | Springer New York | In production | 2013-10-31 00:00:00 |  |  | Myogenic Potential of Stem Cells: In Vivo Assessment.- Urine DerivedSstem Cells: Biological Characterization and Potential Clinical Applications.- Immunoregulatory Properties of Mesenchymal Stem Cells: In Vitro and in Vivo.- Current Research on Stem Cells in Parkinson’s Disease: Progress and Challenges.- Stem Cell Applications in Retinal Diseases.- Potential Use of Dental Stem Cells for Craniofacial Tissue Regeneration.- Pediatric Diseases and Stem Cells:  Recent Advances and Challenges.- Stem Cell Therapy – From the Heart to the Periphery.- Stem Cells in [NAME] Healing.- [NAME]: The Gist of the Matter.- Filling the Gap in the Relationship Between Cancer and Stem Cells.- Therapy Resistance in Prostate Cancer: A Stem Cell Perspective.- Mechanisms of Somatic Cell Reprogramming.- Disease Modeling and Drug Discovery Using Human Pluripotent Stem Cells.- Stem Cell Research: Ethical Considerations. | This volume looks at the state-of-the-science in stem cells, discusses the current challenges, and examines the new directions the field is taking. Dr. [NAME], editor-in-chief of the journal 'Stem Cell Reviews and Reports,' has assembled a volume of internationally-known scientists who cover topics that are both clinically and research-oriented. The contents range from sources of stem cells through their physiological role in health and disease, therapeutic applications in regenerative medicine, and ethics and society. An initial overview and a final summary bookend the contents into a cohesive and invaluable volume. | <p>Provides a state-of-the-science look at stem cells, addressing the current challenges and discussing future directions</p><p>Explores topics ranging from sources of stem cells through their physiological role in health and disease, therapeutic applications in regenerative medicine, and ethics and society<br><br>Examines the new directions the stem cell research field</p> | Science | Professional Books (2) | 0 | EBOP11642 | Biomedical and Life Sciences
 | 978-94-007-7456-8 | Life Sciences | Vanni | Francesco Vanni | Agriculture and Public Goods | The Role of Collective Action |  |  | 1 | 2014 | 145 | Hard cover | Book | XV, 145 p. 24 illus., 14 illus. in color. | 0 | final | 189 | Life Sciences | SCL11006 | Agriculture | TVB | SCW12220 | Agricultural Economics | TVB | Life Sciences | Monograph | Springer Netherlands | In production | 2013-10-31 00:00:00 |  |  | Introduction.- 1. Agriculture and public goods.- 2. The role of collective action.- 3. Collective agri-environmental strategies.- 4. The project “Custody of the Territory” in Media Valle del Serchio (Tuscany).- 5. The agri-environmental agreement in [NAME] (Marche).- 6. Collective action for public goods: institutional and policy innovation.- Conclusions.- [NAME]: [NAME] approach.- Participatory methods: an overview.- Data collection and analysis: Rapid Rural Appraisal (RRA).- Overview of the RRA [NAME] theory and analysis of the qualitative data.- Strengths and limitations of the proposed methodology.- The Interviews. | The debate on the future orientation of the EU Common Agricultural Policy (CAP) is increasingly shaped by the role of agriculture in providing public goods, and there is a broad consensus that this approach will be particularly relevant in legitimating the policy intervention in agriculture in the future.In the context of this debate, it is not clear to what extent collective action could be taken into consideration as a valuable alternative to market or state regulation in contributing to the provision of public goods, and to what extent it is possible to design and implement agricultural policies that incorporate a collective and collaborative approach between different stakeholders in rural areas.Through an in depth analysis two case studies in Italy, the book provides insights to both the policy and the theoretical debate on the role of collective action for the public goods associated to agriculture.​ | <p>High debated topic but largely unexplored in the context of developed countries<br>Innovative theoretical approach on public goods, based on institutional economics<br>Review of different types of collective action for agri-environmental public goods in different countries (Germany, the Netherlands and Australia)</p> | Science | Professional Books (2) | 0 | EBOP11642 | Biomedical and Life Sciences
 | 978-81-322-1574-5 | Life Sciences | Verma | [NAME]; [NAME] | Advances in Endophytic Research |  |  |  | 1 | 2014 | 521 | Hard cover | Book | XVI, 521 p. 80 illus., 36 illus. in color. | 0 | final | 239 | Life Sciences | SCL23004 | Microbiology | PSG | SCL27000 | Fungus Genetics | PSQ | Life Sciences | Contributed volume | Springer India | In production | 2013-09-30 00:00:00 |  |  | Part 1: Ecology and Biodiversity.- Chapter 1.Diversity and ecology of endophytic and epiphytic fungi of tree leaves in Japan: a review.- Chapter 2. Endophytic actinobacteria: diversity and [NAME] 3.Foliar fungal endophytes in herbaceous plants: a marriage of convenience?.- Part 2: Entomopathogenic endophytes.- Chapter 4. Entomopathogenic and nematophagous fungal endophytes .- Part 3: Host-endophyte interactions.- Chapter 5. Interactions of meristem-associated endophytic Bacteria.- Chapter 6. Unraveling the dark septate endophyte functions: Insights from the [NAME] model .- Chapter 7. Asexual endophytes of grasses: Invisible symbionts, visible imprints in the host neighborhood .- Part 5: Bioactive compounds from endophytes.- Chapter 8 . Microbial endophytes their resilience for innovative treatment solution to neglected tropical diseases .- Chapter 9. Endophytes and plant secondary metabolite synthesis: molecular and evolutionary perspective.- Chapter 10. Endophytes as a novel source of bioactive new structures .- Chapter 11.Host-mimetic metabolomics of endophytes: looking back into the future.- Chapter 12. Myconanosynthesis: Redefining the role of microbial endophytes .- Part 6: Bio-control and bioremediation.- Chapter 13.Biological control of insect-pest and diseases by endophytes.- Chapter 14. Biocontrol and bioremediation: two areas of endophytic research which hold great promise.- Chapter 15. Biosourcing endophytes as biocontrol agents of wilt diseases.-Chapter 16. Ecology and functional potential of endophytes in bioremediation: a molecular prospective.- Chapter 17 Ecological aspects of endophyte-based biocontrol of forest diseases .- Chapter 18 Endophyte mediated biocontrol of herbaceous and non-herbaceous plants .- Part 7: Endophytes and cancer.- Chapter 19. Implication of endophytic metabolite and their derivatives in cancer chemotherapy: a prospective study.- Chapter 20. Endophytic fungi: novel sources of anticancer molecules.- Part 8: Future challenges.- Chapter 21. A functional view of plant microbiomes: Endosymbiotic systems that enhance plant growth and survival.- Chapter 22. Microbial endophytes: future challenges. | ​In recent years there has been significant attention paid on the endophytic research by various groups working within this domain. Mutualistic endophytic microbes with an emphasis on the relatively understudied fungal endophytes are the focus of this special book. Plants are associated with micro-organisms: endophytic bacteria and fungi, which live inter- and intra-cellularly without inducing pathogenic symptoms, but have active biochemical and genetic interactions with their host. Endophytes play vital roles as plant growth promoters, biocontrol agents, biosurfactant producers, enzymes and secondary metabolite producers, as well as providing a new hidden repertoire of bioactive natural products with uses in pharmaceutical, agrochemical and other biotechnological applications. The increasing interest in endophytic research generates significant progress in our understanding of the host-endophyte relationship at molecular and genetic level. The bio-prospection of microbial endophytes has led to exciting possibilities for their biotechnological application as biocontrol agent, bioactive metabolites, and other useful traits. Apart from these virtues, the microbial endophytes may be adapted to the complex metabolism of many desired molecules that can be of significant industrial applications. These microbes can be a useful alternative for sustainable solutions for ecological control of pests and diseases, and can reduce the burden of excess of chemical fertilizers for this purpose. This book is an attempt to review the recent development in the understanding of microbial endophytes and their potential biotechnological applications. This is a collection of literature authored by noted researchers having signatory status in endophytic research and summarizes the development achieved so far, and future prospects for further research in this fascinating area of research. | <p>The chapters are contributed by various experts from across the world, providing diverse set of knowledge in the field  </p><p>Application of endophytes in cancer treatment is discussed in detail so as to understand their role in the cure of this life threatening disease </p><p>Future directions in the field are given which can form the base for further research​</p> | Science | Professional Books (2) | 0 | EBOP11642 | Biomedical and Life Sciences
 | 978-94-007-7425-4 | Life Sciences | Vidhyasekaran | [NAME] | PAMP Signals in Plant Innate Immunity | Signal Perception and Transduction | Signaling and Communication in Plants | 21 | 1 | 2014 | 426 | Hard cover | Book | XVII, 426 p. 52 illus. | 0 | final | 239 | Life Sciences | [NAME] | Plant Pathology | PSTP | SCL24043 | Plant Physiology | PSTD | Life Sciences | Monograph | Springer Netherlands | In production | 2013-09-30 00:00:00 |  |  | 1. Introduction.- 2. PAMP signaling in Plant Innate Immunity.- 3. G-proteins as Molecular Switches in Signal Transduction.- 4. Calcium Ion Signaling System: [NAME] and Sensors.- 5. Reactive Oxygen Species and Cognate Redox Signaling System in Plant Innate Immunity.- 6. Nitric oxide Signaling System in Plant Innate Immunity.- 7. Mitogen-activated [NAME] in Plant Innate Immunity.- 8. Phospholipids Signaling System in Plant Innate Immunity.- 9. Protein Phosphorylation and Dephosphorylation in Plant Immune Signaling Systems.- 10. Ubiquitin-Proteasome System-mediated Protein Degradation in Defense Signaling. | Plant innate immunity is a potential surveillance system of plants and is the first line of defense against invading pathogens. The immune system is a sleeping system in unstressed healthy plants and is activated on perception of the pathogen-associated molecular patterns (PAMP; the pathogen’s signature) of invading pathogens. The PAMP alarm/danger signals are perceived by plant pattern-recognition receptors (PRRs). The plant immune system uses several second messengers to encode information generated by the PAMPs and deliver the information downstream of PRRs to proteins which decode/interpret signals and initiate defense gene expression. This book describes the most fascinating PAMP-PRR signaling complex and signal transduction systems. It also discusses the highly complex networks of signaling pathways involved in transmission of the signals to induce distinctly different defense-related genes to mount offence against pathogens. | <p>The book explains the complex signalling network with flow charts and provides drawings elucidating the role of various signals in plant innate immune signal transduction</p><p>The book includes tables and figures that highlight cutting-edge breakthroughs in deciphering the complexity of plant innate immunity</p><p>The book describes the PAMP-PRR signalling complex, the second messenger system, and signal transduction pathways with more than 50 diagrams</p> | Science | Professional Books (2) | 0 | EBOP11642 | Biomedical and Life Sciences
 | 978-3-642-40443-6 | Life Sciences | Villa | [NAME]; [NAME] | Antimicrobial Compounds | Current Strategies and New Alternatives |  |  | 1 | 2014 | 378 | Hard cover | Book | XXI, 378 p. 47 illus., 18 illus. in color. | 0 | final | 189 | Life Sciences | SCL23004 | Microbiology | PSG | SCB16003 | Medical Microbiology | MMFM | Life Sciences | Contributed volume | Springer [NAME] | In production | 2013-10-31 00:00:00 |  |  | Strategies for the design and discovery of novel antibiotics using genetic engineering and genome mining.- X-ray and Neutron Scattering Foundations for the Research in Antimicrobials.- Antibacterial, Antiviral and Antifungal Activity of Essential Oils: Mechanisms and Applications.- New antimicrobial agents of plant origin.- Advances in beta-lactam antibiotics.- The Cornerstone of Nucleic Acid-affecting [NAME] in Bacteria.- Genetic analysis and manipulation of polyene antibiotic gene clusters as a way to produce more effective antifungal compounds.- Enzybiotics: The rush towards prevention and control of multi-resistant bacteria (MRB).- New cell wall-affecting antifungal antibiotics.- Perspectives in the research on Antimicrobial peptides.- Glycopeptides and bacterial cell walls. | Since penicillin and salvarsan were discovered, a number of new drugs to combat infectious diseases have been developed, but at the same time, the number of multi-resistant microorganism strains is increasing. Thus, the design of new and effective antibacterial, antiviral and antifungal agents will be a major challenge in the next years.This book reviews the current state-of-the-art in antimicrobial research and discusses new strategies for the design and discovery of novel therapies. Topics covered include the use of genetic engineering, genome mining, manipulation of gene clusters, X-ray and neutron scattering as well as the antimicrobial effects of essential oils, antimicrobial agents of plant origin, beta-lactam antibiotics, antimicrobial peptides, and cell-wall-affecting antifungal antibiotics. | <p>Written by recognized experts in their field with own hands-on experience</p><p><p>Combines basic research with clinical applications</p><p><p>Offers the current state-of-the-art in antimicrobial research</p><p> | Science | Professional Books (2) | 0 | EBOP11642 | Biomedical and Life Sciences
 | 978-3-319-01311-4 | Life Sciences | Wang | Yong-Xiao Wang | Calcium Signaling In Airway Smooth Muscle Cells |  |  |  | 1 | 2014 | 540 | Hard cover | Book | X, 540 p. 73 illus., 43 illus. in color. | 0 | final | 209 | Life Sciences | SCL16008 | Cell Biology | PSF | SCL14005 | Biochemistry, general | PSB | Life Sciences | Contributed volume | Springer International Publishing | In production | 2013-11-30 00:00:00 |  |  | Ryanodine and Inositol Trisphosphate Receptors/Ca2+ Release Channels in Airway Smooth Muscle Cells.- Kv7 (KCNQ) Potassium Channels and L-type Calcium Channels in the Regulation of Airway Diameter.- Transient Receptor Potential and Orai Channels in Airway Smooth Muscle Cells.- Large-conductance calcium-activated potassium channels.- Calcium-activated Chloride Channels.- Local Calcium Signaling in Airway Smooth Muscle Cells.- Regulation of Airway Smooth Muscle Contraction by Ca2+ Signaling: Physiology Revealed by Microscopy Studies of Lung Slices.- Temporal Aspects of Ca2+ Signaling in Airway Myocytes.- Mechanisms Underlying Ca2+ Store Refilling in Airway Smooth Muscle.- Novel Mechanisms in Ca2+-homeostasis and Internal Store Refilling of Airway Smooth Muscle.- The Role of Mitochondria in Calcium Regulation in Airway Smooth Muscle.- Role of Caveolae in the Airway.- CD38 – Cyclic ADP-ribose-mediated Calcium Signaling in Airway Myocytes.- The Pathways and Signaling Cross-talk with Oxidant in Calcium Influx in Airway Smooth Muscle Cells.- Role of RhoA/Rho-kinase and Calcium Sensitivity in Airway Smooth Muscle Functions.- Role of Integrins in the Regulation of Calcium Signaling.- Sex Steroid Signaling in the Airway.- Regulation of Contractility in Immature Airway Smooth Muscle.- Mathematical Modeling of Calcium Dynamics in Airway Smooth Muscle Cells.- Effects of Inflammatory Cytokines on Ca2+ Homeostasis in Airway Smooth Muscle Cells.- Ca2+ Signaling and P2 Receptors in Airway Smooth Muscle.- [NAME] in Airway Smooth Muscle Remodeling.- Regulation of Intracellular Calcium by Bitter Taste Receptors on Airway Smooth Muscle.- Modulation of Airway Smooth Muscle Contractile Function by TNFa and IL-13 and [NAME] in Asthma.- Airway Smooth Muscle Malfunction in COPD. | This book explores the role calcium signaling plays in cellular responses in almost all types of cells including airway smooth muscle cells. This universal signaling may result from extracellular calcium influx and/or intracellular calcium release, which are precisely controlled and regulated by ion channels, exchangers and/or transporters on the plasmalemmal or sarcoplasmic reticulum membrane. First, several chapters detail calcium release channels (ryanodine receptors and inositol trisphosphate receptors), voltage-dependent potassium channels, transient receptor potential channels, Orai channels, calcium-activated potassium channels, and calcium-activated chloride channels. Well-characterized sodium-calcium exchangers, voltage-dependent calcium channels, and calcium pumps are described also in depth over many chapters. Ca2+ signaling can be expressed in Ca2+ sparks, waves, oscillations, and global changes in intracellular Ca2+ concentration. Calcium in subcellular compartments (cytosol, sarcoplasmic reticulum, mitochondria, and caveolae) also exhibit dynamic crosstalk. Many molecules including FK506 binding proteins, cyclic adenosine diphosphate ribose, reactive oxygen species, [NAME], caveolin and integrins can modify and induce spatial, temporal and compartmental variations of calcium signaling. In addition, calcium signaling can exhibit sex hormone- and age-dependent changes. A number of chapters are dedicated to covering these diverse formats, spatiotemporal characteristics, multifaceted network and mathematical modeling of Ca2+ signaling. Neurotransmitters, hormones, growth factors, inflammatory cytokines, and other stimuli may lead to multiple cellular responses by inducing Ca2+ signaling in airway smooth muscle cells. Increasing evidence suggests that Ca2+ pumps and canonical transient receptor potential channels are essential for airway smooth muscle remodeling. Accordingly, several chapters summarize recent advances in the studies of the key role of calcium signaling in physiological cellular responses as well as the development of asthma, chronic obstructive pulmonary disease and other respiratory disorders. | <p>Explores the role calcium signaling plays in cellular responses in almost all types of cells including airway smooth muscle cells</p><p>Includes novel findings in the studies of the molecular genesis, networks, microdomains, regulation, and physiological functions of calcium signaling in animal and human airway SMCs </p><p>Offers data from clinical trials in terms of exploring interventions of calcium signaling in the treatments of asthma and other related diseases</p> | Science | Professional Books (2) | 0 | EBOP11642 | Biomedical and Life Sciences
 | 978-3-319-01826-3 | Life Sciences | West | [NAME] | Growing Plantation Forests |  |  |  | 2 | 2014 | 232 | Hard cover | Book | XII, 232 p. 44 illus., 15 illus. in color. | 0 | final | 99 | Life Sciences | SCL22016 | Forestry Management | TVR | SCL22008 | Forestry | TVR | Life Sciences | Graduate/advanced undergraduate textbook | Springer International Publishing | In production | 2013-10-31 00:00:00 |  |  | Plantation Forests.- Biology of Plantation Growth.- Growth Rates and Wood Quality.- Choosing the [NAME] and Site.- Establishment.- Nutrient Management.- Stand Density and Initial Spacing.- Thinning.- Pruning.- Pests.- Diseases.- Tree Breeding.- 13 Mixed-Species Plantations.- Silviculture and Sustainability. | This book describes the scientific principles that are used throughout the world to ensure the rapid, healthy growth of forest plantations. As the population of the world increases so does the amount of wood people use. Large areas of natural forests are being cleared every year and converted to other uses. Almost as large an area of plantation forests is being established annually to replace those lost natural forests. Eventually, plantations will produce a large proportion of the wood used around the world for firewood, building, the manufacture of paper and bioenergy. Forest plantations can also provide various environmental benefits including carbon storage, rehabilitation of degraded land, serving as disposal sites for various forms of industrial or agricultural waste and enhancing biodiversity in regions that have been largely cleared for agriculture. Whatever their motivation, plantation forest growers want their plantations to be healthy and grow rapidly to achieve their purpose as soon as possible. This book discusses how this is done. It is written for a worldwide audience, from forestry professionals and scientists through to small plantation growers, and describes how plantations may be grown responsibly and profitably. | <p>New edition of the textbook</p><p>Describes how plantations may be grown responsibly and profitably</p><p>Interesting for a worldwide audience, from forestry professionals and scientists through to small plantation growers</p> | Professionals | Professional Books (2) | 0 | EBOP11642 | Biomedical and Life Sciences
 | 978-94-007-7413-1 | Life Sciences | Witzany | [NAME] | Biocommunication of Animals |  |  |  | 1 | 2014 | 389 | Hard cover | Book | X, 389 p. 68 illus., 44 illus. in color. | 0 | final | 189 | Life Sciences | SCL19120 | Community & Population Ecology | PSVS | SCN44000 | Sociolinguistics | CFB | Life Sciences | Contributed volume | Springer Netherlands | In production | 2013-10-31 00:00:00 |  |  | Preface; [NAME] Witzany.- 1. Why Biocommunication of Animals?; [NAME] Witzany.- 2. Signs of Communication in Chimpanzees; [NAME] et al.- 3. African and Asian elephant vocal communication: A cross-species comparison; [NAME], [NAME]. The information content of [NAME] (and dog) social communication; [NAME] et al.- 5. Social origin of vocal communication in rodents; [NAME] 6. Why the caged mouse sings:  Studies of the mouse ultrasonic song system and vocal behavior; Gustavo Arriaga.- 7. Vibrational Communication: Spiders to Kangaroo Rats; Jan A. Randall.- 8. Communicative Coordination in Bees; Günther Witzany.- 9. Social association brings out the altruism in an ant; Kenji Hara.- 10. Termite communication during different behavioral activities; Ana [NAME], Ives Haifig.- 11. Crows and Crow Feeders: Observations on Interspecific Semiotics; [NAME], [NAME] Miller.-  12. Interspecies communication with Grey Parrots: A tool for examining cognitive processing; [NAME] 13. Singing in space and time: the biology of birdsong; [NAME], Katharina Riebel.- 14. Chemical persuasion in salamanders; Lynne Houck.- 15. Chelonian vocal Communication; [NAME] et al.- 16. Cetacean Acoustic Communication; [NAME]. Communication in the ultraviolet: unravelling the secret language of fish; [NAME] 18. Young squeaker catfish can already talk and listen to their conspecifics; [NAME] Lechner.- 19. Cognition and recognition in the cephalopod mollusc Octopus vulgaris: coordinating interaction with environment and conspecifics; [NAME] et al.- 20. How Corals coordinate and organize: an ecosystemic analysis based fractal properties; [NAME], [NAME] Witzany.- 21. Nematode Communication; Yen-Ping Hsueh et al.- Index. | Every coordination within or between animals depends on communication processes. Although the signaling molecules, vocal and tactile signs, gestures and its combinations differ throughout all species according their evolutionary origins and variety of adaptation processes, certain levels of biocommunication can be found in all animal species:  (a) Abiotic environmental indices such as temperature, light, water, etc. that affect the local ecosphere of an organism and are sensed, interpreted. (b) Trans-specific communication with non-related organisms.(c) Species-specific communication between same or related species. (d) Intraorganismic communication, i.e., sign-mediated coordination within the body of the organism. This book gives an overview of the manifold levels of animal communication exemplified by a variety of species and thereby broadens the understanding of these organisms. | <p>First systematic investigation on animal communication</p><p><p>A broad variety of examples of rather different species</p><p><p>Trans-disciplinary concept</p><p> </p> | Science | Professional Books (2) | 0 | EBOP11642 | Biomedical and Life Sciences
 | 978-1-4614-9301-3 | Life Sciences | [NAME] | [NAME] | Cell Death | Mechanism and Disease |  |  | 1 | 2014 | 298 | Hard cover | Book | XII, 298 p. 46 illus., 42 illus. in color. | 0 | final | 209 | Life Sciences | SCL16008 | Cell Biology | PSF | SCL16040 | Cell Physiology | PSF | Life Sciences | Contributed volume | Springer New York | In production | 2013-11-30 00:00:00 |  |  | 1. Historical Perspective – the Seven Ages of Cell Death Research.- 2. The Intrinsic Apoptotic Pathway.- 3. Molecular Basis of Cell Death Programs in Mature T Cell Homeostasis.- 4. [NAME] and their therapeutic potential.- 5. IAP proteins and their therapeutic potential.- 6. Cell Death and Cancer.- 7. The DNA damage response mediates apoptosis and tumor suppression.- 8. Neuronal Death Mechanisms in Development and Disease.- 9. The Complex Interplay Between Metabolism and Apoptosis.- 10. Programmed Necrosis/Necroptosis: An Inflammatory Form of Cell Death.- 11. Structural Perspectives on BCL-2 Family of Proteins.- 12. Structural basis of death receptor signaling. | Beginning from centuries of anecdotal descriptions of cell death, such as those on the development of the midwife toad in 1842 by [NAME], to modern-day investigations of cell death as a biological discipline, it has become accepted that cell death in multicellular organisms is a normal part of life. This book provides a comprehensive view of cell death, from its mechanisms of initiation and execution, to its implication in human disease and therapy.Physiological cell death plays critical roles in almost all aspects of biology, and the book details its roles in lymphocyte homeostasis, neuronal function, metabolism, and the DNA damage response. When physiological cell death goes awry, diseases can arise, and cancer is presented as a central paradigm for the consequences of derangements in the interplay between cell survival and cell death. At the same time, the potential promise of targeted therapies aimed at interdicting cell death machineries are also discussed extensively. The molecular mechanisms that underlie apoptotic cell death are illustrated from the perspectives of both the intrinsic, mitochondrial apoptotic pathway and the extrinsic, death receptor pathway. Key players in these pathways, such as the Bcl2 family proteins, cytochrome c, Apaf-1, caspases, death receptor adapter proteins, and inhibitor of apoptosis proteins, are presented from both functional and structural angles. Until only a few years ago, programmed cell death has been considered essentially synonymous with apoptosis. However, we now know that programmed cell death can also take other forms such as necrosis or necroptosis, and to this end, the mechanisms that underlie programmed necrosis in development and host defense are illustrated. The past twenty plus years have seen an incredible growth of research in cell death, with one breakthrough after another, and the legacy still goes on with constant new surprises and findings. Long live cell death! | <p>Provides a comprehensive view of cell death</p><p>Details the role of cell death in lymphocyte homeostasis, neuronal function, metabolism, and the DNA damage response</p><p>Discusses the potential promise of targeted therapies aimed at interdicting cell death machineries</p> | Professionals | Professional Books (2) | 0 | EBOP11642 | Biomedical and Life Sciences
 | 978-4-431-54522-4 | Life Sciences | [NAME] | [NAME]; [NAME] | Primates and Cetaceans | Field Research and Conservation of Complex Mammalian Societies | Primatology Monographs |  | 1 | 2014 | 470 | Hard cover | Book | XII, 470 p. 60 illus., 27 illus. in color. | 0 | final | 209 | Life Sciences | SCL25007 | Zoology | PSV | SCL13009 | Behavioural Sciences | PSVP | Life Sciences | Monograph | Springer Japan | In production | 2013-10-31 00:00:00 |  |  | Part 1: Social Ecology.- 1 How ecological conditions affect the abundance and social organization of folivorous monkeys.- 2 Dusky dolphins: Flexibility in foraging and social strategies.- 3 Socioecological flexibility of gorillas and chimpanzees.- 4 You are what you eat: Foraging specializations and their influence on the social organization and behaviour of killer whales.- 5 Japanese macaques: Habitat-driven divergence in social dynamics.- 6 Shark Bay bottlenose dolphins: A case study for defining and measuring sociality.- Part 2: Life History and Social Evolution.- 7 Female coexistence and competition in ringtailed lemurs: A review of a long-term study at Berenty, Madagascar.- 8 Social structure and life history of bottlenose dolphins near Sarasota Bay, Florida: Insights from four decades and five generations.- 9 Life history tactics in monkeys and apes: Focus on female dispersal species.- 10 Social conflict management in primates: Is there a case for dolphins?.- 11 Evolution of small-group territoriality in gibbons.- Part 3: Demography, Genetics, and Issues in Conservation.- 12 Northern muriqui monkeys: Behavior, demography, and conservation.- 13 Indo-Pacific humpback dolphins: A demographic perspective of a threatened species.- 14 Mountain gorillas: A shifting demographic landscape.- 15 Population genetics in the conservation of cetaceans and primates.- 16 Eco-toxicants: A growing global threat.- Part 4: Selected Topics in Comparative Behavior.- 17 Observing and quantifying cetacean behavior in the wild: Current problems, limitations and future directions.- 18 Social network analysis: Applications to primate and cetacean societies.- 19 Social touch in apes and dolphins.- 20 Non-conceptive sexual interactions in monkeys, apes, and toothed whales.- 21 A mix of species: Associations of heterospecifics among primates and dolphins.- BM Index. | In this book, the editors present a view of the socioecology of primates and cetaceans in a comparative perspective to elucidate the social evolution of highly intellectual mammals in terrestrial and aquatic environments. Despite obvious differences in morphology and eco-physiology, there are many cases of comparable, sometimes strikingly similar patterns of sociobehavioral complexity. A number of long-term field studies have accumulated a substantial amount of data on the life history of various taxa, foraging ecology, social and sexual relationships, demography, and various patterns of behavior: from dynamic fission–fusion to long-term stable societies; from male-bonded to bisexually bonded to matrilineal groups.Primatologists and cetologists have come together to provide four evolutionary themes: (1) social complexity and behavioral plasticity, (2) life history strategies and social evolution, (3) the interface between behavior, demography, and conservation, and (4) selected topics in comparative behavior. These comparisons of taxa that are evolutionarily distant but live in comparable complex sociocognitive environments boost our appreciation of their sophisticated mammalian societies and can advance our understanding of the ecological factors that have shaped their social evolution. This knowledge also facilitates a better understanding of the day-to-day challenges these animals face in the human-dominated world and may improve the capacity and effectiveness of our conservation efforts. | <p>Results of long-term studies presented as a comprehensive overview offer a wealth of in-depth information</p><p>Chapters on cetaceans and primates addressing similar topics provide easy comparisons for readers</p><p>Attractive photographs along with an extensive list of references and an index help readers to better understand the subject </p> | Science | Professional Books (2) | 0 | EBOP11642 | Biomedical and Life Sciences
 | 978-1-4614-8817-0 | Life Sciences | Yeakley | [NAME]; [NAME]; [NAME] | [NAME] in the Urbanizing Pacific Northwest |  |  |  | 1 | 2014 | 286 | Hard cover | Book | VIII, 286 p. 55 illus., 46 illus. in color. | 0 | final | 189 | Life Sciences | SCL25080 | Fish & Wildlife Biology & Management | RNKH | SCL19066 | Freshwater & Marine Ecology | PSAF | Life Sciences | Contributed volume | Springer New York | In production | 2013-11-30 00:00:00 |  |  | Chapter 1. Introduction to Wild Salmonids in the Urbanizing Pacific Northwest (Yeakley).- Chapter 2. Global and Regional Context of Salmonids and Urban Areas (Yeakley, Hughes).- Chapter 3. Regulatory and Planning Approaches to Protecting Salmonids in Urbanizing Environments (Molina).- Chapter 4. [NAME] in the City (Shandas).- Chapter 5. Urban Hydrology in the Pacific Northwest (Yeakley).- Chapter 6. Urbanization Impacts on Pacific Northwest Aquatic and [NAME] (Maas-Hebner, Dunham).- Chapter 7. Fish Passage through Urban and Rural-Residential Areas (Hughes, Dunham).- Chapter 8. Water Quality in Pacific Northwest Urban and Urbanizing Aquatic Ecosystems (Yeakley).- Chapter 9. Toxic Contaminants in the Urban Aquatic Environment (Foster, Curtis, Gundersen).- Chapter 10. Wastewater Treatment and the Urban Aquatic Environment (Dunham).- Chapter 11. Aquatic Biota in Urban Areas (Hughes, Dunham).- Chapter 12. [NAME] in the Urban Environment: Lethal and Sublethal Effects (Maas-Hebner, Hughes, Schreck).- Chapter 13. Rehabilitating Aquatic Ecosystems in Developed Areas (Maas-Hebner).- Chapter 14. Prioritizing, Monitoring, Assessing, and Communicating Rehabilitation Efforts in Urbanized Watersheds (Maas-Hebner).- Chapter 15. Market-Based Strategies to Offset New Development Impacts on Aquatic Ecosystems (Maas-Hebner and Dunham).- Chapter 16. Watershed and Landscape Actions for Mitigating Impacts on Urban Salmonids (Yeakley, Dunham).- Chapter 17. Major Research and [NAME] for Urban Streams and Watersheds (Hughes, Yeakley).- Chapter 18. Summary of Salmonid Rehabilitation Lessons from the Pacific Northwest (Yeakley, Maas-Hebner, Hughes). | Wild salmon, trout, char, grayling, and whitefish (collectively salmonids) have been a significant local food and cultural resource for Pacific Northwest peoples for millennia. The location, size, and distribution of urban areas along streams, rivers, estuaries, and coasts directly and indirectly alter and degrade wild salmonid populations and their habitats. Although urban and exurban areas typically cover a smaller fraction of the landscape than other land uses combined, they have profound consequences for local ecosystems, aquatic and terrestrial populations, and water quality and quantity.​ | <p>Draws from global examples concerning both the science of urban salmonids and the rehabilitation of urban aquatic habitat</p><p>Integrates science with policy and social aspects such as education to address urbanization impacts on aquatic ecosystems and salmonid populations</p><p>Identifies key research and monitoring needs to better mitigate and minimize continued impacts from urbanization on aquatic ecosystems and salmonid populations​</p> | Science | Professional Books (2) | 0 | EBOP11642 | Biomedical and Life Sciences
 | 978-94-007-7511-4 | Life Sciences | Young | [NAME]; [NAME] | Automation: The Future of Weed Control in Cropping Systems |  |  |  | 1 | 2014 | 243 | Hard cover | Book | XIII, 243 p. 82 illus., 49 illus. in color. | 0 | final | 189 | Life Sciences | SCL11006 | Agriculture | TVB | SCT19020 | Robotics and Automation | TJFM1 | Life Sciences | Contributed volume | Springer Netherlands | In production | 2013-11-30 00:00:00 |  |  | Forward; [NAME] Blackmore.- Preface; [NAME] Acknowledgements.- Introduction: Scope of the Problem – Rising Costs and Demand for Environmental.- Safety for Weed Control; [NAME], [NAME], and [NAME] Nowak.- Part I Agricultural Production Systems.- Current State of Organic and Conventional Cropping Systems; [NAME] and [NAME] II Principles and Merging of Engineering and Weed Science.- Engineering Advancements; [NAME] Plant Morphology and the Critical Period of Weed Control; J. Anita Dille.- The Biological Engineer: Sensing the Difference between Crops and Weeds; [NAME] Primary Weed Control Tools for Automation.- [NAME] and Crop Thinning; [NAME] and [NAME] Automated Mechanical Weeding; M. Taufik Ahmad, [NAME], and [NAME] Targeted and Micro-Dose Chemical Applications; [NAME] and [NAME] Giles.- Part IV Field Applications.- Field Applications of Automated Weed Control: Western Hemisphere; [NAME], [NAME], [NAME], [NAME], [NAME], [NAME], and [NAME] Applications of Automated Weed Control: Northwest Europe; Jan [NAME] and [NAME] Field Applications of Automated Weed Control: Asia; [NAME], [NAME], and Noboru Noguchi.- Part V Economies for Automated Weed Control.- Economics of Technology for Precision Weed Control in Conventional and Organic Systems; [NAME] and [NAME] Future Adoption of Automation in Weed Control; [NAME] in Least Developing Countries (LDCs); [NAME], [NAME], and [NAME] Gutierrez.- Part VI Future Directions.- Future Directions for Automated Weed Management in Precision Agriculture; [NAME], [NAME], [NAME] Woldt.- Appendix.- Glossary.- Index. | Technology is rapidly advancing in all areas of society, including agriculture. In both conventional and organic systems, there is a need to apply technology beyond our current approach to improve the efficiency and economics of management. Weeds, in particular, have been part of cropping systems for centuries often being ranked as the number one production cost. Now, public demand for a sustainably grown product has created economic incentives for producers to improve their practices, yet the development of advanced weed control tools beyond biotech has lagged behind. An opportunity has been created for engineers and weed scientists to pool their knowledge and work together to ‘fill the gap’ in managing weeds in crops. Never before has there been such pressure to produce more with less in order to sustain our economies and environments. This book is the first to provide a radically new approach to weed management that could change cropping systems both now and in the future. | <p>Chapters written by experts in the fields of engineering, weed science, and economics</p><p>Comprehensive and cutting-edge information on automation and weed control from all across the world</p><p>Fundamental principles on weed biology and engineering principles along with economics and market readiness associated with automated weed control</p> | Science | Professional Books (2) | 0 | EBOP11642 | Biomedical and Life Sciences
 | 978-3-7091-1525-1 | Life Sciences | Zažímalová | [NAME]; Jan Petrasek; Eva Benkova | Auxin and Its Role in Plant Development |  |  |  | 1 | 2013 |  | Hard cover | Book | Approx. 500 p. 160 illus., 60 illus. in color. | 0 | approx. | 239 | Life Sciences | SCL24043 | Plant Physiology | PSTD | SCL14005 | Biochemistry, general | PSB | Life Sciences | Contributed volume | Springer Vienna | Planned | 2013-11-22 00:00:00 |  | Worldwide | Part 1: Auxin: definition; metabolism, transport and signaling: What is auxin?.- Auxin – metabolism.- Auxin – determination and metabolic profiling.- Auxin – intracellular [NAME] – intercellular transport.- Auxin – signaling.- Part 2: Auxin and Plant Development: Auxin and cell cycle.- Auxin and [NAME] and embryogenesis.- Auxin, organogenesis and control of plant [NAME] and reproductive development.- Auxin and cross-talk with other hormones.- Auxin – evolutionary [NAME] organisms for auxin research.- Modelling the auxin role in development.- Part 3: Auxin versus Environment: Auxin and [NAME] and shade avoidance.- Auxin, stresses and plant immunity.- Auxin and interaction between organisms.- Auxin and practical applications. | Auxin is an important hormone in plants and vital for plant development, growth and cell signaling. The present book Auxin and its Role in Plant Development, provides the reader with detailed and comprehensive insight into the functioning of the molecule on the whole and specifically in plant development. In the first part the functioning, metabolism and signaling pathways of auxin in plants are explained, the second part depicts the specific role of auxin in plant development and the third parts describes the interaction and functioning of the hormone upon stimuli of the environment. Each chapter is written by international experts in the respective field and designed for scientists and researchers in plant biology, plant development and cell biology to summarize the recent progress in understanding the role of auxin and suggest future perspectives for auxin research.​ | Describes molecular-biological and biochemical background of auxin metabolism and its mechanism of action  Comprehensively divided into three parts: a general part about auxin definition and function, and two specific parts treating the role of auxin in development and its interaction with the environment  Represents a complete state-of-the-art work on auxin research | Science | Professional Books (2) | 0 | EBOP11642 | Biomedical and Life Sciences